Sie sind auf Seite 1von 312

Saudi Arabian Ductile Iron Pipe

Co. Ltd (SADIP)


Users Manual

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
SADIP

F
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
Our mission is to suply the world
with the best possible system
that can carry water.

F
PD
Our vision is to be an important
N
world leader in Ductile Iron
O
piping system.
TI
LU

Our strategy is to make our stake-


O

holders our alliances and partners.


ES
R

Our role is to generate value and


W

wealth to our community and the


LO

rest of the world.


LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
LO
W
R
ES
O
LU
TI
O
N
PD
F
Anchor Blocks 2
Assembly - Standard/Triduct joint 6
assembly - express joint 8
Assembly - Anchored standard/triduct joint 10
Assembly - flanged j0int 14
assembly - repair pieces 16
Cement (mortar lining) 18
Certificates 20
coatings - external 22
coatings - internal lining 23

F
cutting pipe 24

PD
depth of cover 26
diameter selection 32
dimensions 38
N
O
TI

ductile iron 40
LU

Earthworks 44
Elastomers 48
O

Flanges (Dimensions - pitch circles) 52


ES

Handling 62
R

head losses 64
W

head losses (Tables) 66


LO

Hydraulic thrusts 72
joints 74
joint - anchoring 76
joint deflection 78
Joints - special 80
joint - standard/triduct 82
joint - express 86
joint - anchored standard/triduct 90
joints flanged 92
lubricating paste 94
manufacture 96
marking 100
packing 102
pipe laying equipment 104
pipe laying above ground 106
pipe laying - Bridge crossing 108
pipe laying in casings 112
pipe laying - steep incline 114
pipe laying through tunnel 116
pipeline profile 118
polyethylene sleeving 122
polyethylene sleeving (Application) 124

F
Pressures (Terminology) 130

PD
pressures - Maximum permissible 132
quality control 134
re-rounding pipe
N 138
O
TI

Repair - external coating 140


LU

repair - internal lining 142


Safety factors 144
O

site tests 146


ES

soil corrosivity 150


R

soil loads (Pipe performance) 154


W

soils (mechanical properties) 156


LO

standards 158
storage - joint gaskets 160
storage - pipes 162
transport 164
water - aggressive 166
water demand/ resources 168
water hammer 172
welding (anchor bead) 174
works testing 178
zinc 180
product data 182
engineering datA 262
Anchor blocks Anchor blocks

See also: Use of concrete anchor blocks is the most commonly applied
Joint-Anchoring
hydrAulic thrusts
technique for containing the hydraulic thrust of socket and
PiPe lAying
lA - steeP incline spigot mains under pressure.
soils
oils (MechAnicAl
(Mech
ProPPerties)

F
PD
Various types of concrete anchor blocks can be designed,
Principle
N
depending on the configuration of the main, the strength
O
and type of soil, the presence, or absence, of significant
amounts of ground water.
TI

the block contains the hydraulic thrust forces:


LU

either by friction on the soil,


or by bearing against the ground.
O

in practice, anchor blocks are designed by taking into


account both the friction forces and the soil reaction
ES

against their bearing surfaces.


if the construction of concrete anchor blocks

R

is prevented either by congestion problems or


by low strength ground, the technique of joint
W

anchoring of joint restraint can be used (see Joint


Anchoring).
LO

Dimensioning the volumes of concrete suggested in the following


tables are calculated with both the soil friction and
(usual cases) ground bearing support in mind, for the most common
types of soil encountered. if trenches subsequently need
to be excavated in the vicinity of the anchor blocks it is
W advisable to reduce the water pressure during the work.
the design assumptions are given below.
H

B Please consult sAdiP for any other cases.


F
n Active forces (thrust block)
F : hydraulic thrust
P P : block weight
f W : soil weight
B : force bearing on trench wall
f : friction on soil
M : tilting moment

14
2
Anchor blocks

n Ground
: soil internal friction angle
: acceptable ground resistance
: depth of cover: 1.20 m
: density.
Mechanical properties :

h
able 1 : = 40; 1 dan/cm2; = 2 t/m3 (high
table
t
mechanical strength ground*),
table 2 : = 30; 0.6 dan/cm2; = 2 t/m3
table

F
(moderate mechanical strength ground*).

PD
no ground water.
* see soils (MechAnicAl ProPerties).

concrete
n

density : 2.3 t/m3 N


O
Pipes
TI
n

dn 100 to dn 400
LU

test pressure : 10, 16 and 25 bars.


t

Example
O

221/2 bend, dn 250


ES

test pressure : 10 bars


t
depth of cover: 1.2 m
R

clay soil: = 30 = 2 t/m3


W

table 2 gives:
t
LO

l x h = 0.70 m x 0.45 m
V = 0.25 m3

it is important Advisory note


to cast the concrete directly against the surrounding
soil (check that there is no gap between block and
soil).
to use a concrete mix having adequate strength.
leave the pipe joints exposed for inspection during the
hydraulic test.

3
Anchor blocks

TAblE 1
internal friction : = 40
strength : 1 dan/cm2
density : = 2 t/m3
depth of cover : h = 1.2 m
no ground water.

hiGh sTrEnGTh soil


test 11 1/4 Bend 22 1/2 Bend 45 Bend 90 Bend Blank flange and tee
pressure 1 x h/V 1 x h/V 1 x h/V 1 x h/V 1 x h/V
dn
bars m x m/m3 m x m/m3 m x m/m3 m x m/m3 m x m/m3
10 0.10 x 0.18/0.01 0.17 x 0.18/0.02 0.21 x 0.28/0.04 0.38 x 0.28/0.06 0.28 x 0.28/0.05
80 16 0.13 x 0.18/0.01 0.18 x 0.28/0.03 0.33 x 0.28/0.05 0.59 x 0.28/0.11 0.43 x 0.28/0.07
25 0.14 x 0.28/0.02 0.27 x 0.28/0.05 0.51 x 0.28/0.09 0.87 x 0.28/0.24 0.64 x 0.28/0.13
10 0.11 x 0.20/0.01 0.21 x 0.20/0.02 0.29 x 0.30/0.06 0.51 x 0.30/0.10 0.37 x 0.30/0.07

F
100 16 0.17 x 0.20/0.02 0.24 x 0.30/0.04 0.45 x 0.30/0.08 0.77 x 0.30/0.20 0.57 x 0.30/0.11

PD
25 0.19 x 0.30/0.03 0.36 x 0.30/0.06 0.67 x 0.30/0.15 1.14 x 0.30/0.43 0.85 x 0.30/0.24
10 0.14 x 0.22/0.02 0.20 x 0.32/0.04 0.38 x 0.32/0.08 0.67 x 0.32/0.17 0.49 x 0.32/0.11
125 16 0.23 x 0.22/0.03 0.32 x 0.32/0.07 0.59 x 0.32/0.14 1.01 x 0.32/0.37 0.75 x 0.32/0.20
25 0.25 x 0.32/0.05 0.48 x 0.32/0.11 0.87 x 0.32/0.28 1.21 x 0.42/0.69 1.10 x 0.32/0.44
10 0.18 x 0.25/0.03 0.26 x 0.35/0.06
N
0.48 x 0.35/0.12 0.83 x 0.35/0.27 0.61 x 0.35/0.16
O
150 16 0.28 x 0.25/0.04 0.40 x 0.35/0.09 0.73 x 0.35/0.21 1.04 x 0.45/0.54 0.93 x 0.35/0.34
25 0.32 x 0.35/0.08 0.60 x 0.35/0.16 1.08 x 0.35/0.46 1.50 x 0.45/1.12 1.13 x 0.45/0.63
TI

10 0.24 x 0.30/0.05 0.37 x 0.40/0.12 0.68 x 0.40/0.24 0.98 x 0.50/0.54 0.86 x 0.40/0.33
200 16 0.30 x 0.40/0.09 0.56 x 0.40/0.19 0.87 x 0.50/0.42 1.46 x 0.50/1.17 1.09 x 0.50/0.66
LU

25 0.45 x 0.40/0.14 0.84 x 0.40/0.32 1.27 x 0.50/0.89 1.84 x 0.60/2.24 1.58 x 0.50/1.37
10 0.31 x 0.35/0.08 0.48 x 0.45/0.20 0.75 x 0.55/0.35 1.28 x 0.55/0.99 0.95 x 0.55/0.55
O

250 16 0.39 x 0.45/0.16 0.73 x 0.45/0.32 1.13 x 0.55/0.78 1.67 x 0.65/2.00 1.41 x 0.55/1.21
25 0.59 x 0.45/0.24 0.93 x 0.55/0.53 1.63 x 0.55/1.61 2.36 x 0.65/3.98 1.81 x 0.65/2.34
ES

10 0.37 x 0.40/0.12 0.59 x 0.50/0.28 0.93 x 0.60/0.58 1.41 x 0.70/1.53 1.17 x 0.60/0.91
300 16 0.48 x 0.50/0.24 0.78 x 0.60/0.41 1.39 x 0.60/1.27 2.04 x 0.70/3.22 1.56 x 0.70/1.87
25 0.63 x 0.60/0.27 1.15 x 0.60/0.87 1.79 x 0.70/2.48 2.64 x 0.80/6.14 2.04 x 0.80/3.65
R

10 0.43 x 0.45/0.18 0.61 x 0.65/0.27 1.11 x 0.65/0.88 1.26 x 0.75/1.31


350 16 0.57 x 0.55/0.35 0.93 x 0.65/0.62 1.49 x 0.75/1.83 1.84 x 0.75/2.80
W

25 0.75 x 0.65/0.41 1.23 x 0.75/1.26 1.96 x 0.85/3.61 2.26 x 0.95/5.34


10 0.49 x 0.50/0.25 0.71 x 0.70/0.39 1.17 x 0.80/1.20 1.46 x 0.80/1.87
LO

400 16 0.65 x 0.60/0.49 1.07 x 0.70/0.89 1.60 x 0.90/2.54 1.97 x 0.90/3.86


25 0.87 x 0.70/0.59 1.43 x 0.80/1.80 2.13 x 1.00/5.02 2.48 x 1.10/7.44
Please consult sAdiP for other cases.

4
Anchor blocks

TAblE 2
internal friction : = 30
strength : 0.6 dan/cm2
density : = 2 t/m3
depth of cover : h = 1.2 m
no ground water.

MoDErATE sTrEnGTh soil


test 11 1/4 Bend 22 1/2 Bend 45 Bend 90 Bend Blank flange and tee
pressure 1 x h/V 1 x h/V 1 x h/V 1 x h/V 1 x h/V
dn
bars m x m/m3 m x m/m3 m x m/m3 m x m/m3 m x m/m3
10 0.13 X 0.18/0.01 0.17 X 0.28/0.02 0.32 X 0.28/0.04 0.56 X 0.28/0.10 0.41 X 0.28/0.06
80 16 0.14 X 0.28/0.02 0.26 X 0.28/0.04 0.49 X 0.28/0.08 0.85 X 0.28/0.23 0.63 X 0.28/0.13
25 0.21 X 0.28/0.03 0.40 X 0.28/0.05 0.74 X 0.28/0.17 1.24 X 0.28/0.48 0.93 X 0.28/0.27
10 0.17 X 0.20/0.02 0.23 X 0.30/0.04 0.43 X 0.30/0.07 0.74 X 0.30/0.19 0.54 X 0.30/0.10

F
100 16 0.18 X 0.30/0.03 0.35 X 0.30/0.05 0.65 X 0.30/0.15 1.11 X 0.30/0.41 0.83 X 0.30/0.23

PD
25 0.28 X 0.30/0.05 0.53 X 0.30/0.10 0.96 X 0.30/0.31 1.30 X 0.40/0.75 1.21 X 0.30/0.48
10 0.22 X 0.22/0.03 0.30 X 0.32/0.06 0.56 X 0.32/0.12 0.97 X 0.32/0.34 0.72 X 0.32/0.19
125 16 0.25 X 0.32/0.04 0.47 X 0.32/0.08 0.85 X 0.32/0.27 1.18 X 0.42/0.65 1.07 X 0.32/0.42
25 0.37 X 0.32/0.06 0.70 X 0.32/0.18 1.25 X 0.32/0.56 1.69 X 0.42/1.33 1.28 X 0.42/0.77
10 0.26 X 0.25/0.04 0.38 X 0.35/0.08 0.70 X 0.35/0.19
N
0.99 X 0.45/0.49 0.89 X 0.35/0.31
O
150 16 0.31 X 0.35/0.06 0.59 X 0.35/0.14 1.06 X 0.35/0.43 1.46 X 0.45/1.06 1.10 X 0.45/0.60
25 0.47 X 0.35/0.10 0.87 X 0.35/0.30 1.27 X 0.45/0.81 2.28 X 0.45/2.12 1.58 X 0.45/1.24
TI

10 0.29 X 0.40/0.07 0.54 X 0.40/0.14 0.83 X 0.50/0.38 1.39 X 0.50/1.07 1.05 X 0.50/0.61
200 16 0.44 X 0.40/0.12 0.82 X 0.40/0.30 1.24 X 0.50/0.85 1.79 X 0.60/2.12 1.54 X 0.50/1.30
LU

25 0.66 X 0.40/0.20 1.02 X 0.50/0.58 1.77 X 0.50/1.73 2.51 X 0.60/4.15 1.93 X 0.60/2.47
10 0.37 X 0.45/0.12 0.70 X 0.45/0.25 1.08 X 0.55/0.71 1.60 X 0.65/1.83 1.35 X 0.55/1.11
O

250 16 0.57 X 0.45/0.19 0.91 X 0.55/0.50 1.42 X 0.65/1.45 2.10 X 0.75/3.66 1.76 X 0.65/2.22
25 0.74 X 0.55/0.33 1.32 X 0.55/1.06 2.02 X 0.65/2.92 2.72 X 0.85/6.91 2.27 X 0.75/4.24
ES

10 0.46 X 0.50/0.19 0.75 X 0.60/0.37 1.32 X 0.60/1.16 1.95 X 0.70/2.94 1.49 X 0.70/1.71
300 16 0.61 X 0.60/0.25 1.12 X 0.60/0.83 1.75 X 0.70/2.36 2.40 X 0.90/5.71 1.98 X 0.80/3.46
25 0.91 X 0.60/0.55 1.46 X 0.70/1.64 2.27 X 0.80/4.53 3.12 X 1/10.73 2.58 X 0.90/6.61
R

10 0.54 X 0.55/0.27 0.89 X 0.65/0.57 1.42 X 0.75/1.67 1.76 X 0.75/2.56


350 16 0.73 X 0.65/0.39 1.20 X 0.75/1.20 1.91 X 0.85/3.42 2.20 X 0.95/5.05
W

25 1.08 X 0.65/0.84 1.73 X 0.75/2.46 2.51 X 0.95/6.58 2.88 X 1.05/9.61


10 0.62 X 0.60/0.38 0.94 X 0.80/0.78 1.53 X 0.90/2.32 1.89 X 0.90/3.53
LO

400 16 0.85 X 0.70/0.56 1.39 X 0.80/1.71 2.08 X 1.00/4.75 2.41 X 1.10/7.03


25 1.14 X 0.80/1.15 1.85 X 0.90/3.39 2.63 X 1.20/9.12 2.96 X 1.40/13.49
Please consult sAdiP for other cases.

5
AssEMblY-sTAnDArD/
TriDUcT JoinT AssEMblY-sTAnDArD/TriDUcT JoinT

See also: The STANDARD and TRIDUCT joints are simply assembled by
Joint-stA
t ndArd/t
tA rd/triduct
rd/t
luBricAting
Ating PA
Ating P ste
pushing a spigot into a socket.
Joint deFlection
lection
Laying is simple and rapid.

n cleaning
Carefully clean the socket chamber and pipe spigot.
Pay particular attention to the gasket seat (eliminate

F
all soil, sand, etc).
Clean the spigot of the jointing pipe, as well as the

PD
gasket.
Check that the spigot is chamfered and in good
condition. if it is a cut pipe, it is essential to remake
N
the chamfer.
O
TI
n insert the gasket outside the trench
the gasket is inserted at the trench side.
LU

Check the condition of the gasket and introduce it into


the socket, looping it into a heart shape, with the lip
O

seal nose directed towards the back of the socket.


ES

For large diameters it is preferable to loop the gasket


into the shape of a cross for insertion.
Apply radial pressure to the gasket at the heart
R

shaped loop (or cross loops) to force it into place.


W
LO

n check the gasket position

riGhT WronG

Check that the gasket


fits snugly around its
circumference.

6
AssEMblY-sTAnDArD/
TriDUcT JoinT

n Marking the socket depth


If the pipe spigot is not already marked, mark the
P P - 1 cm
spigot of the pipe being laid, at a distance from the
end equivalent to the socket depth P, minus 10 mm.

P
dn
mm
80 90
100 92
125 95
150 98
200 104
250 104
300 105

F
350 108

PD
400 110
450 113
500 115
600 120
N
O
700 145
800 145
TI

900 145
LU

1000 155

n lubrication
O

Apply lubricating paste to:


ES

the exposed surface of the gasket,


the spigot end and chamfer.
R

the lubricating paste is brush applied in reasonable


amounts. Lubricating
paste
W

Centre the spigot in the socket and maintain it in this


position by resting it on two mounds of tamped soil, or
LO

preferably gravel.
Push the spigot into the socket, checking that P

everything is correctly aligned.

n Assembly (b)

(a)
Pipes marked on site (a)
Push in the spigot until the mark is in line with the
1 cm
socket face. do not penetrate beyond this position.
Pipes marked at works (b)
Push in the spigot until the first mark disappears
inside the socket. the second mark must still be
visible after assembly.

n control
Check that the gasket is correctly seated by inserting
the end of a metal rule through the annular spigot
and socket gap until it touches the gasket. the rule
must penetrate to the same depth around the whole Metal
rule
circumference.

7
AssEMblY-ExPrEss JoinT AssEMblY-ExPrEss JoinT

See also: Assembly of the EXPRESS mechanical joint is achieved


Joint-eXP
eXPress
Joint deFlection
lection
by introducing a spigot into an EXPRESS socket, then
compressing the gasket by means of a gland and bolts.
Joint assembly is simple, rapid and requires no jointing force.

F
PD
n cleaning
N
Carefully clean the socket chamber and pipe spigot.
O
Pay particular attention to the gasket seat (eliminate
all soil, sand, etc).
TI

Clean the spigot of the jointing pipe, as well as the


gasket.
LU

Check that the spigot is in good condition.


O
ES

Positioning the gland and gasket


R

n
Slip the gland over the spigot, then the gasket, with
gasket tip directed towards the spigot end.
W
LO

n Jointing
Insert the spigot in the socket, checking the alignment
of the parts being assembled, then withdraw it about
1 cm.

1 cm

8
AssEMblY-ExPrEss JoinT

n Gland assembly
Slide the gasket along the spigot to engage it in its
seat, and bring the gland into contact with the gasket.
insert the bolts and manually tighten the nuts until
they contact the gland.

n bolt tightening
Check the gland position, then tighten the nuts with a
torque spanner progressively, in successive passes,

F
following the order of the numbers in the diagram
opposite.

PD
EXPRESS bolt torques are as follows:
dia. 22 bolts = 12 m dan (approx. 12 m kg f),
dia. 27 bolts = 30 m dan (approx. 30 m kg f).
N
O
it is essential to check the bolts after the hydraulic test,
retightening them if necessary.
TI

With large diameter pipes, commence bolt tightening


with the pipe or fitting being assembled suspended
LU

by the lifting tackle. this will keep the spigot correctly 8 1


centered in the socket and the gasket will engage 10 11
correctly in its seat.
O

3 6
ES

5 4
R

12 9
W

2 7
LO

9
AssEMblY-AnchorED
sTAnDArD/TriDUcT JoinT AssEMblY-AnchorED sTAnDArD/TriDUcT JoinT

See also: Assembly of ANCHORED STANDARD and TRIDUCT joints is


Joint-Anchored stA
tAndArd/
tA
triduct achieved by pushing a spigot into a STANDARD or TRIDUCT
Welding (Anchor BeAd)
Be socket, then holding it in position with an anchoring system
luBricAting
Ating PA
Ating P ste
comprising a locking ring and bolted gland.
Joint deFlection
lection
If a pipe is cut on site, the spigot has to be chamfered and the
anchor bead has to be welded on.

n cleaning
Carefully clean:
the socket chamber, in particular the gasket seat

F
(eliminate all soil, sand, etc.),

PD
the spigot to be introduced and the gasket itself.
Check the presence of a chamfer and the conformity of
the weld bead, as well as the spigot end condition.

N
Re-establishment of the chamfer and weld bead is
essential if the pipe to be assembled has been cut on
O
site.
TI

n inserting the gasket


LU

Check the gasket condition and place it in its seat,


looping it into a heart shape.
For large diameters it is preferable to loop the gasket
O

into the shape of a cross for insertion.


ES

Apply radial pressure to the gasket at the heart


shaped loop (or cross loops) to force it into place.
R

n check the gasket position


W

riGhT WronG
LO

Check that the gasket fits snugly around its


circumference.

n Fitting the locking ring and gland


Carefully clean the locking ring and gland, particularly
at the points indicated opposite.

10
AssEMblY-AnchorED
sTAnDArD/TriDUcT JoinT

Place the gland and ring on the spigot of the pipe to


be jointed, behind the weld bead.

n one-piece locking ring (Dn 250 to 700)


since the internal diameter of the ring is smaller than
the external diameter of the weld bead, the ring has
to be opened by prizing with a wedge inserted into its
opening.

F
PD
450

180
60

N
O
40

TI
4
LU
O

n segmented locking ring (Dn 80 - 200)


ES

For some diameters the ring consists of several


segments, joined together by elastomer connectors
(see AsseMBly detA
det ils at the end of the instruction
R

sheet).
W
LO

n Marking socket depth Mark

Mark the socket depth at distance (a) from the weld a

bead on the pipe spigot being laid. the value of (a) is


indicated in the table below.

dn 80 125 150 200 250 500 600 1000

a
mm
20 25 30 35

11
AssEMblY-AnchorED
sTAnDArD/TriDUcT JoinT

n lubrication
Lubricate the following with lubricating paste:
the exposed surface of the gasket,
the pipe spigot and chamfer,
the gasket seat, in the case of the Anchored
triduct joint only (see luBricAting A
Ating
PAste).

Lubricating the lubricating paste is brush applied, in reasonable


paste
quantities.

Jointing mark n Jointing


drawn on spigot
Insert the spigot, checking the alignment of the
assembled components, until the jointing mark on
the spigot is in line with the socket face.

F
Do not go beyond this point, to avoid the pipe

PD
making contact and to allow the possibility of joint
movement.

N
O
checking
TI
n
Metal
rule Check that the gasket
LU

is correctly lodged in
its seat by inserting the
end of a metal rule into
O

the annulus formed by


the spigot and mouth
ES

of the socket, until it


contacts the gasket: the
rule should penetrate to
R

the same depth around


the circumference.
W

Positioning of locking ring


LO

locking ring Bring the ring into contact with the weld bead. Check
that it fits well around the whole circumference and
fits snugly on the pipe spigot.

n Gland positioning
Place the gland in contact with the ring and centre it.
Insert the bolts and screw on the nuts by hand until
they contact the gland.
Tighten the nuts until there is gland-socket face
contact (easily discerned by a rapid increase in
tightening torque). the nuts must be tightened
diametrically opposite one another.
The lifting tackle must not be removed until the joint
is completely assembled.
The pipes must be in a straight line during jointing.
After assembly, the joint can be deflected if
required, within the permissible limits (see
Joint deFlection).
12
AssEMblY-AnchorED
sTAnDArD/TriDUcT JoinT

n Assembling the first link


The ring segments are assembled into a chain, which
is then finally linked together on the pipe spigot, in
contact with the weld bead.
Place a connecting piece in one end of the chain
by inserting it into the notch in the plane face of the
ring.

Using a 3.9 drift, insert a cotter pin, previously


coated with lubricating paste.
Orient the pin so that the sloping face corresponds
with that in the elastomer link, then hammer it home.
Lubricating

F
paste

PD
n Assembly of remaining links
Assemble the second link in the same way.
Connect the following links together.
N
O
When all the ring links are assembled, the first end of
the chain formed must be equipped with a connecting
TI

segment, the other end remaining free.


the assembled ring can then be carried.
LU

Lubricating
paste
O

n Assembly of last link


ES

Joint both ends with the connecting segment.


Insert the last pin, using a drift and hammer.
R

Using a crowbar, lever the locking ring on to the pipe


spigot and position it behind the weld bead, ensuring
W

it a snug fit.
LO

Weld bead

n Assembly of Dn 80 to 200 locking rings


the procedure is the same but without the use of cotter
pins.
note: as an assembly variation, the last elastomer
link can be fitted when the ring is already
positioned behind the weld bead.

13
AssEMblY - FlAnGED JoinT AssEMblY - FlAnGED JoinT

See also: Flanged joints allow easy in-line assembly and dismantling
Joints-Fl
Joints-FlAnged
FlAnges
Fl
(repairs, inspection, maintenance).
(diMensions-Pitch circles)
It is important to:
respect the order of bolt tightening and the torque.
avoid any tension on the main during bolt tightening.

Flanged joint n Procedure

assembly Flange cleaning and alignment


with plain flat Check the appearance and cleanliness of the flange
faces and the gasket.
gasket Align the items being assembled.

F
Leave a small gap between the two flanges being

PD
joined for gasket insertion.

Gasket
N
Gasket insertion
O
Place the gasket between the flanges and insert the
bolts. Above dn 300, partial adhesion of the correctly
TI

positioned gasket to its seat is an aid to assembly


(use a neoprene adhesive).
LU

Centre the gasket between the bosses on both


flanges.
O
ES
R

8 1 Bolt tightening
10 11 Fit the bolts and nuts.
W

Tighten the bolts in the order shown in the diagram


3 6 opposite, observing the bolt torques prescribed on the
LO

following pages.
5 4

Bolting torques (Plain flat gasket)


12 9
the torques recommended below are for lubricated bold
2 7
threads.

PlAin FlAT GAskET


Bolting torques for flanges of
dn Pn 10 Pn 16
mN mN
80 40 40
100 40 40
125 40 40
150 40 50
200 50 60
250 60 140
300 60 120
350 60 130
400 100 170
450 120 170
500 160 280
600 180 310
700 200 350
800 360 490
1000 380 660
14 1200 510 970
AssEMblY - FlAnGED JoinT

Bolt tightening is only for gasket compression and should


not exert any tractive force on the pipeline components.
different types of gaskets and bolt torques are used for
carrying industrial liquids.

n Procedure
the general procedure is the same as for the plain
Flanged joint
gasket. there is the additional advantage however of assembly
centering the gasket by its positioning lugs.
with metal
PosiTioninG METhoD For META
MET l rEinForcED
GAskETs, AccorDinG To FlAnGE Dn AnD Pn tyPe oF centering AsseMBly
ly det
detAils
reinforced
eMBedded rings inserted rings gasket
Dn 80 - Pn 10 To 40 Dn 350 To 700 - Pn 10
Dn 100 To 300 - Pn 10 To 16 Dn 700 To1200 - Pn 16
DE Prior insertion
centered of bolts

F
with the gasket periphery in bottom half

PD
touching the bolts of flange to support
the gasket
DE

Dn 100 To 300 - Pn 25
Dn 100 To 150 - Pn 40
Dn 600 - Pn 16
Dn 350 To1200 - Pn 25
N
O
centered check correct
with both locating centering of the gasket
TI

lugs resting before diagonal


locating lugs on the bolts bolt tightening
LU

locating huge Detail: DN 350 to 500 for PN 16

Dn 200 To300 - Pn 40 Dn 350 AnD 400 - Pn 40


O

Dn 80 To200 - Pn 64
ES

check centering
of the gasket
Visual centering
before diagonal
bolt tightening
R
W

Bolting torques (Metal reinforced gaskets)


LO

the torques recommended below are for lubricated bolt


threads.
Bolt tightening is only for gasket compression, and should
not exert any tractive force on the pipeline components.
METAl rEinForcED GAskET
Bolting torques for flanges of
dn Pn 10 Pn 16 Pn 25 Pn 40 Pn 64
mN mN mN mN mN
80 40 40 40 40 60
100 40 40 60 60 80
125 40 40 80 80 120
150 60 60 80 80 150
200 60 60 80 120 180
250 60 80 120 150
300 60 80 120 150
350 60 80 150 180
400 80 120 180 300
450 80 120 180
500 80 150 180
600 120 180 300
700 120 180 400
800 150 300 500
1000 180 400 600
1200 300 500 600
15
AssEMblY - rEPAir PiEcEs AssEMblY - rEPAir PiEcEs

See also: Pipeline operation involves preventive maintenance, curative


Joint-
Joint-sPeciAl
cutting
utting PiPe
Pi
maintenance and system improvement. These often require
Product dAt
dAtA
tA replacement of sections of main.
SADIP offers a range of repair pieces to meet the various cases
encountered.

choice
hoice of repair the choice depends on:
the connection to be made,
piece the external diameter of the main,
the clearance J.
see the Product dAt
AtA
At
tA section for dimensions and
tolerances.

F
PD
connEcTion METhoDs
rEqUirED tyPe dn rAnge sketch

N
O
Flange adapter dn 80 to 1200 MM
Flange
TI

/ spigot
connection
LU
O

coupling dn 80 to 1200 MM
ES

J
R

DN

spigot / MJ + eXPress collar dn 80 to 1200 MM


W

spigot L
L
connection Collars DN 700 mm
L1
LO

Procedure the procedure are identical for installation of couplings,


flange adapters and eXPress collars.
L
L1

Ground level

DE

After correctly dimensioning the excavation, carefully


clear access to the existing pipe section. check the
diameter of the pipes with a circumference tape or
compass calliper.
Choose the most suitable piece for making the repair,
according to the pipe diameter (see preceding
16 table).
AssEMblY - rEPAir PiEcEs

Cut the existing pipe : see CUTTING PIPE.


the length of the pipe to be cut should be greater than
the length of the connection being installed.

Ground level

UU double spigot

F
Remove the cut section. Check its length before
cutting the replacement double spigot piece uu with

PD
an acceptable allowance.
length of double spigot piece uu = c 2 x J.

N
O
Ground level
TI

UU double spigot
LU
O
ES
R

Insert section UU and the pipe connection units in


line with the two pipes being joined. Position the
connection units, dividing the clearance allowance
W

of section uu between them. Bring the parts of the


connectors together and insert the bolts. Make sure
LO

the parts are perfectly positioned.

Ground level

UU double spigot

n notes
Check the seal after pressurization.
The parts must be sterilized before assembly in
potable water mains.
To protect the connection, use polyethylene sleeving,
grease impregnated tape enveloped in polyethylene
sleeving, or a heat shrinkable sleeve.

17
cEMEnT (MorTAr lininG) cEMEnT (MorTAr lininG)

See also: The standard internal protection for SADIP pipes consists of a
WAter
WA
Ater - AggressiVe
Aggressi
coAtings
A
Atings - internA
Al lining
cement mortar lining. This lining provides:
rePAir - internA
Al lining
excellent hydraulic flow conditions.
heAd losses
effective protection against aggressive waters.
STANDARDS: ISO 4179, BS 4027
ST

F
PD
Application the cement lining is applied by a centrifugal process. in
this method, chosen by sAdiP, the mortar is introduced
into the pipe and rotated at high speed, giving good lining
N
compaction. the lining is then cured under controlled
temperature and humidity conditions, giving it the
O
optimum mechanical strength. the spinning process has
TI
the advantage of producing a smooth internal surface
layer consisting of very fine particles (laitance). the
LU

process gives the following properties:


high mortar compaction,
low roughness,
O

good mortar key.


ES
R

the cement mortar has a very smooth inner


Flow hydraulic
ydraulic surface, which favours flow, reduces head losses
W

performance and guarantees long term hydraulic efficiency.


the roughness coefficient of a single pipe (coleBrook
LO

formula) is k = 0.03. however, sAdiP recommends the


use of a value of k = 0.1 in designing a pipe system,
to take any exceptional head losses into account. (see
heAd losses).

the cement lining is an active coating. it is


Protective not merely a barrier coating but provides
mechanism chemical protection through the phenomenon of
passivation. When the pipe is filled, the mortar
gradually absorbs water, which becomes enriched in
alkaline substances; consequently it is non-corrosive
when it reaches the proximity of the metal wall.

18
cEMEnT (MorTAr lininG)

n crack plugging
crack plugging is recognized and is covered in the
standards. crazing (shrinkage), and indeed small
cracks formation, often occur during transport,
storage or laying, but it heals up under the
combined effect of two reactions:
swelling (rapid) of the mortar in water,
hydration (slow) of the cement compounds.

n Expansion Mechanical
the linear coefficient of thermal expansion of properties
cement mortar linings is approximately 12 x 106
m/m/c, a value virtually identical to that of ductile
iron (11 x 106 m/m/c), thus eliminating the risk of
cracks formation through differential thermal expansion.

F
PD
n cement mortar mechanical performance
longitudinal bending tests on small diameter pipes have
demonstrated the ability of the cement mortar lining to N
O
withstand limited pipe diametral deflection.
TI
in large diameter pipes, which are more
susceptible to ovality effects, ring bending tests
LU

have confirmed the good performance of the


mortar lining under high top loads.
O
ES
R
W
LO

n Abrasion
cement mortar has good abrasion resistance,
which allows the pipes to be used for carrying raw
waters with high abrasive particles contents.
Please consult us for these applications.

n iso 4179: centrifugal cement mortar lining. general standards


tandards
requirements.
bs 4027: specification for sulfate resisting portland
cement. requirements for composition strength,
physical and chemical properties of three strength
classes.

19
cErTiFicATEs cErTiFicATEs

See also: SADIP holds a number of certificates and endorsements


stA
t nd
tA ndArds
QuAlity control
ontrol
which guarantee its ability to produce ductile iron castings in
accordance with very severe quality assurance criteria.
These certificates are awarded by accountable outside
organizations who regularly check their validity.

F
PD
orGAnizATion cErTiFicATE
N sUbJEcT
O
these certificates attest that the sAdiP quality
TI

Quality assurance assurance system complies with the requirements


iso 900/2008
system approval of the iso 9002 standard for the manufacture of
LU

spheroidal graphite iron pipes and accessories.

this qualification certificate recognizes that sAdiP


O

provides the necessary guarantees of constant


As requested sAdiP compliance
satisfactory manufacture of d. i. pipes and fittings
ES

by clients certificate
complying with contractual specifications or
relevant standards.
R

this document certifies that the inspection,


sgs group third party inspection. testing has been made during production of pipes
and fittings as per approved standards as well
W

Bureau Veritas Approval of production


germanischer lloyd of pipes and fittings as inspection certificate during packing prior to
delivery and shipping.
LO

20
cErTiFicATEs

sGs Group of companies


Dammam Third party
P. o. Box 6702
dammam 31452 inspection
tel.: # (+966-3) 8172080
t
Fax: # (+966-3) 8173623

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU

bUrEAU VEriTAs
riyadh
P. o. Box 18245
O

riyadh 11415
tel.: # (+966-1) 4789052/4789060
t
ES

Fax: # (+966-1) 4788945


Al-khobar
P. o. Box 20189
thoqba 31952
R

tel.: # (+966-3) 8984776/8986207


t
Fax: # (+966-3) 8983614
W
LO

Germanischer lloyd
Al-khobar
P. o. Box 32025
Al khobar 31952
tel.: # (+966-3) 8010335/6
t
Fax: # (+966-3) 8010334

21
coATinGs - ExTErnAl coATinGs - ExTErnAl

See also: The purpose of an external coating is to provide a durable


soil corrosi
orrosiVity
Zinc
protection against corrosive soils.
Pol
Polyethylene slee
leeVing
SADIP offers a complete range of external coatings to meet all
rePAir - eXternAl coAting
A
Ating
cases of corrosive soils.

F
PD
the external coatings of sAdiP pipes and fittings for
N
potable water supply and irrigation can be divided into
three categories according to the chemical nature of the
O
soil:
TI

standard coatings suitable for the vast majority of


soils,
LU

supplementary protections, for highly corrosive


soils,
O

special coatings, for extremely corrosive


environments.
ES

see soil corrosiVity.


ity
ity.
sAdiP technical teams carry out soil surveys on
R

request, in order to recommend the most suitable


protection.
W
LO

PiPEs FiTTinGs

standard Metallic zinc Metallic zinc


coating + Bituminous paint + Bituminous paint

supplementary Polyethylene sleeving Polyethylene sleeving


protection (applied on site) (applied on site)

Polyurethane
different kind of epoxy (F.B.e.,
special coatings different kind of epoxy (F.B.e.,
ceramic, coal tor
t , etc)
ceramic, coal tor
t , etc)

22
coATinGs - inTErnAl lininG coATinGs - inTErnAl lininG

The purpose of an internal protection is to: See also:


WAter
WA
Ater - AggressiVe
Aggressi

guarantee that the hydraulic performance of the pipe is ceMent


ent (Mort
(MortAr lining)
heAd losses
osses
maintained long term. rePAir
ir - internAl lining

prevent any risk of internal attack by the waters carried.


SADIP offers a complete range of internal protections to meet
all types of water carried.

F
PD
the linings and internal coatings of sAdiP pipes and
fittings can be divided into three categories, according to
the aggressivity of the waters carried:
N
O
standard coatings, suitable for the vast majority of
TI

raw and potable waters,


reinforced protections, for waters aggressive
LU

to ordinary cement (soft and acidic waters, highly


abrasive waters...),
O

special coatings offered for very special cases or


water corrosivity (industrial effluents...).
ES

see
ee WA
WAter - AggressiVe.
sAdiP examines water quality on request, in order
R

to recommend the most suitable protection.


W
LO

PiPEs FiTTinGs

sulphate resistant sulphate resistant


standard
cement mortar lining cement mortar lining
coatings
type V
t type V
t

- high Alumina cement


reinforced protections Mortar high Alumina cement Mortar
- Polyurethane

different kinds of epoxy different kind of epoxy


special coatings
(F.B.e., ceramic, coal tar
t , etc) (F.B.e., ceramic, coal tar
t , etc)

23
cUTTinG PiPE cUTTinG PiPE

See also: Adhering to a pipeline route usually involves the use of fittings
rePAir - eXternAl coAting
A
Ating
Welding (Anchor BeAd)
Be
and requires pipe cutting on site.
Ductile iron pipes are easily cut.

site
ite equipment Slitting disc type cutters. Wheel cutters can also be

used used.

F
PD
An air operated saw can be used for cutting large
N
diameters (dn 700) (Fein machine for example).
O
the saw can be adapted to make the cut and chamfer
at the same time.
TI
LU
O
ES

Procedure n check the outer diameter


R

n Marking the cut


W

Before cutting the pipe, it is essential to measure


the external diameter at the cutting point with a
LO

circumference tape or compass callipers, to check


that it is compatible with the intended socket or gland
dimensions.

Tracing tape n cutting


Make the cut with the appropriate equipment (see
above).

n Fettling or chamfering
After making the cut, and before assembly, it is
essential:
to fettle the edges of the cut with a file or grinder in the
case of mechanical joints (express, ggs, couplings,
Quick, Flange Adapters),
to fettle and remake the chamfer, to avoid gasket
damage during assembly, in the case of push-in joints
(standard, Anchored standard, triduct, Anchored
triduct).

24
cUTTinG PiPE

n
r=3

the chamfer dimensions must be as indicated below:

de m n
dn
mm mm mm

F
80 98 9 3

PD
100 118 9 3
125 144 9 3
150 170 9 3
200 222 9
N 3
O
250 274 9 3
300 326 9 3
TI

350 378 9 3
LU

400 429 9 3
450 480 9 3
O

500 532 9 3
600 635 9 3
ES

700 738 15 5
800 842 15 5
R

900 945 15 5
1000 1048 15 5
W

coating repair
LO

n
Restore the protective coating on the pipe areas
affected by the cutting operations.
see rePAir - eXternAl coAtings
A
Atings.

n Deposition of weld bead and external coating


application
For anchored joints only.
see Welding (Anchor BeAd).

25
DEPTh oF coVEr DEPTh oF coVEr

See also: The maximum and minimum depths of cover depend on the
soil loAds (PiPe
PerFor
orMAnce) type of pipe and the laying conditions (backfill).
sAFety
ety F
FActors

ground level

the following diagrams show the maximum and minimum


depths of cover for class k9 pipes, with or without truck
loading, and as a function of the laying conditions defined depth
in the following pages. of
cover

F
PD
N
MAxiMUM DEPTh oF coVEr (FUncTion oF lAYinG conDiTion)
O
k9 PiPEs - no WhEEl loADinG
TI

Depth Dn
LU

of
cover
(m) 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
O

Type 1 1
ES

2
3
Type 1
4
R

Type 2
5
6 Type 3
W

Type 2 7
8
LO

Type 4
9
10
11
12
Type 3 13
Type 5
14
15
16
17
18
Type 4 19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Type 5
26
27
28
29
30

26
DEPTh oF coVEr

MAxiMUM DEPTh oF coVEr (FUncTion oF lAYinG conDiTion)


k9 PiPEs - no WhEEl loADinG

Depth Dn
of
cover
(m) 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,800

2
Type 1

3
Type 2

F
4

PD
Type 3
5

6
Type 4 N
O
7
TI

8
LU

9
Type 5
O

10
ES

11
R

12
W

13
LO

14

15

ground level

depth
of
cover

27
DEPTh oF coVEr

MAxiMUM DEPTh oF coVEr (FUncTion oF lAYinG conDiTion)


k9 PiPEs - WiTh WhEEl loADinG (10 T WhEEl)

Depth Dn
of
cover
(m) 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 300

Type 1 1
For depth of cover under 0.8 m*, please consult us

2
3
Type 1
4
Type 2
5
6 Type 3
Type 2 7
8
Type 4

F
9

PD
10
11
12
Type 3 13
14
N Type 5
O
15
16
TI

17
18
LU

Type 4 19
20
O

21
22
ES

23
24
25
R

Type 5
26
27
W

28
29
LO

* 1 m for Dn 250 and 300 (type 1)


30

28
DEPTh oF coVEr

MAxiMUM DEPTh oF coVEr (FUncTion oF lAYinG conDiTion)


k9 PiPEs - WiTh WhEEl loADinG (10 T WhEEl)

Depth Dn
of
cover
(m) 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,800

For depth of cover below 0.8 m*, please consult us

1
Type 1
2

3
Type 2

F
4

PD
Type 3
5

6
Type 4 N
O
7
TI

8
LU

9
Type 5
O

10
ES

ground
round level
11
R

12
depth
W

of
13 cover
LO

14

15
* 1.20 m for Dn 350 to 600 (type 1)

29
DEPTh oF coVEr

laying
aying A distinction is made in practice between;
the pipe surround,
conditions the infill. infill
the surround provides stability and/or protects the pipes.
it depends on;
the pipe characteristics (rigid, semi-rigid, or flexible), surround
the top loading (depth of cover, wheel loads),
the more or less rocky or heterogeneous nature of the
ground.
the infill varies according to the area involved (rural,
semi-urban, urban) and has to take road stability into
account.
other constraints also affect the laying conditions;
keeping the main frost-free (minimum depth of

F
cover).,

PD
passing through critical safety areas (railways,
motorways, etc.) which require special techniques,
the current regulations and local requirements
(highway engineers).
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

30
DEPTh oF coVEr

the Ansi/AWWA c 150/A 21.50 standard applicable to


ductile iron pipelines defines 5 types of laying conditions,
Depths of cover
corresponding with most of the surrounds usually met.

Ansi/AWWA c 150/A 21.50 TYPEs oF lAYinG

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5

F
PD
sand, gravel, or Pipe bedded to its
Pipe bedded in crushed stone centerline in
trench bottom Flat bottom Flat bottom 10 cm-minimum thickness: 1/8 dn compacted granular
loose soil with material, 0.1 m
0.1 m minimum minimum under pipe
N
O
compacted granular
TI
compacted to
lightly consolidated lightly consolidated or selected
top of pipe
Backfill loose to centerline of up to top of material to top of
(approx. 80%
LU

pipe pipe pipe (approximately


standard Proctor)
90% Proctor)
O

e (bar) 11 21 28 35 49
() 30 45 60 90 150
ES

irrespective of the type of laying used, reused or brought-in materials (selected or not), in direct pipe contact
choice of materials
must not contain stones or be particularly corrosive.
R
W

the design assumptions made for each type of laying


LO

condition are:
earth load: weight of the prism of soil above the
pipe,
wheel load: a dynamic 10 t wheel,
laying conditions: characterized by the bedding angle
() and the soil surround modulus of passive soil
resistance e (see table above),
design basis: MArstons stress and ovality
equations,
criteria: maximum vertical deflection (sd/d (ovality)
maximum wall stress (
max).
For cases not covered by the aspects defined above
(see playing, pipes laid under embankments, etc.) please
consult sAdiP.

31
DiAMETEr sElEcTion DiAMETEr sElEcTion

See also: The selection of the diameter of a pressure pipe is based on:
WAter
WA
Ater deMAnd/resources
esources
PiPeline
eline ProFile
Pro
hydraulic parameters (flow, head losses, velocities) for
heAd losses
heAd losses
osses (tABles)
( gravity supplies,
WAter
WA
Ater hAMM
hAMMer
optimum hydraulic and economics parameters (pumping
costs and asset depreciation) for a pumped supply.
There is a need to quantify the possible risks of water hammer,
cavitation, and abrasion, as a function of the operating
conditions, and to install suitable protections against them.

F
PD
Definition Gravity supply
N
O
TI
LU

z
O
ES

z
R
W

gravity supply is the mode of supply which allows water


to be fed through a pressure main from a natural or
LO

artificial storage area at elevation Z, to all points of supply


located at elevations z < Z, without any energy input.

system characteristics
size
ize selection
n
Q : required flow (m3/s)
principle Peak distribution or fire hydrant flow
Mean supply flow
j : unit head loss (m/m)
V : Water velocity through pipeline (m/s)
d : diameter of main (m).
l : length of main (m).

32
DiAMETEr sElEcTion

n Topographical features
T
the most unfavourable case is taken for calculation
purposes.

hyd
rau
lic g

h
rad
ient

h: available head

F
PD
Supply from reservoir A to reservoir B :
h = Minimum height level in A overflow height of B
As a safety coefficient, the invert is sometimes taken as
the minimum level of A. N
O
TI
LU

A hydrauli
c gradie
nt
O

h
ES

P
R
W

z
LO

Distribution
h : minimum level of A, reduced by (z + P).
P : minimum required pressure at highest distribution
point.
z : elevation of that point.

33
DiAMETEr sElEcTion

n Formulae

D2
knowing that : Q = x V
4
V2 8Q 2
the dArcy
rcy formula is written as : j = =
2gD 2 gD 5
, a function of (k, v, d), is deduced from the coleBrook
formula, where k = 0,1 mm (roughness). see heAd
losses for further details.

n Determination of D
H
the maximum unit head loss is : j =

F
L
the dn can be determined:

PD
by calculation, solving the system of equations
constituted by the dArcy and coleBrook rook formulae
(iterative calculations, needing use of a computer);

N
by direct reading of head losses tables. see heAd
losses (tABt les).
tAB
O
TI

n Example
LU

Flow: Q = 30 l/s
length: l = 4,000 m
O

Available height: h = 80 m
A
ES

H 80
j= = = 0.02 m/m = 20 m/km
L 4,000
R

the table shows that dn 150 is required, with:


W

velocity: V = 1.7 m/s


LO

head loss: j = 19.244 m/km.

Dn 150

q (l/s) j (m/km)
V (m/s)
k = 0.03 mm k = 0.1 mm

24.00 11.092 12.552 1.36


26.00 12.867 14.627 1.47
28.00 14.766 16.857 1.58
30.00 16.790 19.244 1.70
32.00 18.937 21.787 1.81
34.00 21.208 24.485 1.92
36.00 23.602 27.339 2.04
38.00 26.119 30.348 2.15
40.00 28.758 33.513 2.26
42.00 31.520 36.833 2.38
44.00 34.404 40.309 2.49
46.00 37.409 43.940 2.60
34
diameter selection

Pumped supply definition


efinition
n Pumped distribution

J
P
tmH
tm

P = minimum operating pressure

F
supply pumped from a reservoir

PD
n

N J1
O
TI
Hgeo

tmH

LU
O J2

tmH = Hgeo+J1+J2
ES

n Borehole pumped supply


R
W

J
LO

tmH
Hgeo

tmH = Hgeo+J

Catchment or storage areas are frequently not at sufficient


height to meet the required pressurization conditions.
Energy therefore has to be imparted to the liquid to make
distribution possible.
The following definitions are used:
geometric height (Hgeo) the height difference
between the level of the water being pumped and the
place supplied,
total manometric height (tmH), the geometric
height, plus the total head losses involved in suction
and pumping, plus, if warranted by the circumstances,
the minimum residual distribution pressure (see
example figures opposite).

35
diameter selection

dimension
imension n Graphical solution

selection cc
principle m

J
Pp

tmH

Hgeo
Qo
l
Qo

Cc : Pipeline characteristic
H : Hgeo + J J = f (Q2)

F
Pp : Pump characteristic

PD
M : Optimum point
Note: Method valid for constant levels of suction and
tmH = Hgeo+J pumping. If this is not the case the envelope formed by
N
the extreme curves has to be examined.
O
TI
n Hydraulic
As before :
LU

J= jL
O

V2
j =
2g D
ES

is a function of , k, D.
For pumping, the characteristic curves of the pumps and
R

system have to be taken into account, to ensure that


as a function of the chosen DN, the optimum point M
W

corresponds to the required flow Q0.

economic
LO

The economic diameter is calculated by taking into


account:
the pumping costs, the power being given by the
following formula:
Q x TMH
P = 0.0098 x
r
Where :
P : Power to be supplied to the pump (kW)
Q : Flow (l/s)
TMH : Total manometric height (m)
T
r : Pump motor efficiency,
the installation depreciation (pumping station +
main).

36
diameter selection

Both methods are usually used, depending on the size


of the project:
application
pplication

n small projects
The Vibert formula is used, valid for small and medium
DNs and short lengths:

( )
0.154
ne
D = 1.456 x Q 0.46
f

Where :
D : the economic diameter
f : the laid main cost in Francs/kg
Q : flow en m3/s

F
PD
Pumping time in h
n =
24
e : Price per KWh
N
O
The 1.456 coefficient covers an 8% depreciation rate
over 50 years.
TI

The DN chosen must be identical to diameter D, or the


LU

next size up.


O

n large projects
ES

A detailed economic study has to be made in the


case of long lengths and large diameters. The diameter
used must be the one giving the minimum annual cost
R

(depreciation + pumping costs).


W

The flow rate varies significantly with the diameter.


Precautions
LO

In addition to head losses, it is consequently advisable to


check compatibility with the possible phenomena of:
water hammer,
cavitation,
abrasion.

37
dimensions dimensions

See also: The principal ductile iron pipes and fittings dimensions and
CuTTIN
TTINg PIPE
PrODu
uCT DATA
tolerances are standardized :
nominal wall thickness (pipes and fittings)
nominal mortar lining thickness (pipes)
pipe length
pipe external barrel diameter.

F
PD
nominal
ominal wall n Pipes

thickness N
The nominal wall thickness of pipes and fittings depends
O
on the DN. It is the larger of two values given by the
following formulae:
TI

eiron = K (0.5 + 0.001 DN)


LU

eiron = 5.8 + 0.003 DN


Where :
eiron
O

: nominal wall thickness in mm


eiron
DN : nominal diameter
ES

K : thickness class, chosen from a series of whole


numbers: ... 8, 9,10,11, 12, ...
R

For a given DN, the pipe external diameter is the


same, irrespective of the thickness class.
W
LO

n Fittings
DN 65 e = 7 mm
DN > 65 e = K (0.5 + 0.001 DN)

n Wall thickness tolerances


Spun pipes : (1.3 + 0.001 DN)
Molded fittings : (2.3 + 0.001 DN).
The ISO 2531 Standards do not specify plus tolerances.

38
dimensions

The thickness is to ISO 4179.


Pipe cement
mortar lining
thickness

emortar

Lining thickness, emortar

F
Mean minimum Single point minimum
DN Normal
value value

PD
mm mm mm

60 to 300 3 2.5
N 2.0
O
TI

350 to 600 5 4.5 3.0


LU

700 to 1000 6 5.5 3.5


O
ES
R
W
LO

39
ductile iron ductile iron

See also: Ductile iron is distinguished from ordinary grey iron by its
MANuFACT
FACTurE
SAFETy
yFFACTOrS
remarkable mechanical properties (elasticity, impact strength,
elongation...). These are due to the spheroidal nature of the
graphite particles.

F
PD
definition
efinition of A ferrous product classification can be established in

irons N
terms of the carbon content of the basic metal:
O
iron : 0 to 0.1 % C,
steel : 0.1 to 1.7% C,
TI

cast iron : 1.7 to 5% C,


LU

Below 1.7% carbon, solidification produces an austenitic


single phase material, with the carbon present in the
structure in solid solution.
O

Above 1.7% carbon, the carbon cannot all be dissolved in


ES

the iron structure and consequently solidifies in the form


of a secondary phase, either as graphite (pure C), or iron
carbide (Fe3C). Iron is a multi-phase material, of complex
R

structure: the most common constituents are ferrite (Fe)


and pearlite (Fe + Fe3C).
W

Other elements present in iron in very low proportions


LO

have an effect on the structure, mechanical properties


and casting of the metal. Silicon (usually 1 to 3%) plays
a particular part and makes the iron in reality a ternary
alloy: iron, carbon, silicon.

40
ductile iron

n different types of cast iron


The term Cast iron covers a wide variety of Fe-C-Si
alloys. It is usual to class them in groups according to the
graphite condition, making an additional differentiation
based on the structure of the metal matrix (ferritic,
pearlitic).

Carbon and silicon contents of steels


and various types of irons

F
% c + 1/3 % si = 4.3 spheroidal graphite irons

PD
4.0

N
O
TI
3.0
Grey
irons
LU

White irons
malleable irons
2.0
O
ES

% c + 1/6 % si = 2.0
R

1.0
steels
W
LO

0 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.5

silicon content (%)

These materials are known as:


white irons,
malleable irons,
flake graphite irons,
spheroidal graphite irons (S. g.), also called ductile
irons,
vermicular graphite irons,
high alloy irons.

41
ductile iron

effect
ffect of In so called grey irons the graphite is present in the
form of flakes, hence their metallurgical name: flake
graphite shape graphite irons (sometimes called lamellar graphite irons).
By concentrating abnormal stresses at certain points,
each of these flakes may initiate cracking.
Metallurgists have therefore sought to diminish, or
eliminate, this effect by changing the size or distribution
of the flakes.
In a first stage, the adoption of the centrifugal process to
cast flake graphite iron pipes (so called grey iron pipes),
led to an appreciable improvement, by producing very
fine graphite flakes.
A decisive advance was then made in 1948, when
research in both the u.S.A. and great Britain led to the
discovery of spheroidal graphite iron, more commonly
known as ductile iron.

F
PD
The graphite no longer exists in flake form but precipitates
in a spherical form. The possibility of crack propagation
lines is therefore eliminated.
graphite precipitation in spheroidal form is obtained by
N
the controlled addition of a small amount of magnesium
O
to the previously desulfurized base iron.
TI
LU

s.. G. iron
O

properties
ES
R
W
LO

Ductile iron owes its remarkable mechanical properties to


the spheroidal shape of its graphite:
tensile strength,
impact resistance,
high elastic limit (yield strength),
good elongation.
These properties are further enhanced by control of
the chemical analysis and heat treatment of the metal
matrix.
Ductile iron maintains the traditional qualities of cast
irons, resulting from the high carbon content:
compression strength,

castability,
abrasion resistance,
machinability,
fatigue strength.
42
ductile iron

All SADIP pipes and fittings are manufactured


from S.g. iron, complying with Standards:
sadi
sadiP
ISO 2531. ductile iron

SPECIFICATIONS ISO 2531 SADIP

Minimum tensile Pipes & 420 420


strength rm (MPa) fittings

Minimum elastic Pipes 300* 300*


limit rp0.2 (MPa) fittings 300 300

F
PD
Minimum elongation Pipes 10 % DN 1000
at failure 7 % DN > 1000
(A in %) fittings 5%

Maximum hardness Pipes 230 N


O
HB fittings 250
TI
LU

* ISO 2531 permits values between 270 to 300 MPa


O

when :
A 12% for DN 1000,
ES

A 10% for DN > 1000.


R
W
LO

43
eartH Works eartH Works

See also: Trench excavation and backfilling depend on the following


DEPTH OF COVEr
PIPE LAy
A INg EQu
Ay uIPMENT
parameters:
HANDLIN
ANDLINg
environment,
SOILS (MECHANICAL
ECHANICAL
PrOPE
OPErTIES)
characteristics of the main (type of joint and diamter),
nature of the soil (presence or absence of water),
laying depth.

F
PD
The laying recommendations given below are those
N
usually prescribed for ductile iron pipes.
O
TI

Preparatory After making a thorough study of the type of environment,


LU

and obtaining agreement from the various utilities


work (Telecom, gas, Water ...), the contractor marks out on
O

site the route and profile of the main to be laid, complying


with the project as prescribed, and ensures that the
ES

proposals and the conditions under which they will be


implemented are in accord.
R
W

trench
rench opening Prepare for the breaking of road surfaces by precutting the
edges of the trench to avoid damaging the neighbouring
LO

areas. The width is slightly greater than the trench


width.
Excavation is usually carried out with a mechanical
digger, suited to the pipe diameter, the type of ground
and depth of laying.

trench
rench width The trench width depends on the DN, the type of
soil, depth of laying and the methods of shoring and
compaction.
Care is taken during the work:
to stabilize the walls, either by battering or shoring,
to clear the edges of the excavation of lumps of rock
or clods of earth, to prevent them from falling,
to deposit the excavated material so as to leave a 0.4
metre reservation between the pipe and the trench.

44
eartH Works

Specification prescribes that: Trenches are prepared


at every point to the depth indicated by the longitudinal
Remove before
laying pipe 0.4 m
trench
rench depth
profile. unless otherwise specified, the normal trench
depth is such that the depth of backfill above the crown
of the pipe is not less than 1 m.... This depth is justified
by the need to protect against frost damage.

Soils can be divided into three main classes, based on types


types of soils
their cohesion:

F
rock

PD
n

Extremely cohesive, making excavation difficult but


not precluding all possibility of collapse. Cracks are
sometimes present, which can result in complete chunks
falling. N
O
TI

Friable soils
LU

By far the most common. These exhibit a certain amount


of cohesion, which allows them to hold together for a
O

while during excavation. This cohesion can change very


ES

rapidly under the influence of factors already mentioned


(water ingress, nearby equipment movement, etc.):
collapse is possible.
R
W
LO

n non-cohesive ground
This is ground lacking any cohesion, such as dry sand,
muds or freshly restored backfill. These collapse almost
instantaneously. Special procedures are needed for
working in this type of ground.
Protection against the danger of collapse is therefore
essential:
either by sloping the trench sides backwards,
or by shoring the trench sides.
The precautions to be taken also depend on the situation
(urban or rural), and the depth of laying.

45
eartH Works

Battering rarely used in urban situations because of the space


needed, it consists of giving the walls an outward slope
known as the angle of slope, which must be close to the
internal friction angle of the soil. This angle varies with
the type of soil.
angle
of See SOILS (MECHANICAL PrOPErTIES).
slope

trench
rench shoring
q (kg/m2)
There are numerous shoring techniques: it is important to
study and adapt them before commencing the work.
Shoring must be used in cases prescribed in existing

F
4000 regulations, or, in general, when demanded by the nature

PD
of the ground.
3000

2000 the most common shoring techniques:


n
Nprefabricated wooden panels (joined or single),
O
0
wooden or metal sheeting,
TI
pile driven sheets.
H (m)
Whichever technique is used, the earth pressure has to
LU

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
be taken into consideration. Panels must be capable of
resisting a thrust over their whole height, given by the
O

formula:

(
)
ES

q : 0.75 H tg 2
4 2
: soil density (in kg/m3) (approximately equal to
R

2 000 kg/m3)
Pump : angle of internal soil friction.
W

q : thrust (kg/m2).
H : depth (m).
LO

The trench bottom must be levelled to comply with the


longitudinal profile of the main, and all stony protrusions
or rubble must be eliminated. Ensure that the pipe rests
on uniformly distributed soil.
trench
rench bottom Joint holes need to be excavated for EXPrESS and
anchored joints, to facilitate assembly.
Presence of water: excavation must be from down-
stream to upstream, to allow the water to drain by itself
from the trench bottom.

Pumping shoring
horing Pumping
shoring level

static
Probe Probe level

dry area
dynamic
level

46
eartH Works

If the trench passes through ground flooded with water


(water table) it may be necessary to remove the water
from the trench by:
pumping it out (directly from the trench or a sump at
the side),
dewatering with probes of filter wells.
The trench bottom provides the pipe foundation. In cases
where the native soil is well broken up and relatively
Pipe bed
homogeneous, the pipes can be laid on the trench
bottom, as previously described.

It is essential to ensure that the pipes are properly


bedded on the soil, particularly in the case of large
diameters. If the trench bottom does not lend itself to
direct laying, a bed of pea gravel or sand must be laid,
over an approximate thickness of 10 cm.

F
PD
Pipe bed:
pea gravel
or sand

N
O
TI
LU
O

Pipe surround
ES

refer to the section on soil DEPTHS OF COVEr for


details of the different types of surrounds and backfills,
in terms of: and backfill
R

environment (earth loading, wheel loading, backfill


quality),
W

pipe diameter,
types of soils encountered.
LO

n Pipe surround
Two types can be distinguished:
a pipe supporting surround (to resist any ovality in the Ground level
case of large diameter pipes), consisting of soil free main backfill
from stones, etc., or brought-in material, compacted
on the sides;
a protective surround (in the case of very
Pipe surround
heterogeneous soils) consisting of stone-free soil or
sand; this surround can act as both protection and
support.

Pipe bed

n main backfill
This is usually uncompacted infill with the original trench
soil (away from roads), or by brought-in compacted
material (beneath roads).

47
elastomers elastomers

See also: EPDM (Ethylene Propylene) elastomers are normaly used for
STOrAgE JOINT gASKETS
the joint gaskets of SADIP potable water and irrigation pipes.
They are rigorously selected on the basis of criteria directed at
maintaining their long term physico-chemical properties.

F
PD
long
ong term n elastomer aging

performance N
The purpose of elastomers used in jointing systems is to
O
guarantee that the gaskets will be perfectly tight as long
as the pipeline is in service. Pipeline experience acquired
TI

by SADIP has allowed its research Centre engineers to


understand and measure the change in properties with
LU

time of various types of elastomers, in order to find the


ones with the best performances.
O

The change in the mechanical properties of elastomers


with time can be indicated by two phenomena:
ES

creep (increasing deformation under constant


loading),
R

relaxation (compression relaxation under constant


deformation).
W

In the case of socket joints, the seal is obtained by the


contact pressure between the metal and gasket. The
LO

elastomer deformation produced during jointing remains


constant. The relaxation phenomenon is therefore the
only one of interest.

48
elastomers

n relaxation measurement

Ft /F0
1
0.9
0.8 ePdm Relaxations at ambient temperature
0.7 water
0.6 iso Ft
: relaxation rate at instant 1
standard F0 for a 25% relaxation rate
0.5
0.4
Ft : elastomer reaction force
0.3 at instant t
0.2 risk of leakage
F0 : initial elastomer reaction force
Hours
10 102 103 104 105 106
1 month 1 year 10 50 100
years years years

relaxation of elastomers is determined by a procedure


which measures the change with time of the force

F
required to compress a specimen of fixed deformation.

PD
The diagram opposite shows the relaxation at ambient
temperature of the EPDM used in the joints of SADIP
potable water supply and irrigation systems.

N
O
It can be seen that:

TI

the EPDM used by SADIP ages less rapidly


than a material that exactly meets the
LU

requirements of ISO Standard 4633,


long term, the contact pressure remains well
above the leakage danger threshold.
O

Examination of specimens taken from mains after


ES

several years service has confirmed the excellent


long term performance of SADIP gaskets: all the
physical and chemical properties of the gaskets
R

tested had been maintained after many years of


service.
W
LO

49
elastomers

Physico- The principal properties of elastomers used by SADIP are


given in the table below.
chemical
properties Nr Natural rubber NBr Nitrile
EPDM
Properties (Ethylene propylene
(Poly-isoprene) (butadiene acrylonitrile)
polymer)

Hardness range (Shore A) 30-90 40-95 40-90

Density (basic product) 0.93 1.00 0.86

Tear strength
T good to very good moderate good

Abrasion resistance excellent good good to excellent

F
Compression set resistance good good good

PD
Oxidation resistance good good excellent

N
O
unless otherwise specified, EPDM elastomer gaskets are
supplied.
TI

Maximum usage temperature: 60 C.


LU

Certain storage precautions need to be taken (see


STOrAgE - JOINT gASKETS).
O
ES
R
W
LO

50
elastomers

n specifications specifications
pecifications

The properties and minimum fitness for purpose
requirements for gaskets are standardized.
and quality
control

reference Standards
Criteria
International

Tensile (strength and elongation at break)


T ISO 37

Creep ISO 815

relaxation ISO 3384

F
PD
Tear strength
T ISO 816

resistance to water and chemicals ISO 1817

N
O
Ageing ISO 188
TI

Low temperature brittleness ISO 812


LU

resistance to Ozone ISO 1431-1


O

ISO 4633
Minimal fitness for purpose requirements
ES

EN681-1
R

n Quality control
ISO 9001:2008 requires purchased products to meet the
W

specified demands.
LO

In view of the importance of gaskets in sealing pipe


systems, SADIP has instituted a more exacting
specific quality control procedure, including:
supplier acceptability, following an evaluation of his
ability to supply a product on a regular basis, meeting
SADIP technical requirements,
proving of the elastomer suitability,
acceptance of the manufacturing molds (design and
dimensions),
checking the quality of prototype gaskets, then of pre-
production runs,
constant monitoring of the suppliers quality control
results and parallel tests in our own laboratories.

51
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles) FlanGes (dimensions - PitcH circles)

See also: Flange dimensions and bolt pitch circles are set in British and
JOINTS-F
-FLANgED
ASSEMBLy
SSEMBLy - FLANgED
SSEMBLy ED JOINT
International Standards, to permit assembly of all types of
STANDA
TANDArDS flanged products.

F
PD
All flanges (fixed or rotatable) on SADIP pipes and
N
fittings may be delivered in accordance with the following
standards:
O
TI

n Bolts hole pitch circles


LU

iso 2531
iso 7005-2
O

Bs en 1092-2
ES

Bs 10 table
t e
ansi B 16.5 class 150 (for steel) identical to ansi B
R

16.1 class 125 (for cast iron)


W

Flange dimensions
LO

iso 2531
iso 7005-2
Bs en 1092-2

n nuts and bolts


Bs en 24014
Bs en 24016
Bs en 24032
Bs en 24034
iso 4014
iso 4016
iso 4032
iso 4034
The geometric features involved are given in the following
tables.

52
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles)

iso 2531 Pitch circles


iso 7005-2

i
Bs en 1092-2

c
d

PN 10 PN 16
Flange Bolt Flange Bolt
DN
D C 1 d D C 1 d
Nr Nr
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

F
80 See PN 40 See PN 40
100 220 180 19 8 M16

PD
125 See PN 16 250 210 19 8 M16
150 285 240 23 8 M20
200 340 295 23 8 M20 340 295 23 12 M20
250 400 350 23 12 M20 400 355 28 N 12 M24
O
300 455 400 23 12 M20 455 410 28 12 M24
350 505 460 23 16 M20 520 470 28 16 M24
TI

400 565 515 28 16 M24 580 525 31 16 M27


LU

450 615 565 28 20 M24 640 585 31 20 M27


500 670 620 28 20 M24 715 650 34 20 M30
600 780 725 31 20 M27 840 770 37 20 M33
O

700 895 840 31 24 M27 910 840 37 24 M33


ES

800 1015 950 34 24 M30 1025 950 40 24 M36


900 1115 1050 34 28 M30 1125 1050 40 28 M36
1000 1230 1160 37 28 M33 1255 1170 43 28 M39
R

1100 1340 1270 37 32 M33 1355 1270 43 32 M39


W

1200 1455 1380 40 32 M36 1485 1390 49 32 M45

PN 25 PN 40
LO

Flange Bolt Flange Bolt


DN
D C 1 d D C 1 d
Nr Nr
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
80 200 160 19 8 M16
100 235 190 23 8 M20
125 See PN 40 270 220 28 8 M24
150 300 250 28 8 M24
200 360 310 28 12 M24 375 320 31 12 M27
250 425 370 31 12 M27 450 385 34 12 M30
300 485 430 31 16 M27 515 450 34 16 M30
350 555 490 34 16 M30
400 620 550 37 16 M33
450 670 600 37 20 M33
500 730 660 37 20 M33
600 845 770 40 20 M36
700 960 875 43 24 M39
800 1085 990 49 24 M45
900 1185 1090 49 28 M45
1000 1320 1210 56 28 M52
1100 1420 1310 56 32 M52
1200 1530 1420 56 32 M52 53
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles)

Pitch circles Bs 10 table


t e

c
d

BS 10 Table E

F
Flange Bolt

PD
DN
D C 1 d
Nr
mm mm mm inch
80
100
184.1
215.2 N
146
177.8
17.5
17.5
4
8
5/8
5/8
O
150 279.4 235 22.2 8 3/4
TI

200 336.6 292.1 22.2 8 3/4


LU

250 406.4 355.6 22.2 12 3/4


300 457.2 406.4 25.4 12 7/8
O

350 527 469.9 25.4 12 7/8


ES

400 578 520.7 25.4 12 7/8


500 705 641.3 25.4 16 7/8
R

600 825 755.6 33.5 16 1 1/8


W
LO

54
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles)

ansi B 16.5 class 150 (for steel) identical to Pitch circles


ansi B 16.1 class 125 (for cast iron)

i
c
d

ANSI B 16.5 Class 150

F
Flange Bolt

PD
DN
D C I J
Nr
mm mm mm mm
80
100
190
229
152.4
190.5
19.1
19.1
4
8 N M16
M16
O
125 254 215.9 22.2 8 M20
TI

150 279 241.3 22.2 8 M20


LU

200 343 298.5 22.2 8 M20


250 405 362 25.4 12 M24
O

300 483 431.8 25.4 12 M24


ES

350 533 476.3 28.6 12 M27


400 597 539.9 28.6 16 M27
R

500 699 635.2 31.8 20 M29


600 813 749.5 35.1 20 M32
W

700 927 863.6 35.1 28 M32


LO

800 1060 977.9 41.28 28 M38


900 1168 1085.85 41.28 32 M38
1000 1289 1200.15 41.28 36 M38
1200 1511 1427.4 41.28 44 M38

55
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles)

rotatable
otatable flange iso 2531

dimensions Bsen 1092-2

g
d
b c

PN 10 PN 16

F
DN D g a b c Mass D g a b c Mass

PD
mm mm mm mm mm kg mm mm mm mm mm kg
80 See PN 40 See PN 40
100
125 See PN 16 N 220
250
156
184
23
24.5
20
21.5
3
3
2.5
3.2
O
150 285 211 26 23 3 4.2
TI

200 340 266 29 26 3 6 340 266 29 26 3 5.9


LU

250 400 319 32 29 3 8.6 400 319 32 29 3 8.2


300 455 370 36 32 4 11.3 455 370 36 32 4 10.6
O

350 505 429 39 35 4 14.1 520 429 39 35 4 14.9


ES

400 565 482 42 38 4 16.5 580 480 42 38 4 21


450 615 527 45 41 4 20.5 640 527 45 41 4 27
R

500 670 582 48 44 4 25 715 582 48 44 4 38


600 780 682 55 50 5 33 840 682 55 50 5 58
W
LO

PN 25 PN 40
DN D g a b c Mass D g a b c Mass
mm mm mm mm mm kg mm mm mm mm mm kg
80 200 132 23 20 3 2.3
100 235 156 23 20 3 3
See PN 40
125 270 184 24.5 21.5 3 4.1
150 300 211 26 23 3 5.2
200 360 266 29 26 3 7.4 375 266 33 30 3 9.2
250 425 319 32 29 3 11.1 450 345 37 34 3 17.9
300 485 370 36 32 4 14.2 515 409 42 38 4 23.5
350 555 429 39 35 4 21
400 620 482 42 38 4 30
450 670 527 45 41 4 35
500 730 582 48 44 4 44
600 845 682 55 50 5 61
note: rotatable flanges in the ranges DN 80 to 200 PN 10-16-25-40 and DN 250 to 600 PN 10-16-25 are
interchangeable and fit on the rims of normal manufacture fittings. DN 250 to 300 PN 40 range rotatable
flanges are mounted on fittings equipped with special rims.
56
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles)

dimensions of flange whose pitch circles are rotatable


otatable flange
in accordance with Bs 10 table
t e
dimensions

g
d
b c

BS 10 Table E

F
DN D g a b c Mass

PD
mm mm mm mm mm kg
100 215.2 156 23 20 3 2.2
150 279.4 211 26 23 3
200 336.6 266 29 26 N
3
3.9
5.8
O
250 406.4 319 32 29 3 9.2
TI

300 457.2 370 36 33 3 12.4


LU

350 527 429 39 36 3 17.3


400 578 482 42 38 4 20
O

600 825 682 55 51 4 48


ES
R
W
LO

57
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles)

rotatable
otatable flange dimensions of flanges whose pitch circles are
in accordance with ansi B 16.5 class 150
dimensions

g
d
b c

ANSI 150

F
DN D g a b c Mass

PD
mm mm mm mm mm kg
80 190 133 23 20 3 2
100 229 153
125 254 183 N 23
24.5 21.5
20 3
3
2.8
3.3
O
150 279 209 26 23 3 3.9
TI

200 343 264 29 26 3 6.5


LU

250 406 319 32 29 3 9.3


300 483 367 36 32 4 15.1
O

350 533 427 39 35 4 17.9


ES
R
W
LO

58
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles)

iso 2531 integral


ntegral flange
iso 7005-2 dimensions
Bs 4504

g
d
b c

PN 10 PN 16
DN D g a b c D g a b c
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

F
80 See PN 40 See PN 40

PD
100 220 156 19 16 3
125 See PN 16 250 184 19 16 3
150 285 211 19 16 3
200
250
340
400
266
319
20
22
17
19
3
3
340
400
266
319
20
22 N 17
19
3
3
O
300 455 370 24.5 20.5 4 455 370 24.5 20.5 4
TI
350 505 429 24.5 20.5 4 520 429 26.5 22.5 4
400 565 480 24.5 20.5 4 580 480 28 24 4
LU

450 615 527 25.5 21.5 4 640 544 30 26 4


500 670 582 26.5 22.5 4 715 609 31.5 27.5 4
O

600 780 682 30 25 5 840 720 36 31 5


700 895 794 32.5 27.5 5 910 794 39.5 34.5 5
ES

800 1015 901 35 30 5 1025 901 43 38 5


900 1115 1001 37.5 32.5 5 1125 1001 46.5 41.5 5
R

1000 1230 1112 40 35 5 1255 1112 50 45 5


1100 1340 1221 42.5 37.5 5 1355 1215 53.5 48.5 5
W

1200 1455 1328 45 40 5 1485 1328 57 52 5


LO

PN 25 PN 40
DN D g a b c D g a b c
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
80 200 132 19 16 3
100 235 156 19 16 3
See PN 40
125 270 184 23.5 20.5 3
150 300 211 26 23 3
200 360 274 22 19 3 375 284 30 27 3
250 425 330 24.5 21.5 3
300 485 389 27.5 23.5 4
350 555 448 30 26 4
400 620 503 32 28 4
450 670 553 34.5 30.5 4
500 730 609 36.5 32.5 4
600 845 720 42 37 5
700 960 820 46.5 41.5 5
800 1085 928 51 46 5
900 1185 1028 55.5 50.5 5
1000 1320 1140 60 55 5
1100 1420 1242 64.5 59.5 5
1200 1530 1350 69 64 5
59
FlanGes
(dimensions - PitcH circles)

Bolts Bs en 24014

dimensions Bs en 24016

p
Bs en 24032
Bs en 24034
iso 4014
X
iso 4016
l
iso 4032
iso 4034

Flange bolts

F
PN 10 PN 16
DN Designation Designation

PD
Nr HM d L/X Nr HM d L/X
mm mm
80 8 HM 16 85/57 8 HM 16 85/57
100 8 HM
N 16 90/62 8 HM 16 90/62
O
125 8 HM 16 90/62 8 HM 16 90/62
TI
150 8 HM 20 100/72 8 HM 20 100/72
200 8 HM 20 100/72 12 HM 20 100/72
LU

250 12 HM 20 110/76 12 HM 24 110/82


300 12 HM 20 120/83 12 HM 24 130/93
O

350 16 HM 20 130/93 16 HM 24 130/93


ES

400 16 HM 24 140/103 16 HM 27 150/105


450 20 HM 24 130/93 20 HM 27 130/90
R

500 20 HM 24 150/110 20 HM 30 160/110


W

600 20 HM 27 170/122 20 HM 33 180/117


700 24 HM 27 150/105 24 HM 33 150/100
LO

800 24 HM 30 160/110 24 HM 36 160/92


900 28 HM 30 160/110 28 HM 36 160/92
1000 28 HM 33 180/117 28 HM 39 180/105
1100 32 HM 33 160/100 32 HM 39 180/105
1200 32 HM 36 180/110 32 HM 45 210/115

steel type:
Flange nuts and bolts are made of 6/8 quality steel for 16 to 20 diameters and 4/6 quality
steel for larger diameters.

coatings:
Zinc 15 - 20

60
flanges
(dimensions - pitch circles)

Flange bolts

F
PN 25 PN 40

PD
DN
Designation Designation
Nr HM d L/X Nr HM d L/X
mm mm
80
100
8
8
HM
HM
16
20
85/57
100/72
8
8
HM
HM
N 16
20
85/57
100/72
O
125 8 HM 24 110/82 8 HM 24 110/82
TI

150 8 HM 24 110/82 8 HM 24 110/82


LU

200 12 HM 24 110/82 12 HM 27 130/90


250 12 HM 27 130/90 12 HM 30 140/93
O

300 16 HM 27 130/90 16 HM 30 140/93


ES

350 16 HM 30 140/93
400 16 HM 33 150/100
R

450 20 HM 33 150/100
500 20 HM 33 160/100
W

600 20 HM 36 180/110
LO

700 24 HM 39 180/105
800 24 HM 45 190/110
900 28 HM 45 190/110
1000 28 HM 52 230/130
1100 32 HM 52 230/130
1200 32 HM 52 230/130

61
handling handling

See also: The mechanical strength of ductile iron pipes and fittings,
Tra
TraNsPorT
coupled with the robustness of their coatings, makes them
sTorage
orage - PiPes
rePair
Pair - exTerNal
P al Coa
CoaTiNg
adequately suitable for site handling conditions.
rePair
Pair - iNTerNal
P al liNiNg A number of elementary precautions need to be taken however.

F
PD
Basic Use sufficiently powerful lifting gear.

instructions N
Guide the beginning and ending of the lift.
O
Manoeuvre gently.
TI
Avoid swinging, impacts or pipes rubbing against
other pipes, the ground or trailer stanchions.
LU

These precautions are particularly important for large


diameter pipes, or those having special coatings.
O
ES

lifting
ifting end lifting
R

n
Use appropriately shaped hooks, coated wtih a
polyamide type protection. Please consult us.
W
LO

n Barrel lifting
Use wide flat slings maintained sufficiently widely
apart to prevent accidental slippage.
Prohibit wire ropes, which may damage the coating.
A single sling may be used on site. In this case, lift the
pipe at its centre of gravity, with the sling gripping the pipe
to prevent slippage.

62
handling

n Bundle lifting
DN 60 to 300 bundles are unloaded with flat textile
slings.

stringing
tringing out

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU

Unless specified otherwise, string the pipes out along


the trench side opposite the excavated material, with
O

the sockets pointing in the direction of laying (spigot


end directed towards start of laying).
ES

Avoid:
dragging the pipes on the ground, as this risks
R

damaging the external coating,


dropping pipes to the ground, even with tyres or
W

sand interposed,
stringing out pipes in areas of risk : e.g. machines
LO

passing frequently, use of explosives (risk of flying


stones).
depositing pipes on large stones, or precariously
balanced.

63
head losses head losses

See also: Head losses are hydraulic energy losses essentially caused by
CeMeNT (MorTA
T r LINING)
TA
the water viscosity and its friction against the pipe walls.
DIAMeTer (SeLLeCTIoN)
HeAD LoSSeS (T
(T bLeS)
(TA The effect is:
eNgiNeeriNg g Da
DaT
Ta
Ta an overall pressure drop at the lower end of a gravity system,
an increase in energy consumption in a pumping main.
When choosing a ductile iron main lined with cement mortar a
roughness coefficient of k = 0.1 mm is generally taken.

formulae
ormulae n darcY formula
Head losses are calculated with the DArCY formula:
J= V 2 = 8Q 2
D 2g 2 g D5

F
J : head losses (in m of fluid head per m of pipe)

PD
: head losses coefficient
D : internal pipe diameter (m)
V : fluid velocity (m/s)
Q : flow rate (m 3/s)
N
O
g : gravitation constant (m/s 2)
TI

coleBrooK-White formula
LU

The CoLebrooK-WHITe formula is now universally used for determining the


head losses coefficient:

( )
O

1 = -2 log 2.51 + k
ES

re
re 3.71 D

VD
re = (reYNoLDS
number)
R


: kinematic viscosity of the fluid at the operating temperature (m 2/s)
W

k : the equivalent pipe surface roughness (in m); note that k is not equal to the
k
height of the surface imperfections: it is a theoretical concept relating to the
LO

surface roughness, hence the term equivalent.


The two terms in the logarithmic function correspond:

( 2.51
re
re
)
in the first term ,
to the portion of head losses due to the liquids
own internal friction acting upon itself;

( )
in the second term k , to the portion of head losses caused
3.71 D
by the friction of the liquid against the pipe wall; for an ideally smooth
pipe (k=0), the head losses are only due to the internal friction of the fluid.

n haZen-William formula
V = 0.355 CD 0.63 J 0.54
C : a coefficient dependent on the roughness and pipe diameter.

surface
urface Spun cement mortar linings have a smooth, regular surface. A series of tests
have been carried out to determine the roughness value k of the surface of
roughness of freshly spun mortar. An average value of 0.03 mm was obtained, corresponding

cement mortar to an extra head loss of 5 to 7% (depending on pipe diameter), when compared
to a perfectly smooth pipe having a value of k = 0 (calculated for a velocity of
linings 1 m/s).
However, the equivalent surface roughness of a pipeline depends not only on
the regularity of the pipe surface, but also, and especially, on the number of
64
head losses

bends, tees and service connections present, as well as irregularities in the


pipeline profile. experience has shown that k = 0.1 mm is a reasonable value
for distribution mains. k can be slightly lower (0.06 to 0.08 mm) for long mains
having only a few fittings per kilometre.
Three comments can be made at this stage about head losses in pressurized
water mains:
head loss due to pipe surface roughness and local perturbations
(like joints, fittings, etc.) is generally much lower than that due to
the internal friction of the fluid: 20% maximum if the initial value of
k = 0.1 mm is maintained long term;
head loss caused by local pipe surface roughness is less than that
due to local perturbations ( 5 to 7% against 10 to 13%); a change in
the initial value of k between 0 and 0.03 mm is of minor importance;
it is essential however for the value of k to remain constant with
time.
the effect of surface roughness (CoLebrooK coefficient)

F
is marginal compared with that of the effective pipe diameter.
A reduction of 1 % in the effective diameter generates an increase

PD
of about 5% in head losses; the effective internal diameter of ductile
iron pipes is very close to their nominal DN.
A series of investigations carried out on old and recent iron installations, lined changes
hanges with
with cement mortar, has given C values (HAZeN-WILLIAM) formula) for a large N time
O
range of diameters and lengths of service.
The results are given on the table below, showing C values converted to
TI

equivalent k values (in the CoLebrooK-WHITe formula).


LU

C coefficient
Pipe Year Age when k value
value
diameter installed assessed (CoLebrooK-WHITe)
(HAZeN-WILLIAM)
O

(DN)
(years) (mm)
ES

0 145 0.025
150 1941 12 146 0.019
R

16 143 0.060
16 134 0.148
W

250 1925 32 135 0.135


LO

39 138 0.098
13 134 0.160
300 1928 29 137 0.119
36 146 0.030
13 143 0.054
300 1928 29 140 0.075
36 140 0.075
19 148 0.027
700 1939
25 146 0.046
13 148 0.027
700 1944
20 146 0.046
(AWWA Journal - June 1974).

The results cover different types of mortar linings and waters from widely
spread geographical locations. It can be concluded that:
cement mortar lined pipes provide a large flow capacity which
remains constant with time,

an overall value of k = 0.1 mm is a reasonably certain assumption


for calculating long term head losses in cement mortar lined pipes.
65
head losses (taBles) head losses (taBles)

The head losses have been calculated for ductile iron pipelines
internally lined with cement mortar.
Hypothesis for the calculation:
pipeline is full of water,
DN 65 to 800,
roughness coefficient : k = 0.03 mm and k = 0.1 mm,
kinematic viscosity of water : = 1.301, 10-6 m 2/s,
water temperature : T = 10 C.

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

66
head losses (taBles)

DN 65 DN 80 DN 100
Q
j (m/km)* j (m/km)* j (m/km)*
V (m/s) V (m/s) V (m/s)
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm

1.60 4.706 5.117 0.48


1.80 5.813 6.358 0.54
2.00 7.026 7.727 0.60
2.20 8.343 9.223 0.66
2.40 9.765 10.847 0.72
2.60 11.289 12.597 0.78 4.121 4.480 0.52
2.80 12.915 14.473 0.84 4.709 5.138 0.56
3.00 14.642 16.476 0.90 5.333 5.838 0.60
3.20 16.470 18.605 0.96 5.992 6.582 0.64
3.40 18.399 20.860 1.02 6.686 7.369 0.68
3.60 20.427 23.240 1.08 7.415 8.198 0.72
3.80 22.554 25.746 1.15 8.180 9.069 0.76

F
4.00 24.781 28.377 1.21 8.978 9.984 0.80 3.039 3.289 0.51

PD
4.20 27.106 31.134 1.27 9.812 10.940 0.84 3.318 3.600 0.53
4.40 29.529 34.016 1.33 10.679 11.940 0.88 3.609 3.923 0.56
4.60 32.050 37.023 1.39 11.581 12.981 0.92 3.911 4.261 0.59
4.80 34.669 40.155 1.45 12.517 14.065 0.95 4.223 4.611 0.61
5.00 37.385 43.413 1.51 13.487 15.191 0.99 4.547
N 4.975 0.64
O
5.20 40.198 46.795 1.57 14.491 16.359 1.03 4.882 5.352 0.66
5.40 43.109 50.303 1.63 15.528 17.570 1.07 5.228 5.743 0.69
TI
5.60 46.116 53.935 1.69 16.599 18.823 1.11 5.585 6.146 0.71
5.80 49.220 57.692 1.75 17.704 20.118 1.15 5.952 6.563 0.74
LU

6.00 52.421 61.575 1.81 18.842 21.455 1.19 6.331 6.993 0.76
6.20 55.718 65.582 1.87 20.013 22.834 1.23 6.720 7.436 0.79
6.40 59.111 69.714 1.93 21.218 24.256 1.27 7.120 7.893 0.81
O

6.60 62.600 73.971 1.99 22.456 25.719 1.31 7.531 8.362 0.84
ES

6.80 66.185 78.352 2.05 23.727 27.225 1.35 7.953 8.845 0.87
7.00 69.866 82.859 2.11 25.032 28.772 1.39 8.385 9.341 0.89
7.20 73.642 87.490 2.17 26.369 30.362 1.43 8.828 9.850 0.92
R

7.40 77.515 92.246 2.23 27.739 31.994 1.47 9.282 10.372 0.94
7.60 81.483 97.126 2.29 29.143 33.668 1.51 9.746 10.907 0.97
W

7.80 85.546 102.131 2.35 30.579 35.383 1.55 10.221 11.456 0.99
8.00 89.704 107.261 2.41 32.048 37.141 1.59 10.706 12.017 1.02
LO

8.20 93.958 112.516 2.47 33.550 38.941 1.63 11.202 12.592 1.04
8.40 98.308 117.896 2.53 35.084 40.782 1.67 11.708 13.180 1.07
8.60 102.752 123.400 2.59 36.652 42.666 1.71 12.225 13.781 1.09
8.80 107.291 129.028 2.65 38.252 44.592 1.75 12.753 14.394 1.12
9.00 111.925 134.782 2.71 39.885 46.559 1.79 13.291 15.021 1.15
9.20 116.655 140.660 2.77 41.550 48.569 1.83 13.839 15.661 1.17
9.40 121.479 146.662 2.83 43.248 50.620 1.87 14.398 16.315 1.20
9.60 126.398 152.790 2.89 44.979 52.714 1.91 14.968 16.981 1.22
9.80 131.412 159.041 2.95 46.742 54.849 1.95 15.547 17.660 1.25
10.00 48.537 57.027 1.99 16.137 18.352 1.27
10.50 53.168 62.654 2.09 17.658 20.140 1.34
11.00 58.002 68.542 2.19 19.244 22.010 1.40
11.50 63.037 74.693 2.29 20.894 23.961 1.46
12.00 68.275 81.105 2.39 22.608 25.993 1.53
12.50 73.714 87.780 2.49 24.387 28.107 1.59
13.00 79.354 94.716 2.59 26.230 30.302 1.66
13.50 85.196 101.914 2.69 28.136 32.579 1.72
14.00 91.239 109.374 2.79 30.107 34.937 1.78
14.50 97.482 117.095 2.88 32.141 37.376 1.85
16.50 40.914 47.947 2.10
18.50 50.699 59.817 2.36
20.50 61.493 72.987 2.61
22.50 73.291 87.456 2.86

67
head losses (taBles)

DN 125 DN 150 DN 200


Q
j (m/km)* j (m/km)* j (m/km)*
V (m/s) V (m/s) V (m/s)
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm

7.00 2.832 3.070 0.57


7.50 3.209 3.490 0.61
8.00 3.607 3.936 0.65
8.50 4.027 4.408 0.69
9.00 4.469 4.906 0.73 1.844 1.984 0.51
9.50 4.931 5.429 0.77 2.034 2.193 0.54
10.00 5.415 5.977 0.81 2.232 2.412 0.57
10.50 5.920 6.552 0.86 2.438 2.641 0.59
11.00 6.445 7.151 0.90 2.653 2.880 0.62
11.50 6.992 7.777 0.94 2.876 3.129 0.65
12.00 7.559 8.428 0.98 3.107 3.388 0.68
12.50 8.147 9.104 1.02 3.347 3.656 0.71

F
13.00 8.756 9.806 1.06 3.595 3.935 0.74

PD
13.50 9.385 10.533 1.10 3.852 4.224 0.76
14.00 10.035 11.285 1.14 4.116 4.522 0.79
14.50 10.705 12.063 1.18 4.389 4.830 0.82
15.00 11.396 12.867 1.22 4.669 5.149 0.85
15.50 12.107 13.695 1.26
N 4.958 5.477 0.88
O
16.00 12.838 14.549 1.30 5.255 5.814 0.91 1.297 1.389 0.51
16.50 13.590 15.429 1.34 5.560 6.162 0.93 1.371 1.471 0.53
TI
17.00 14.362 16.333 1.39 5.873 6.519 0.96 1.448 1.555 0.54
17.50 15.154 17.263 1.43 6.194 6.887 0.99 1.526 1.641 0.56
LU

18.00 15.966 18.219 1.47 6.523 7.264 1.02 1.606 1.729 0.57
18.50 16.799 19.199 1.51 6.861 7.651 1.05 1.688 1.820 0.59
19.00 17.651 20.205 1.55 7.206 8.047 1.08 1.772 1.913 0.60
O

19.50 18.524 21.237 1.59 7.559 8.454 1.10 1.858 2.008 0.62
ES

20.00 19.416 22.293 1.63 7.920 8.870 1.13 1.945 2.105 0.64
20.50 20.329 23.375 1.67 8.289 9.296 1.16 2.035 2.204 0.65
21.00 21.262 24.482 1.71 8.665 9.732 1.19 2.126 2.306 0.67
R

21.50 22.214 25.614 1.75 9.050 10.177 1.22 2.219 2.410 0.68
22.00 23.187 26.772 1.79 9.443 10.633 1.24 2.314 2.516 0.70
W

22.50 24.180 27.955 1.83 9.843 11.098 1.27 2.411 2.624 0.72
23.00 25.192 29.163 1.87 10.252 11.573 1.30 2.510 2.734 0.73
LO

23.50 26.224 30.397 1.91 10.668 12.057 1.33 2.611 2.847 0.75
24.00 27.277 31.655 1.96 11.092 12.552 1.36 2.713 2.962 0.76
26.00 31.684 36.942 2.12 12.867 14.627 1.47 3.141 3.443 0.83
28.00 36.408 42.633 2.28 14.766 16.857 1.58 3.599 3.959 0.89
30.00 41.448 48.728 2.44 16.790 19.244 1.70 4.085 4.510 0.95
32.00 46.802 55.226 2.61 18.937 21.787 1.81 4.600 5.096 1.02
34.00 52.471 62.128 2.77 21.208 24.485 1.92 5.144 5.717 1.08
36.00 58.454 69.432 2.93 23.602 27.339 2.04 5.717 6.372 1.15
38.00 26.119 30.348 2.15 6.317 7.063 1.21
40.00 28.758 33.513 2.26 6.946 7.788 1.27
42.00 31.520 36.833 2.38 7.604 8.548 1.34
44.00 34.404 40.309 2.49 8.289 9.342 1.40
46.00 37.409 43.940 2.60 9.003 10.172 1.46
48.00 40.537 47.726 2.72 9.744 11.035 1.53
50.00 43.786 51.668 2.83 10.514 11.934 1.59
55.00 12.559 14.332 1.75
60.00 14.777 16.946 1.91
65.00 17.168 19.777 2.07
70.00 19.731 22.823 2.23
75.00 22.465 26.085 2.39
80.00 25.370 29.564 2.55
85.00 28.446 33.258 2.71
90.00 31.692 37.167 2.86

68
head losses (taBles)

DN 250 DN 300 DN 350


Q
j (m/km)* j (m/km)* j (m/km)*
V (m/s) V (m/s) V (m/s)
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm

30.00 1.377 1.483 0.61


32.00 1.549 1.673 0.65
34.00 1.730 1.874 0.69
36.00 1.921 2.086 0.73 0.792 0.844 0.51
38.00 2.121 2.309 0.77 0.874 0.934 0.54
40.00 2.330 2.543 0.81 0.960 1.027 0.57
42.00 2.549 2.788 0.86 1.049 1.125 0.59
44.00 2.776 3.044 0.90 1.142 1.227 0.62
46.00 3.013 3.310 0.94 1.238 1.334 0.65
48.00 3.258 3.588 0.98 1.339 1.445 0.68
50.00 3.513 3.876 1.02 1.442 1.559 0.71 0.682 0.726 0.52
52.00 3.776 4.176 1.06 1.550 1.679 0.74 0.732 0.781 0.54

F
54.00 4.049 4.486 1.10 1.661 1.802 0.76 0.785 0.838 0.56
56.00 4.331 4.807 1.14 1.776 1.930 0.79 0.838 0.897 0.58

PD
58.00 4.621 5.139 1.18 1.894 2.062 0.82 0.894 0.958 0.60
60.00 4.920 5.482 1.22 2.016 2.198 0.85 0.951 1.021 0.62
62.00 5.229 5.836 1.26 2.141 2.338 0.88 1.010 1.085 0.64


64.00
66.00
5.546
5.872
6.200
6.575
1.30
1.34
2.270
2.402
2.483
2.631
0.91
0.93
1.070
1.132 N 1.152
1.220
0.67
0.69
O
68.00 6.207 6.961 1.39 2.538 2.784 0.96 1.196 1.290 0.71
70.00 6.550 7.358 1.43 2.677 2.942 0.99 1.261 1.363 0.73
TI

72.00 6.902 7.766 1.47 2.820 3.103 1.02 1.328 1.437 0.75
74.00 7.264 8.185 1.51 2.967 3.269 1.05 1.397 1.513 0.77
LU

76.00 7.634 8.614 1.55 3.116 3.438 1.08 1.467 1.591 0.79
78.00 8.012 9.054 1.59 3.270 3.612 1.10 1.539 1.670 0.81
O

80.00 8.400 9.505 1.63 3.427 3.790 1.13 1.612 1.752 0.83
85.00 9.406 10.680 1.73 3.834 4.254 1.20 1.802 1.965 0.88
ES

90.00 10.467 11.922 1.83 4.262 4.744 1.27 2.002 2.189 0.94
95.00 11.583 13.232 1.94 4.713 5.260 1.34 2.213 2.425 0.99
100.00 12.752 14.609 2.04 5.184 5.802 1.41 2.433 2.673 1.04
R

105.00 13.976 16.053 2.14 5.677 6.371 1.49 2.662 2.932 1.09
110.00 15.253 17.565 2.24 6.192 6.965 1.56 2.902 3.204 1.14
W

115.00 16.584 19.144 2.34 6.727 7.586 1.63 3.151 3.487 1.20
120.00 17.969 20.790 2.44 7.284 8.232 1.70 3.410 3.782 1.25
LO

125.00 19.407 22.504 2.55 7.862 8.905 1.77 3.679 4.088 1.30
130.00 20.899 24.285 2.65 8.460 9.604 1.84 3.957 4.406 1.35
135.00 22.444 26.134 2.75 9.080 10.329 1.91 4.245 4.736 1.40
140.00 24.043 28.049 2.85 9.721 11.080 1.98 4.542 5.078 1.46
145.00 25.695 30.032 2.95 10.383 11.856 2.05 4.849 5.431 1.51
150.00 11.066 12.659 2.12 5.166 5.796 1.56
155.00 11.770 13.488 2.19 5.492 6.173 1.61
160.00 12.495 14.343 2.26 5.828 6.561 1.66
165.00 13.240 15.224 2.33 6.173 6.961 1.71
170.00 14.007 16.131 2.41 6.528 7.373 1.77
175.00 14.794 17.064 2.48 6.892 7.796 1.82
180.00 15.602 18.023 2.55 7.266 8.231 1.87
185.00 16.431 19.008 2.62 7.649 8.678 1.92
190.00 17.281 20.019 2.69 8.041 9.136 1.97
195.00 18.151 21.056 2.76 8.443 9.606 2.03
200.00 19.042 22.119 2.83 8.855 10.088 2.08
210.00 20.886 24.323 2.97 9.706 11.086 2.18
220.00 10.594 12.131 2.29
230.00 11.520 13.223 2.39
240.00 12.484 14.361 2.49
250.00 13.485 15.546 2.60
260.00 14.523 16.777 2.70
270.00 15.599 18.055 2.81
280.00 16.712 19.379 2.91

69
head losses (taBles)

DN 400 DN 450 DN 500


Q
j (m/km)* j (m/km)* j (m/km)*
V (m/s) V (m/s) V (m/s)
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm

65.00 0.575 0.612 0.52


70.00 0.659 0.702 0.56
75.00 0.747 0.799 0.60
80.00 0.841 0.902 0.64 0.474 0.503 0.50
85.00 0.940 1.010 0.68 0.530 0.564 0.53
90.00 1.044 1.125 0.72 0.588 0.627 0.57
95.00 1.153 1.245 0.76 0.650 0.694 0.60
100.00 1.267 1.371 0.80 0.713 0.764 0.63 0.428 0.453 0.51
105.00 1.385 1.504 0.84 0.780 0.837 0.66 0.467 0.496 0.53
110.00 1.509 1.642 0.88 0.850 0.913 0.69 0.509 0.542 0.56
115.00 1.638 1.786 0.92 0.922 0.993 0.72 0.552 0.588 0.59
120.00 1.772 1.935 0.95 0.997 1.075 0.75 0.597 0.637 0.61

F
125.00 1.911 2.091 0.99 1.075 1.161 0.79 0.643 0.688 0.64
130.00 2.055 2.253 1.03 1.155 1.251 0.82 0.691 0.740 0.66

PD
135.00 2.204 2.420 1.07 1.239 1.343 0.85 0.741 0.795 0.69
140.00 2.357 2.594 1.11 1.324 1.438 0.88 0.792 0.851 0.71
145.00 2.516 2.773 1.15 1.413 1.537 0.91 0.845 0.909 0.74
150.00
155.00
2.679
2.847
2.958
3.149
1.19
1.23 N 1.504
1.598
1.639
1.744
0.94
0.97
0.899
0.955
0.969
1.031
0.76
0.79
O
160.00 3.020 3.345 1.27 1.695 1.852 1.01 1.013 1.094 0.81
TI
165.00 3.198 3.548 1.31 1.794 1.964 1.04 1.072 1.160 0.84
170.00 3.380 3.756 1.35 1.896 2.079 1.07 1.132 1.227 0.87
LU

175.00 3.568 3.971 1.39 2.001 2.196 1.10 1.195 1.296 0.89
180.00 3.760 4.191 1.43 2.108 2.317 1.13 1.259 1.368 0.92
185.00 3.957 4.417 1.47 2.218 2.442 1.16 1.324 1.440 0.94
O

190.00 4.159 4.648 1.51 2.331 2.569 1.19 1.391 1.515 0.97
195.00 4.366 4.886 1.55 2.446 2.699 1.23 1.459 1.592 0.99
ES

200.00 4.577 5.129 1.59 2.564 2.833 1.26 1.529 1.670 1.02
210.00 5.014 5.634 1.67 2.807 3.110 1.32 1.674 1.832 1.07
220.00 5.471 6.161 1.75 3.061 3.399 1.38 1.825 2.002 1.12
R

230.00 5.946 6.712 1.83 3.326 3.701 1.45 1.982 2.179 1.17
240.00 6.440 7.286 1.91 3.601 4.016 1.51 2.145 2.363 1.22
W

250.00 6.953 7.883 1.99 3.886 4.344 1.57 2.314 2.555 1.27
260.00 7.485 8.504 2.07 4.182 4.684 1.63 2.489 2.753 1.32
LO

270.00 8.035 9.148 2.15 4.488 5.036 1.70 2.671 2.960 1.38
280.00 8.605 9.815 2.23 4.804 5.401 1.76 2.858 3.173 1.43
290.00 9.193 10.506 2.31 5.131 5.779 1.82 3.051 3.394 1.48
300.00 9.800 11.219 2.39 5.468 6.170 1.89 3.251 3.622 1.53
310.00 10.426 11.956 2.47 5.815 6.573 1.95 3.456 3.857 1.58
320.00 11.071 12.716 2.55 6.173 6.988 2.01 3.668 4.100 1.63
330.00 11.734 13.499 2.63 6.541 7.417 2.07 3.885 4.350 1.68
340.00 12.416 14.306 2.71 6.919 7.857 2.14 4.109 4.607 1.73
350.00 13.117 15.136 2.79 7.307 8.311 2.20 4.338 4.872 1.78
360.00 13.836 15.989 2.86 7.705 8.777 2.26 4.574 5.144 1.83
370.00 14.574 16.865 2.94 8.114 9.255 2.33 4.815 5.423 1.88
380.00 8.533 9.747 2.39 5.062 5.709 1.94
390.00 8.962 10.250 2.45 5.316 6.003 1.99
400.00 9.401 10.767 2.52 5.575 6.304 2.04
420.00 10.310 11.837 2.64 6.111 6.928 2.14
440.00 11.259 12.958 2.77 6.671 7.581 2.24
460.00 12.249 14.129 2.89 7.255 8.263 2.34
480.00 7.862 8.974 2.44
500.00 8.493 9.714 2.55
520.00 9.147 10.483 2.65
540.00 9.825 11.282 2.75
560.00 10.526 12.109 2.85
580.00 11.251 12.965 2.95

70
head losses (taBles)

DN 600 DN 700 DN 800


Q
j (m/km)* j (m/km)* j (m/km)*
V (m/s) V (m/s) V (m/s)
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm

160.00 0.417 0.443 0.57


170.00 0.466 0.496 0.60
180.00 0.517 0.552 0.64
190.00 0.571 0.611 0.67
200.00 0.628 0.673 0.71 0.296 0.313 0.52
210.00 0.687 0.737 0.74 0.324 0.343 0.55
220.00 0.748 0.805 0.78 0.353 0.375 0.57
230.00 0.812 0.875 0.81 0.383 0.407 0.60
240.00 0.878 0.949 0.85 0.414 0.441 0.62
250.00 0.947 1.025 0.88 0.446 0.476 0.65
260.00 1.018 1.104 0.92 0.480 0.512 0.68 0.251 0.265 0.52
270.00 1.092 1.186 0.95 0.514 0.550 0.70 0.269 0.284 0.54

F
280.00 1.168 1.271 0.99 0.550 0.589 0.73 0.287 0.304 0.56
290.00 1.247 1.358 1.03 0.587 0.629 0.75 0.306 0.325 0.58

PD
300.00 1.327 1.449 1.06 0.625 0.671 0.78 0.326 0.346 0.60
310.00 1.411 1.542 1.10 0.664 0.714 0.81 0.346 0.368 0.62
320.00 1.496 1.638 1.13 0.704 0.758 0.83 0.367 0.390 0.64
330.00
340.00
1.584
1.675
1.737
1.839
1.17
1.20
0.745
0.787
0.804
0.850
0.86
0.88
0.388
0.410 N 0.414
0.438
0.66
0.68
O
350.00 1.768 1.943 1.24 0.830 0.898 0.91 0.433 0.462 0.70
360.00 1.863 2.051 1.27 0.875 0.947 0.94 0.456 0.487 0.72
TI

370.00 1.960 2.161 1.31 0.921 0.998 0.96 0.479 0.513 0.74
380.00 2.060 2.274 1.34 0.967 1.050 0.99 0.504 0.540 0.76
LU

390.00 2.163 2.390 1.38 1.015 1.103 1.01 0.528 0.567 0.78
400.00 2.267 2.509 1.41 1.064 1.157 1.04 0.554 0.594 0.80
O

420.00 2.483 2.755 1.49 1.165 1.270 1.09 0.606 0.652 0.84
440.00 2.709 3.013 1.56 1.270 1.388 1.14 0.660 0.712 0.88
ES

460.00 2.944 3.281 1.63 1.379 1.510 1.20 0.717 0.774 0.92
480.00 3.189 3.561 1.70 1.493 1.638 1.25 0.776 0.839 0.95
500.00 3.442 3.853 1.77 1.611 1.771 1.30 0.837 0.907 0.99
R

520.00 3.705 4.155 1.84 1.733 1.909 1.35 0.900 0.977 1.03
540.00 3.977 4.469 1.91 1.860 2.053 1.40 0.965 1.050 1.07
W

560.00 4.259 4.794 1.98 1.990 2.201 1.46 1.033 1.125 1.11
580.00 4.550 5.131 2.05 2.125 2.354 1.51 1.102 1.203 1.15
LO

600.00 4.850 5.478 2.12 2.265 2.513 1.56 1.174 1.284 1.19
620.00 5.129 5.837 2.19 2.408 2.676 1.61 1.248 1.367 1.23
640.00 5.477 6.208 2.26 2.556 2.845 1.66 1.324 1.452 1.27
660.00 5.805 6.589 2.33 2.707 3.018 1.71 1.403 1.540 1.31
680.00 6.142 6.982 2.41 2.863 3.197 1.77 1.483 1.631 1.35
700.00 6.488 7.386 2.48 3.024 3.381 1.82 1.566 1.724 1.39
720.00 6.843 7.801 2.55 3.188 3.569 1.87 1.650 1.820 1.43
740.00 7.207 8.228 2.62 3.357 3.763 1.92 1.737 1.918 1.47
760.00 7.581 8.666 2.69 3.529 3.962 1.97 1.826 2.019 1.51
780.00 7.963 9.115 2.76 3.706 4.166 2.03 1.917 2.122 1.55
800.00 8.355 9.575 2.83 3.887 4.375 2.08 2.010 2.228 1.59
850.00 4.358 4.920 2.21 2.252 2.503 1.69
900.00 4.855 5.497 2.34 2.507 2.795 1.79
950.00 5.377 6.105 2.47 2.775 3.102 1.89
1 000.00 5.925 6.744 2.60 3.056 3.425 1.99
1 050.00 6.500 7.415 2.73 3.351 3.764 2.09
1 100.00 7.099 8.118 2.86 3.658 4.119 2.19
1 150.00 7.725 8.853 2.99 3.978 4.490 2.29
1 200.00 4.312 4.876 2.39
1 250.00 4.658 5.278 2.49
1 300.00 5.017 5.696 2.59
1 350.00 5.389 6.130 2.69
1 400.00 5.774 6.579 2.79
1 450.00 6.172 7.045 2.88

71
hYdraulic thrust hYdraulic thrust

See also: Hydraulic thrust forces occur at changes in direction,


JoiNT-aNCH
aNCHoriNg
reductions in diameter (bends, tees, tapers) and at the ends of
ANCHor bL
bLoCKS
pipelines carrying water under pressure. They can be high and
must be counterbalanced by appropriate self-anchored joint
systems, or by anchor blocks.

F
PD
Thrust forces occur in a pressurized main:
N
at any change in direction (bends, tees),
O
at any change in diameter (tapers), f
TI
at each end (blank flanges).
These localized thrusts must be counteracted to prevent
LU

joint separation:
either by using self-anchored joints,

s
O


or construction of concrete anchor blocks.
ES

The forces can be calculated by the general formula:


F = K.P.S.
F : Thrust force (N)
R

P : Maximum internal pressure (site test pressure) (Pa)


W

S : Cross section (internal for flanged joints, external


s
for all other types) (m2)
LO

K : A coefficient which is a function of the shape and


dimensions of the pipeline component concerned.
f

72
hYdraulic thrust

blank flanges, tees: K = 1


reducing tapers: K = 1 S / S (S being the smaller)
bends of angle : K = 2 sin
2
s'
s

f
K = 1.414 for 90 bends
K = 0.765 for 45 bends
K = 0.390 for 221/2 bends
K = 0.196 for 111/4 bends

F
s

PD
f

N
O
TI
LU

The table below gives the thrust forces for 1 bar pressure.
O

(For other pressures, multiply the pressure in bars by the


site test pressure).
ES

Thrust F in daN for 1 bar


R

(DN) Tees and blank 90 45 22 1/2 11 1/4


W

flanges bends bends bends bends


60 47 66 36 18 9
LO

80 75 107 58 29 15
100 109 155 84 43 21
125 163 230 125 63 32
150 227 321 174 89 44
200 387 547 296 151 76
250 590 834 451 230 116
300 835 1180 639 326 164
350 1122 859 438 220
400 1445 1106 564 283
450 1809 1385 706 355
500 2223 1701 867 436
600 3167 2424 1236 621
700 4278 3274 1669 839
800 5568 4262 2173 1092
900 7014 5368 2737 1375
1000 8626 6602 3366 1691
1100 10405 7964 4060 2040
1200 12370 9468 4827 2425

73
Joints Joints

See also: SADIP offers four types of joints to meet all requirements:
JoiNTs - sPeCial
JoiNT
NT DeFle
leCTioN
push-in joints,
mechanical joints,
self-anchored joints,
flanged joints.

features
eatures of Features Push-in joint Mechanical joint Self anchored Flanged

joints end play yes yes yes no

F
Angular deflection yes yes yes no

PD
resistant to axial forces no no yes yes

ease of asembly very easy simple simple simple

Jointing force required yes


N no yes no
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

74
Joints

Symbol Type of joint Name range Sketch types


types of joints

sTa
T NDarD
Ta DN 80 to 1000 pipes

Push-in

DN 80 to 1000 pipes
TrIDUCT DN 80 to 2000
fittings

DN 80 to 600
Mechanical exPress
fittings

F
PD
aNCHoreD DN 100 to 1000
sTa
T NDarD
Ta pipes

Self-anchored N
O
TI
aNCHoreD DN 80 to 1000
TrIDUCT fittings
LU
O

rotatable
DN 80 to 600 fittings
ES

flanges

Flanged
R

Integral DN 80 to 2000
W

flanges pipes & fittings


LO

75
Joint - anchoring Joint - anchoring

See also: Self-anchoring of push-in joints is an alternative to concrete


HYDrAULIC TTHrUSTS
anchor blocks for withstanding the effects of hydraulic thrusts.
ANCHor bL bLoCKS
JoiNT
NT - aNCHoreD sTa
sTaNDarD/ It is used essentially where there are space constraints (urban
TrIDUCT
Tr areas) or in poorly cohesive soils.
PIPe LAYING - STeeP
P INCLINe

F
PD
principle
rinciple This technique consists of anchoring sufficient joints on
N
either side of a bend to make use of the pipe/soil friction
forces for counteracting the hydraulic thrust force.
O
f
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

The length to be anchored can be affected by a safety


factor, which is a function of the:
care in laying,
quality and compaction of the backfill,
the uncertainty of the physical characteristics of the
backfill.
Please consult us for practical applications.

76
Joint - anchoring

n moderate mechanical strength soil: practical


ractical
ground: gravel / silt sand, clayey
angle of internal friction = 30
application
strength 0.6 daN/cm2
density = 2 t/m3
no water table
no polyethylene sleeving
safety factor : 1.2
length (in m) to be anchored either side for a test
pressure of 10 bars.
DN 90 bend 45 bend 221/2 bend 111/4 bend blank flange

Depth
1 m 1.5 m 2 m 1 m 1.5 m 2 m 1 m 1.5 m 2 m 1 m 1.5 m 2 m 1 m 1.5 m 2 m
of cover

F
80 4.5 3.1 2.3 2.8 1.9 1.5 1.6 1.1 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.5 5.7 3.9 3.0

PD
100 5.4 3.7 2.8 3.4 2.3 1.8 1.9 1.3 1.0 1.0 0.7 0.5 6.9 4.7 3.6

125 6.6 4.5 3.4 4.1 2.8 2.1 2.3 1.6 1.2 1.2 0.8 0.6 8.4 5.7 4.4

150 7.7 5.3 4.0 4.8 3.3 2.5 2.7 1.8 1.4 1.4 1.0 0.7 9.8 6.7 5.1

200 9.9 6.8 5.2 6.1 4.2 3.2 3.4 2.4 1.8 1.8 1.3
N
1.0 12.6 8.7 6.6
O
250 12.0 8.3 6.4 7.5 5.2 4.0 4.2 2.9 2.2 2.2 1.5 1.2 15.3 10.6 8.1
TI
300 14.1 9.8 7.5 8.7 6.1 4.7 4.9 3.4 2.6 2.6 1.8 1.4 17.9 12.5 9.6

350 16.0 11.2 8.6 9.9 7.0 5.4 5.6 3.9 3.0 2.9 2.1 1.6 20.3 14.3 11.0
LU

400 17.9 12.6 9.7 11.1 7.8 6.0 6.2 4.4 3.4 3.3 2.3 1.8 22.8 16.0 12.4

450 19.7 14.0 10.8 12.3 8.7 6.7 6.9 4.9 3.8 3.6 2.6 2.0 25.1 17.8 13.8
O

500 21.5 15.3 11.9 13.4 9.5 7.4 7.5 5.3 4.1 4.0 2.8 2.2 27.4 19.5 15.1
ES

600 25.0 17.9 14.0 15.5 11.1 8.7 8.7 6.2 4.9 4.6 3.3 2.6 31.8 22.8 17.8

700 28.2 20.4 16.0 17.5 12.7 9.9 9.8 7.1 5.6 5.2 3.8 2.9 35.8 25.9 20.3
800 31.2 22.8 17.9 19.4 14.1 11.1 10.9 7.9 6.2 5.8 4.2 3.3 39.8 29.0 22.8
R

900 34.1 25.0 19.8 21.2 15.6 12.3 11.9 8.7 6.9 6.3 4.6 3.7 43.4 31.9 25.2
W

1000 36.9 27.2 21.6 22.9 16.9 13.4 12.8 9.5 7.5 6.8 5.0 4.0 46.9 34.7 27.5

case of pressure p other than 10 bars


LO

Correct value L in the table by the multiplying factor P/10


(where P is expressed in bars).

n case when polyethylene sleeving is used


Multiply the length to be anchored by 1.9.

Calculation of length to be anchored for: example


xample
a 45 bend,
a class K9, DN 500 main,
25 bars test pressure,
no polyethylene sleeving,
medium soil,
no water table,
depth of cover 1.5 m
For the average laying conditions previously defined,
the table gives:
L = 9.5 m P = 10 bars without polyethylene sleeving
L = 23.8 m P = 25 bars without polyethylene sleeving
77
Joint deflection Joint deflection

See also: SADIP socket joints permit angular deflection. In addition to


JoiNT
obvious advantages during laying and to accomodation of
ground movements, the angular deflection allows negotiation
of large radius bends without recourse to fittings, as well as a
certain amount of route adjustment.

F
PD
permissible
ermissible The deflection given below apply to the following joints:

laying deflection
STANDArD/TrIDUCT N
O
exPress
TI
ANCHoreD STANDA
ST rD / ANCHoreD TrIDUCT
LU
O
ES


R
W
LO

Permissible laying Pipe length bend radius Displacement


DN deflection D l r Dd

degrees m m cm

80 150 5 6 69 52
200 300 4 6 86 42
350 600 3 6 115 32
700 800 2 7 200 25

78
Joint deflection

Some large radius bends can be negotiated


easily be successive joint deflections. In this
case, pipe jointing must be accomplished with
perfectly aligned pipes, both horizontally and vertically.
The joint must only be deflected when fully assembled.

l
Negotiated bend radius : r = D
2sin
2

d Number of pipes necessary for change in direction:

F

N=

PD
D
r

Length of direction change: C = N x L

where: N
O
d : pipe end displacement (in m)
d
Dd
TI
L : pipe length (in m)
L
: angle of direction change (in degrees)
LU

D : joint deflection (in degrees)


C : length of direction change (in m).
O
ES
R
W
LO

79
Joints - special Joints - special

See also: Certain connections on site require special joint connectors,


ASSeMbLY - rePAIr PIeCeS
SADIP offers methods for all the usual cases encountered
JoiNTs

flange/spigot connection,
spigot/spigot connection,
flange/socket connection.

connectors
onnectors for ductile iron/steel: The connection is usually made with flanged joints, or change
different pipe collars with different diameter ends. It requires an insulating joint.

materials ductile iron/pVc: Coupling, flanged adaptor fittings are used for the connection.

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

80
Joints - special

Connection Methods
required Type DN range Sketch

Flange adapter DN 80 to 1200

Flange socket DN 80 to 1200


Flange/spigot
connection

F
Coupling DN 80 to 1200

PD
N
O
DN
MJ + eXPreSS collar DN 80 to 1200
Spigot/spigot
TI
L
connection
L
Collars DN 700 mm L1
LU

Flange/spigot end DN 80 to 2000


O

Flange/socket L
ES

L1
connection
R
W
LO

81
Joint - standard/triduct Joint - standard/triduct

See also: The STANDARD and TRIDUCT joints are push-in joints.
ASSeMbLY - STANDA
TANDArD/
TrIDUCT
IDUCT JoINT The seal is assured during assembly by radial compression of
JoiNT
NT - aNCHoreD sTa
sTaNDarD/ an elastomer joint gasket.
TrIDUCT
Tr
JoiNT
NT DeFle
leCTioN Their main features are:
JoiNTs ease and rapidity of installation,
ProDUCT
DUCT DATA
high pressure resistance,
possibility of end play and angular deflection
Standard: ISO 2531, ISO 4633.

F
PD
principle
rinciple The seal is provided by radial compression of the joint
N
gasket, simply achieved during assembly by introduction
of a spigot into the socket.
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R

description
escription The socket chamber contains:
W

Socket a deep housing with an annular anchor groove for the


gasket,
LO

an annular cavity allowing pipe angular and longitudinal


movements.
The gasket has:
an anchoring heel,
a bulky body with a centering chamfer.
Spigot elastomer gasket

82
Joint - standard/triduct

Pipes: DN 80 to 1000
range
ange
Fittings: DN 80 to 2000

buried pipelines. applications


pplications
High pressures.
Laying below the water table.
These joints can also be used above ground because of
their ability to accommodate expansion and contraction
movements.

n pressure resistance
clearance performances
erformances
The STANDA
ST rD and TrIDUCT joints are contact pressure

F
designed so that the contact pressure between the
gasket and metal increases as the water pressure

PD
increases. A perfect seal is thus guaranteed.

contact pressure

N
O
Water pressure
TI
LU

contact
O

pressure
ES

tact
con sure
p r e s
safety
R

initial
compression r
ate re
W ssu
W

e
pr
Water pressure
LO

When tested to destruction the pipe bursts before


there is any joint leakage.

A feature of the STANDA


ST rD and TrIDUCT joints
is their resistance to external pressure: resistant
to 3 bars (30 metres head). Please consult us for
higher pressures.

83
Joint - standard/triduct

n angular deflection and end play


displacement
Permitted angular Pipe end
DN deflection displacement

degrees cm
80 to 150 5 52

200 to 300 4 42

350 to 600 3 32

700 to 800 2 25
deflection
900 to 1000 1.5 19

The degree of angular deflection afforded by the


ST
STANDA rD and TrIDUCT joints allows great
flexibility in design and laying, enabling elimination
of some bends.

F
PD
The STANDA
ST rD and TrIDUCT joints accept
end play, enabling them to accommodate small
expansion and contraction movements.

N
O
TI

end play
DN
LU

mm
80 20
O

100 20
ES

125 20
end
play
150 20
R

200 20
250 20
W

300 15
LO

350 15
400 15
450 15
500 15
600 15
700 15
800 15
900 10
1000 10

84
Joint - standard/triduct

The withdrawal figures given opposite are maximum


values, including the 10 mm assembly safeguard (See
ASSeMbLY - STANDA
ST rD/TrIDUCT JoINT).

The end play must be regarded as a safeguard and not


be used to accomodate repetitive backward and forward
movements.

The degree of angular deflection and withdrawal afforded


by the STANDA
ST rD and TrIDUCT joints give
them an excellent performance in cases of ground
movement or undermining by soil scouring.

See ASSeMbLY STANDA


ST rD/TrIDUCT JoINT. assembly
ssembly

F
PD
The STANDA
ST rD joint complies with:
standards
tandards
N
O
ISo 2531: Ductile iron pipes fittings and

TI
accessories for pressure pipelines.
ISo 4633: rubber seals - joint ring for water
LU

supply, drainage and sewerage


pipelines - specification for
materials.
O
ES
R
W
LO

85
Joint - eXpress Joint - eXpress

See also: The EXPRESS joint is a mechanical joint. The seal is obtained
ASSeMbLY - eXPreSS
SS JoINT
by axial compression of an elastomer gasket by means of a
JoiNTs
JoiNT
NT DeFle
leCTioN
gland and bolts. Its main features are:
ProDUCT
DUCT DATA assembly without jointing force,
the ability to orientate the castings,
its end play and angular deflection.
Standard: ISO 4633

F
PD
principle
rinciple The seal is obtained by axial compression of an elastomer
N
gasket, by means of a gland clamped by engagement of
bolts on the external socket rim.
O
TI
LU

n dn 80 to 150
O
ES
R
W
LO

n dn 200 to 800

86
Joint - eXpress

gland
The socket chamber contains:
description
escription
rim a gasket seat,
annular a cylindrical bearing surface to align the spigot,
cavity
an annular cavity allowing angular and longitudinal
movement of the pipe or fitting.
The socket has an external rim, which anchors the bolt
heads during tightening.
The shape of the gland varies according to nominal
cylindrical bearing diameter.
surface
gasket both gland and bolts are made of ductile iron.

F
Pipes and fittings: DN 80 to 800
range
ange

PD
Mains above or below ground
N
O
The ease of assembly and dismantling of this joint
applications
pplications
TI

makes it particularly suitable for situations where it


is difficult to apply a jointing force: jointing of fitings,
LU

overhead mains, laying in congested ground, or in


tunnels.
O
ES

resistance to pressure
performances
erformances
n
R

The joint seal is a direct function of the bolt torque. The


values stipulated by SADIP must be adhered to.
W

(See ASSeMbLY - eXPreSS JoINT).


LO

n orientation during assembly


before the bolts are tightened, castings can easily
be turned around their axis, making the joint
particularly practical for connecting fittings.

87
Joint - eXpress

n angular deflection and end play

displacement
Permissible laying Pipe end
DN deflection displacement

degrees cm
80 to 150 5 52
200 to 300 4 42
deflection
350 to 600 3 32
700 to 800 2 25

The large deflection of eXPreSS joints allows


some bends to be eliminated.

F
The eXPreSS joint allows some end play,
enabling it to accomodate small amounts of

PD
expansion.

Withdrawal Withdrawal
NDN DN
O
mm mm
TI
80 30 350 40
100 30 400 40
LU

125 30 450 40
end play 150 30 500 40
O

200 30 600 50
ES

250 40 700 50
300 40 800 50
R
W
LO

88
Joint - eXpress

The end play given opposite are maximum values,


including the 10 mm jointing safeguard. (See ASSeMbLY
- eXPreSS JoINT).
The end play must be regarded as a safeguard and
not be used to accommodate repetitive backward and
forward movements.
The end play and angular deflection accepted by
the eXPreSS joint ensure excellent performance
in the face of ground movements or undermining
by soil scouring.

See ASSeMbLY - eXPreSS JoINT assembly


ssembly

standards
tandards

F
The joint complies with:

PD
ISo 2531: Ductile iron pipes, fittings and accessories
for pressure pipelines.
ISo 4633: rubber seals-joints ring for water supply,
drainage and sewerage pipelines-specifi-
cations for materials.
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

89
Joint - anchored standard/
triduct Joint - anchored standard/triduct

See also: The STANDARD and TRIDUCT anchored joints are push-in self
JoINT - STANDArD/Tr /TrIDUCT
anchored joints.
ASSeMbLY ANCH NCHoreD
STANDArD/TrIDUCT J
IDUCT JoINT The anchoring mechanism takes up the axial forces and allows
JoiNT - aNCH
aNCHoriNg concrete anchor blocks to be dispensed with.
JoiNT
NT DeFle leCTioN
JoiNTs
ProDUCT
DUCT DATA

F
PD
principle
rinciple The principle of joint anchoring consists in transmitting
N
the axial forces from one pipeline component to the
following one, thus ensuring that the joint does not come
O
apart.
TI

Self-anchored joints allow the axial thrusts arising at


particular points (bends, tapers, tees, blank flanges) to
LU

be distributed over one or more pipes, thus avoiding


installation of concrete anchor blocks.
O
ES

description
escription
R

ANCHORED STANDARD The seal is provided by a STANDA


ST rD or TrIDUCT
joint gasket.
W

gland The axial force transmission is through a mechanical


arrangement, independent of that providing the seal,
LO

Bolt comprising:
works applied weld bead on the pipe spigot,
a one-piece or segmented anchoring locking
ring (depending on the diameter), with a curved
locking ring Weld bead
external profile, which abuts against the weld
bead,
a special gland (different from the eXPreSS
gland), which blocks the locking ring: the gland
ANCHORED TRIDUCT itself is gripped by bolts hooking on to the socket
joint
rim.
gland

Bolt

locking ring Weld bead

90
Joint - anchored standard/
triduct

Anchored Standard Anchored Triduct range


ange
Pipes DN 80 to 1000
Fittings DN 80 to 1000


The use of self-anchored joints is of particular
interest where congested conditions preclude applications
pplications
concrete anchor block construction or in poorly
cohesive soils.

See ASSeMbLY - ANCHoreD STANDA


JoINT.
ST rD/TrIDUCT
installation
nstallation

F
PD
Self-anchored joints combine the advantages of flexible
joint pipes and welded joint pipes.
performances
erformances

leaktightness
N
O
n

The leaktightness of the push-in joints is well


TI

recognized.
LU
O

n angular deflection
ES

Permissible laid Pipe end


deflection displacement
R

DN
displacement
degrees cm
W

80 to 150 5 52
LO

200 to 300 4 42
350 to 600 3 32
700 to 800 2 25 deflection

900 to 1000 1.5 19

The angular deflections accepted by the


ANCHoreD STANDA ST rD and ANCHoreD
TrIDUCT joints are the same as those of the
ordinary STANDA
ST rD joint (the curved exterior of
the locking ring acts like a pivot).

n self anchoring

n easy assembly
91
Joints - flanged Joints - flanged

See also: Flanged joints are composed of two flanges, an elastomer joint
ASSeMbLY - FLANGe
eD JoINT
gasket, and bolts, whose number and dimensions depend on
FLANGeS (DIMeNSIoNS
NS - PITCH
CIrCLeS) the PN and DN. The seal is obtained by tightening the bolts,
JoiNTs thus compressing the gasket.
PreSSUreS (TerMIN
MINoLoGY)
The main features are:
ProDUCT
DUCT DATA
precision of assembly,
the ability to assemble and dismantle in line.
With DN 600 the flanges can be rotated, facilitating bolts
insertion.

principle
rinciple The seal is obtained by compression of a flat elastomer
gasket between two flanges.
The compression is applied by tightening the bolts, the

F
number of which is a function of the flange PN and DN.

PD
The effective seal is a function of:
the bolting torque,
the gasket design (plain, or with reinforcement

N
insert).
O
The dimensions, positions and numbers of bolt holes are
laid down in british and International Standards, to allow
TI

interconnection of all types of fittings, pumps, valves


or other accessories. See FLANGeS (DIMeNSIoNS -
LU

PITCH CIrCLeS).

description
escription
O

A distinction is made between:


ES

rotatable flange joints,


fixed flange joints.
R

n rotatable flange joints


W

rotatable flange joints have mobile flanges


mounted on the body. rotation of the flanges
facilities connection and bolts insertion.
LO

n fixed flange joints


Fixed flange joints have flanges which are integral with
the body of the castings. The flanges are either integrally
cast, or welded-on.

n gaskets
There are two types of gaskets:
plain flat gasket,
92
Joints - flanged

gasket with metal reinforcement insert.


metallic insert
The plain gasket is used for normal situations.
because of its stiffness, the metal reinforced
gasket helps in assembly and reduces the risk of
extrusion in service, and is recommended:
for large diameters,
for high pressures,
when the joint is subjected to a bending
moment (e.g. installed as a beam),
elastomer
when used with flanges having smooth coatings
(fused enamel or epoxy type).

Flanged pipes and fittings are generally used in above metallic insert applications
pplications
ground assemblies and installations in valve chambers.
The assembly precision of the joint, and the ability

F
for easy dismantling, makes it particularly suitable
for surface installations, or accessible manhole

PD
chambers:
pumping stations,
valve chambers,


overhead mains,
inspection ducts,
elastomerN
O
reservoirs, tanks.
TI

n resistance to pressure performances


erformances
LU

The pressure resistance of a flanged component is


indicated by its PN. Flanged pipes and fittings must never
be used in service at a maximum pressure greater than
O

that corresponding with their PN (or ISo PN).


ES

once the PNhas been determined, the appropriate type


of elastomer gasket must be selected, along with the
bolting torque enabling the assembled joint to sustain a
R

pressure equal to its PN (See ASSeMbLY - FLANGeD


JoINT).
W

Depending on the type of gasket seat finish, use of the


LO

gaskets indicated below is recommended:

Gasket seat Maximum service pressure (MSP) in bars


DN
surface finish MSP 10 10 < MSP 16 16 < MSP 25 25 < MSP 40 40 < MSP 64
80 to 200
one of the flanges is
machined and bare, 250 300
or coated with 350 400
bituminous paint: or,
both flanges are coated 450 600
with bituminous paint
700 800

80 to 200
both flanges with
smooth coating, 250 to 400
enamel, epoxy type
450 to 800

Metal insert reinforced gasket.

Plain or metal reinforced gasket.

See ASSeMbLY - FLANGeD JoINT. assembly


ssembly

iso 2531: Ductile iron pipes, fittings and accessories standards


tandards
for pressure pipelines.
iso 7005: Metal flanges - Iron flanges (part 2).
Bs en 1092-2
93
luBricating paste luBricating paste

See also: Sealing of push-in joints is obtained during assembly by


ASSeMbLY STANDArD/Tr
/TrIDUCT
JoiNT
compression of the joint gasket.
ASSeMbLY ANCH
NCHoreD This operation requires the use of a lubricating paste to reduce
STANDArD/ TrIDUCT
IDUCT JoINT
the force necessary for the compression.

F
PD
packaging
ackaging Packaged in 0.850 kg containers, the lubricating paste is
N
supplied with the pipeline components.
O
TI

First ensure that there is a good chamfer on the pipe


procedure
rocedure
LU

spigot end. If not, make one (See CUTTING PIPe).


The jointing paste is then applied thinly by brush.
O
ES

standard joint gaskets (standard,


R

n
standard joint
anchored standard Joints)
W

The paste is applied to the exposed face of the gasket


when in its seat, and on the spigot up to the jointing
LO

mark.

lubricating
paste

triduct joint
n triduct joint gaskets (triduct,
triduct ancho-
triduct,
red triduct joints)
The paste is applied to the exposed face of the gasket
when in its seat, and on the inner surface of the socket
chamber, as well as on the spigot up to the jointing
mark.

lubricating
paste

94
luBricating paste

The lubricating paste:


characteristics
haracteristics
reduces the jointing force by a factor of more than
three, of the
is easily applied on site, lubricating
performs well in water, paste
can be used over a wide temperature range (-20 C to
+ 60 C),
does not affect the physico-chemical and organoleptic
properties of the water carried,
inhibits bacterial growth,
has good storage and usage stability.

The following table shows the usual number of lubricant


containers required to treat 100 joints. Quantities

F
DN Nr of containers

PD
80 2
100 2
125
N 2
O
150 3
TI
200 3
250 4
LU

300 5
350 5
O

400 6
ES

450 6
500 7
R

600 9
700 13
W

800 15
LO

900 17
1000 19

95
manufacture manufacture

See also: Three stages are involved in the manufacture of pipes and
DUCTIL
UCTILe IroN
fittings:
QUALITY Co
CoNTroL
WorKS TeTeSTING metal preparation: blast furnace, cupola, metal treatment,
pipe spinning/foundry casting,
finishing/coatings.

F
PD
N
O
TI

iron ore magnesium


LU

treatment

metal preparation or Blast furnace


O
ES

composition/t
omposition/temperature
omposition/t
temperature
adjustment
R

steel scrap cupola desulfurizing


W
LO

pipe spinning

manufacture of cores to pipe spinning annealing


cast the sockets

96
manufacture

Zinc coating pressure test cement mortar lining

finishing/coatings

F
PD
N
O
curing of cement Bituminous coating packing storage
TI
LU
O

n metal preparation pipe


ES

Molten metal can be obtained directly by reduction of iron


ore in a blast furnace, or by melting pig iron and scrap in
manufacture
a cupola (or electric furnace). In all cases the materials
R

have to be selected and checked carefully, in order to


produce a very high purity base metal suitable for the
W

treatments described below.


After desulfurization, the iron temperature is adjusted
LO

in an electric furnace, to provide the optimum casting


temperature. At this stage, corrections can be made to
the chemical composition by additions of scrap metal,
or specific ferro-alloys. Magnesium is introduced into the
molten metal, to render it ductile. (See DUCTILe IroN).

n pipe spinning
The pipe spinning process consists of deposition of a
layer of molten iron inside a rapidly rotating cylindrical
mold, and solidification of the metal by continuous mold
cooling.
The principal methods used are the de LAVAUD
LA process
and the WeT SPrAY process.
In the de LAVAUD
LA process, molten metal is poured
into an uncoated steel mold and is subjected to rapid
cooling. A graphitizing, then ferritizing heat treatment is
necessary to obtain pipes with the required structure and
mechanical properties.

97
manufacture

In the WeT SPrAY process, before the iron is poured,


the internal surface of the mold is coated with a fine
layer of powdered refractory silica, which reduces the
thermal conductivity of the molten metal/mold interface.
The pipe therefore cools at a slower rate than in the de
LA
LAVAUD process and consequently only a ferritizing
heat treatment is required.

n finishing/c
inishing/ oatings
inishing/c
on leaving the heat treatment furnace, the pipes receive
an external coat of pure metallic zinc, applied by electric
arc melting of zinc wire and spraying with compressed
air.
Many types of inspections and tests to guarantee quality
are carried out: checking the structure and mechanical

F
properties of the metal, visual inspection, dimensional

PD
checks, individual hydrostatic tests.
Particular attention is paid to spigots and sockets because
of their importance in joint sealing.

N The mortar lining is centrifugally applied. In the


O
method used by SADIP, the mortar is poured into
the pipe and then spun at high speed, which has
TI

the effect of giving the lining good compaction.


LU

The cement mortar is then cured under controlled


temperature and humidity conditions.
After the mortar has cured, the pipes move on to the
O

coating lines. A layer of bituminous paint is then applied


ES

by spraying on top of the zinc.


The pipes are then bundled (DN 300) and put into stock
to await dispatch.
R
W
LO

98
manufacture

Production of ductile iron fittings and accessory items


follows the same pattern (metal preparation, casting,
fittings
ittings
finishing and coating), except for the fact that sand manufacture
castings do not require heat treatment.

n casting
Various molding processes are used in casting, depending
on the dimensions and type of casting being made. The
principal processes used by SADIP are:
compacted sand molding (flaskless or box) on high
output automatic lines, for small diameters,
vacuum sand molding (V Process) on an automatic
line for medium diameters,
self-setting sand molding, for large diameters.

F
PD
n finishing/c
inishing/ oatings
inishing/c
on leaving the casting shop, the castings have their
running systems removed, then are shotblasted and
fettled. Finally they are air tested before being given a N
O
dipped or sprayed bituminous coating.
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

99
marKing marKing

See also: Pipes, fittings and joint gaskets supplied by SADIP carry a
QUALITY CoCoNTroL
number of markings for easy identification on site.
sTorage
orage - PiPes
STorAGe - JoINT G
GASKeTS

pipes

F
Marking Position Nature

PD
Marking
600 std 2gs sadip 00.1

socket pipes cast on


DN
T
Type of socket
Material (GS) N
O
sadip ductile
Plant made in saudi araBia

Y
Year of manufacture
TI

saDiP logo Painted on the barrel


LU

flanged pipes
sadip dn 600 pn 16

sadip dn 600 pn 16

Plant Painted on the barrel


DN (welded flanges)
ES

PN sadip 5.9 gs 00.1 or cast on


Working length (integrally cast
Material (GS) flanges)
R

Y
Year of manufacture
W
LO

fittings
ittings
Marking Position Nature

Marking examples
00 6
dn

socket fittings sadip

DN
dn

T
Type of socket
600

Material (GS) cast on


Plant or
Y
Year of manufacture dn 400
label
pn 16
PN
bend angle
dn 600

dn 600
pn 16

flanged fittings
sadip
DN on flanges
sadip
dn 600
dn 600

Socket type marked on socket interior or exterior


100
marKing

gaskets
askets
Marking Position Nature

Marking
Joint gaskets
Type of joint
aril logo
DN
Usage code
Molded on
Material
Suppliers i.d. mark
Mold/imprint ref.
Year/Month of usage
sage code:
manufacture e-W
-W = Water

flat flange gaskets 1987 1988 1989

F
PD
Plain
Year of manufacture 1990 1991 1992
Yellow paint

1993 1994 1995 N


O
TI

marking
LU

Metal reinforced
O

Type (JAb)
aril logo Molded
ES

DN or
Usage code painted on
Material
R

Suppliers i.d. mark


Quarter/Y
Quarter/Year usage
sage code:
of manufacture e-W = Water
W

For internal monitoring purposes the products may have additional markings.
LO

SADIP reserves the right to change any of the markings indicated in the table.

101
pacKing pacKing

See also:
DN 300 : pipes bundled, fittings packed on pallets.
sTorage
orage - PiPes
TraNsPorT
Tra DN > 300 : pipes and fittings unpacked.

F
PD
DN 300 pipes Small diameter pipes are delivered from our works in
N
bundles. The bundles are designed to facilitate and
speed up pipe handling. See STorAGe - PIPeS.
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

overall overall Average


bundle
l width height bundle
DN composition
l H mass

no. beds x no. of pipes m m m kg


80 2 x 5 6.30 0.58 0.29 915
100 2 x 5 6.30 0.67 0.36 1130
125 3 x 4 6.30 0.65 0.61 1644
150 2 x 3 6.30 0.59 0.48 1030
200 2 x 3 6.30 0.75 0.58 1372
250 2 x 2 6.30 0.64 0.69 1200
300 2 x 2 6.30 0.74 0.80 1496

dn > 300 pipes Pipes larger than DN 300 are not bundled.

102
packing

When the quantity ordered corresponds with a complete


packaging unit (or a multiple), fittings and glands are
DN 300 fittings
delivered on non-returnable pallets, covered with plastic and glands
film.

F
PD
N
O
TI

These fittings and glands are not packaged.


Dn > 300 fittings
LU

and glands
O
ES
R

Bolts are supplied in boxes or bags, depending on the


quantities ordered. Bolts
W
LO

103
pipe laying equipment pipe laying equipment

See also: Some standard field equipment is needed on site to assemble


AssemBly - sTA
sTAndArd/
TriducT
Triduc T JoinT
SADIP push-in joint pipes and fittings: crowbar, straps, winches,
AssemBly
ly - Anchored or the bucket of a hydraulic digger.
sT ndArd/Triduc
sTA rd/TriducT T JoinT
hAndling
hA

Jointing of n crowbar: Dn 80 to 125

push-in joint The crowbar levers against the ground.

pipes and The pipe socket face must be protected with a piece of
hard wood.
straight fittings

F
PD
N
O
n assembly using digger bucket
TI

Taking a few precautions, it is possible to use


LU

the hydraulic force of the arm and bucket of a


mechanical digger to joint pipes and straight
fittings.
O

in this case:
ES

place a wooden batten


between the pipe and
digger bucket,
R

push slowly and


steadily, observing the
W

rules for pipe jointing.


LO

n mechanical winches
Dn 150 to 300 : TirFor 516 winch with wire rope
and protected hooks.
Dn 350 to 600 : TirFor 532 winch, with wire rope
and protected hooks.
Dn 700 & above : 2 TirFor 532 winches, diametrically
opposite, 2 wire ropes and 2 protected
hooks.

104
pipe laying equipment

n Hydraulic jack winch


This method is similar to the
mechanical winch method
(see opposite). it provides
excellent distribution of the

F
jointing force as well as
straight line movement of

PD
the pipe being jointed. The
winches are controlled by a Hydraulic unit
hydraulic unit.
The number and disposition of the winches are identical N
O
to that for the mechanical winches.
TI
LU

n crowbar: Dn 80 to 125
Jointing of
push-in joint
O

fittings
ES
R

n lever assembly tool:


W

Dn 80 to 400
This equipment can also be
LO

used for pipe jointing.

Hydraulic unit

n mechanical winches
Dn 500 to 1000 : 3 TirFor
532 winches arranged 120
apart, 3 shackles and 6 wire
ropes.

n Hydraulic jack winches


same arrangement as for mechanical winches.
105
pipe laying aBove grounD pipe laying aBove grounD

See also: Laying of a main above ground involves determining:


PiPe lA
lAying
ying Through
Tunnels the support system,
PiPe lAying
lA - Bridge
crossing
rossing
the accommodation of thermal expansion,
the anchorage of components subjected to hydraulic thrust.

F
PD
Supports The following paragraphs give the general principles
N
usually followed when laying sTAndArd/TriducT
pipes above ground.
O
one per pipe,
TI

each support behind a socket,


LU

a support saddle ( = 120 is a good precaution),


a fixing clamp with rubber lining.
O
ES
R

Fixing rubber
clamp lining
W
LO

concrete support

thermal
hermal clamps
expansion (fixed points)

Joints
(expansion accomodation

The advantage of ductile iron pipelines is that


they do not require the installation of expansion
absorbers.
106
pipe laying aBove grounD

Fixed point: every clamp must be sufficiently secured to


constitute a fixed point (use a clamp of adequate width).
expansion accommodation: the push-in joint between
each support acts as an expansion absorber, taking up
the expansion of the pipe length (within the permissible
limits of DT).

Any component subjected to hydraulic thrust (bends,


tees, tapers) must be stabilized with an anchor block.
anchoring
nchoring
directional changes involving large radius bends
can be negotiated simply by joint deflection (within
the specified limits). in this case, care must be

F
taken to reinforce the saddle anchorage of pipes

PD
involved, having assessed the hydraulic thrusts at the
deflected joint positions.
Provision of an adequate safety margin on the support
dimensions (saddles and clamps) is recommended, to
compensate for hydraulic forces due to any misalignment N
O
of the pipes.
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

107
pipe laying -
BriDge croSSing pipe laying - BriDge croSSing

See also: Bridge crossing with a push-in joint main involves determining:
PiPe lAying
lA ABove ground
PiPe lA
lAying
ying Through
the support system,
Tunnels the accommodation of both bridge and main thermal
JoinT
T - Anchored sTA
sTAndArd/
TriducT
Triduc expansions,
the anchoring of components subjected to hydraulic thrust,
The protection against freezing, if necessary.
There are two principal installation systems, the choice
depending on the type of structure:
pipeline secured to the structure,
pipeline independent of the structure.

F
PD
The systems shown below correspond with the usual
N
types of bridge crossings; they are merely given as
examples and do not represent the variety of situations
O
that may be encountered.
TI

every bridge is a special case and must be specifically


LU

studied. The initial concern is to ensure that the structure


can support the weight of the main and that provision of
anchorages is possible.
O
ES

pipelines
ipelines fixed Typical support Tradition masonry shor span bridge
solidly to the
R

structure
W
LO

108
pipe laying -
BriDge croSSing

Typical support
Open and structure

n Supports
one per pipe,
every support behind a socket,

F
supporting saddles ( = 120 is a good precaution),
securing collars,

PD
rubber protection.

n thermal expansion N
O
relative expansion: every clamp must be adequately
TI
secured and act as a fixture to the bridge. Between each
of these supports, which are solid with the pipe and
LU

bridge, the push-in joints act as expansion compensators,


absorbing the expansion of a length of pipe.
overall expansion (Dl): depending on its amplitude, the
O

overall expansion at the bridge ends is accommodated


ES

by either a simple socket joint (in the case of a traditional


short span masonry bridge), or by an adequate size
expansion accommodator (in the case of an open end
R

bridge).
W
LO

109
pipe laying -
BriDge croSSing

n anchorage
every component subjected to hydraulic thrust (bends,
tees, valves...) must be held by an anchoring system.
The supports must be of sufficient dimensions to secure
the correct alignment of the pipes and to withstand
the hydraulic thrust. Provision of an adequate safety
margin on the support dimensions is recommended, to
compensate for hydraulic forces due to any misalignment
of the pipes.

pipeline
ipeline
independent of
the structure

F
PD
N
O
n Supports
TI

each support is solid with the pipeline and independent of


the bridge movements. several techniques may be used,
LU

using sliding or rolling on rails or rollers, depending on the


magnitude of the expansions.
O

The support sliding forces must be compatible with the


anchoring system:
ES

one support per pipe,


R
W
LO

110
pipe laying -
BriDge croSSing

every support behind a socket,


a saddle support,
a securing collar,
a rubber protection.

n thermal expansion
The pipeline expands and contracts independently of
the bridge. The joints are self-anchored: they facilitate
assembly and play a part in distributing the overall
pipeline expansion. This expansion, Dl, is taken up by
an adequately sized expansion absorber at the free end
of the main.

anchorage

F
n

PD
every component subjected to hydraulic thrust (bends,
tees, valves...) must be stabilized by an anchoring system.
sliding supports must be of adequate size to maintain the
pipeline correctly aligned and to withstand the effects of
hydraulic thrust. N
O
Provision of an adequate safety margin on the support
TI

dimensions is recommended, to compensate for hydraulic


forces due to any misalignment of the pipes.
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

111
pipe laying in caSingS pipe laying in caSingS

See also: Laying of a carrier pipe through a casing involves:


JoinT
T - sTAndArd
rd / TriducT
Triduc
JoinT
T - Anchored sTAsTAndArd/
the centering and guidance of each component within the
TriducT
Triduc casing,
JoinT - Anchoring
anchoring the components together, to allow pulling of the
PiPe lAying
lA equi
quiPmenT
siTe e TesTing
Tes
section through the casing.
Ductile iron socket pipes may easily be installed through
casings.

Clearing the accesses


Before preparing the pipe guide sled:
and checking the casing clear the accesses to the casing,
check the condition and alignment of the casing,
ensure that the size of the guide sled is compatible
with the internal diameter of the casing.

F
PD
N
O
guide
uide sled Depending on the pipe diameter, the socket diameter
TI

and possibly the anchoring gland, use, or construct,


preparation the guide sled and centering collars most appropriate
LU

for pulling the pipes through the casing.


O
ES
R
W

Check that the tractive force does not exceed the


strength of the Anchored sTAndArd/TriducT
LO

joint.

maximum maximum
dn tractive force dn tractive force

kdaN kdaN

80 32 300 261
100 50 350 288
125 78 400 376
150 97 450 477
200 138 500 589
250 191 600 763
Casing

n using ancHoreD StanDarD/tri


D/
D/tri Duct
pipes
Pass a wire rope through the casing and attach it to
the first pipe.
Attach guidance and centering collars behind each
socket.
Pull the first pipe into the casing.
112
pipe laying in caSingS

pulling
ulling the main
t
tackle (trifor)
for assembly through the
casing
casing
Joint the spigot into the
second pipe. pulling rope

Anchor the joint.


having completed this guidance collar Weld bead
operation:
pull the second pipe into the sleeve,
continue joining Anchored sTAndArd/TriducT
pipes on until the first pipe emerges from the other
end of the casing.

F
PD
n With ordinary StanDarD/tri
D/
D/tri Duct joint
and anchoring cable

Pass a drag rope through N


O
the casing, attached to casing
TI
the anchoring cable. Spools
Attach guidance and anchoring
cable
LU

centering collars behind


each socket, equipped
with a fastening for the
O

drag rope.
ES

Position the first pipe in


the casing. guidance
collar
Attach the anchoring
R

cable and pull the pipe.


W
LO

Joint the spigot into the


socket of the second
sTAndArd/TriducT
pipe.
Attach the anchoring
cable to the second
support and continue
pulling
pulling the pipes. rope
Continue joining
sTAndArd/TriducT
pipes on until the first
emerges from the other
end of the casing.
Uncouple the drag rope attached to the first pipe,
leaving the anchoring cable in position.

Before connecting the two ends of the main in the casing


to the rest of the system it is advisable to subject it to a pressure
ressure testing
pressure test, identical to that for the remainder of the
system.

113
pipe laying - Steep incline pipe laying - Steep incline

See also: Laying of ductile iron mains on steep inclines can be performed
JoinT-Anchoring
-Anchoring
in two ways:
Anchor Blocks
using concrete blocks for each pipe,
using a concrete block at the head of an anchored length.

F
PD
axial
xial force Beyond a certain angle, the friction between a main and
N
the ground is insufficient to hold the main. The longitudinal
gravitational movement then has to be counteracted
O
by the use of anchor blocks or anchored joints, or a
TI

Slip combination of both techniques.


in simple terms, it is found that a main needs to be
LU

anchored when the incline exceeds:


20% for a surface main,
O

25% for a buried main.


ES

anchoring
nchoring every
R

This technique is quite suitable for surface mains.

pipe
An anchor block behind every pipe socket.
clamps
W

Sockets point uphill to take purchase on the blocks.


unretrained
A clearance of 10 mm is left between the spigot end
LO

joints
and the back of the socket chamber to accommodate
expansion (usual eXPress and sTAndArd/
TriducT joint laying conditions).

114
pipe laying - Steep incline

This technique is quite suitable for pipes laid below


ground. it consists of anchoring a section of self-anchored
anchoring
nchoring with
self-anchored
clamp
pipes:
either by an anchor block situated behind the socket
of the leading pipe,
anchored joints
joints

or by an additional self-anchored length (l) installed


uppermost self-anchored bend
in the flat section behind the uppermost bend.
The maximum axial force is supported by the first self-
anchored joint below the block. This force is a function of

F
the gradient, and also of the length of the self-anchored

PD
section. The maximum permissible length therefore is
defined by the strength limit of the self-anchored joint.
note: if the length of the incline exceeds the permissible
self-anchored length, the descent can be made
in several independent sections, each being
N
O
anchored at its head with a concrete block. The
TI
end joints of the sections are not anchored in this
case.
LU

note: The main must be laid downhill starting from the


highest point, so that the self-anchoring system is
O

fully engaged and tensioned.


ES
R
W
LO

115
pipe laying
tHrougH tunnelS pipe laying tHrougH tunnelS

See also: Laying a socket pipe system through a tunnel involves:


PiPe lAying
lA ABove ground
PiPe lAying
lA - Bridge
support,
crossings
rossings accommodation of thermal expansion,
JoinT deFlec
lecTion
anchorage of components subjected to hydraulic thrust.
Ductile iron socket pipes provide a simple solution, particularly
if cramped conditions do not permit the use of large joint
assembly equipment.

F
PD
Supports one per pipe,
N
each support behind a socket,
O
a support saddle ( = 120 is a good precaution),
TI
a fixing clamp with rubber lining.
LU
O

rubber Fixing
ES

linking clamp
R

rubber lining
W
LO

Fixing clamp

116
pipe laying
tHrougH tunnelS

thermal
hermal
expansion

clamps Joints
(fixed points) (expansion accomodation)

The advantage of ductile iron mains is that


expansion absorbers are not necessary.

F
PD
Fixed points: every clamp must be sufficiently secured
to constitute a fixed point (provide a clamp of sufficient
width).
expansion accommodation: the push-in joint between
each support acts as an expansion absorber, taking up N
O
the expansion of the pipe length (within the permissible
limits of DT).
TI
LU
O

every component subjected to hydraulic thrust (bends,


anchoring
nchoring
ES

tees, isolating valves...) must be stabilized by an example of a valve


support
anchoring system (rigid welding to fixing plates is often
a good method).
R

directional changes involving large radius bends


can be achieved simply by joint deflection (within
W

the specified limits).


LO

in this case, care must be taken to reinforce the support


anchorage of the pipes involved, having assessed the
hydraulic thrusts at the joint positions.
it is recommended to include a safety coefficient, to
compensate the hydraulic forces due to a possible
misalignment of the pipeline.

117
pipeline proFile pipeline proFile

See also: Air is detrimental to efficient functioning of a pressure main. Its


heAd losses
presence can cause:
WAT
WA
ATer hA
hAmmer
a reduction in flow rate,
energy wastage,
the risk of water hammer.
It can be prevented by taking a number of simple precautions
when planning the pipeline profile.

F
PD
Source of air in Air can principally be introduced into a main:

pipelines
N
during filling following a hydrostatic test (or main
O
emptying), because of an inadequate number of
purging devices,
TI

through pump strainers, if the suction pipes or pump


seals are not leaktight,
LU

as dissolved air under pressure (the air then


accumulates at high spots along the profile).
O
ES

effect
ffect of air in Air is detrimental to efficient functioning of a main. Air
pockets accumulate at high spots and distort under the
mains effect of the upstream pressure.
R
W
LO

118
pipeline proFile

n condition in a gravity main


statically, the air pocket transmits the pressure P on its
upstream face to the downstream face; the hydrostatic
level drops. The utilisable pressure h is reduced by
a quantity h, corresponding to the difference in level
between the extremities of the air pocket and the missing
head height.

normal hydrostatic level

lower
hydrostatic
level

F
PD
N
O
dynamically, it can be considered that, neglecting the
TI
head loss due to any turbulence at this point, the
pressure reduction is also equal to h, and the flow is
LU

correspondingly reduced.
O
ES
R
W
LO

119
pipeline proFile

n pumping main conditions


in the same way as in a gravity main, the presence of
a pocket of air is detrimental to good performance of a
pumping main. in this case there is a pressure increase
h (height h of additional head to be lifted) which the
pump must supply in addition to pressure h, in order to
compensate for the increased head due to the air pocket,
with the hydrostatic level being raised by this value. For
the same flow rate, the energy consumption is increased
in the same proportions.
Furthermore, these disadvantages are repeated at every
high spot if the main is inadequately vented. The effects
are additive and the throughput of the main drops. This
drop in throughput is sometimes incorrectly attributed
to other causes, such as a drop in pump efficiency or
deposition in the pipes. correct venting of the main is

F
sufficient remedy to restore the normal flow capacity

PD
immediately.
Finally, there is a risk of large air pockets being entrained
by the flow and carried to points other than the high
spots. Their displacement, compensated for by a sudden
N
rush of water of equal volume, results in violent water
O
hammer.
TI
summarizing, if high spots are not constantly vented:
water flow is diminished,
LU

energy is wasted,
water hammer can occur.
O
ES

raised hydrostatic level


R

normal hydrostatic level


W
LO

pump

120
pipeline proFile

A pipeline layout must be planned in a manner facilitating


air accumulation at well defined high spots, where venting
practical
ractical
equipment must be installed. recommenda-
tions
natural contour
The following precautions are advisable:
Provide the main with a gradient to facilitate upward
movement of the air (an ideal pipeline has a steady
gradient: the desirable minimum gradient is 2 to 3
mm/m).
Avoid excessive gradient changes caused by following
ground contours, particularly for large diameters.
If the profile is flat, create as many artificial high and
low spots as possible, to give gradients of:
2 to 3 mm/m in ascending sections,
4 to 6 mm/m in descending sections.
Profiles of this type, with gradual ascents and rapid 2 - 3 mm/m

F
descents, facilitate air collection at high spots, whilst

PD
preventing any air entrainment.
The converse profile is inadvisable.
4 - 6 mm/m
Install:
an air vent unit at every high spot, N
O
a wash-out at every low spot.
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

121
polyetHylene Sleeving polyetHylene Sleeving

See also: Polyethylene sleeving is a tubular film of low density


soil corrosivi
orrosiviTy
polyethylene slipped over and snugly fitted to a pipe at the
coATings - eXT
eXTernAl
PolyeThylene sleeving
leeving
time of laying. It is used to supplement the basic pipe coating
(APPlic
licATion) (metallic zinc + bituminous paint) in certain cases of highly
Zinc corrosive soils, or in the presence of stray currents.
Standard: ISO 8180, AWWA C-105

F
PD
Description The polyethylene film is made of low density polyethylene
N
(ldPe) in tubular film and is slipped over and snugly
fitted to a pipe by means of:
O
adhesive plastic tape at each end,
TI

intermediate tie fasteners.


LU

The technique using a barrel sleeve (applied


outside the trench) and separate joint sleeve
(applied in the trench after jointing) is preferable
O

to the technique using a single sleeve (socket and


barrel), since it provides better protection.
ES
R
W
LO

Barrel Sleeve

Joint sleeve

122
polyetHylene Sleeving

Polyethylene sleeving supplements the zinc coating. its


protective mechanism consists of insulating the pipes
protection
rotection
from corrosive soil (suppression of electro-chemical cells) mechanism
and from the ingress of stray currents.
even if a small amount of water infiltrates the sleeving it
still provides protection by substituting a homogeneous
environment (ground water) to a heterogeneous
environment (soil).

sAdiP recommends the use of this additional protection


in corrosive soils (see soil corrosiviTy), such as:
applications
pplications
low resistivity soils (an indication of high corrosivity),
stray current areas,
soils where analysis shows high chloride or sulphate
contents, or bacterial activity.

F
it can be applied after the trench has been opened

PD
if the local conditions justify its use.

if the environment is extremely corrosive (sea inlet


crossings, marshes, saline ground waters etc.), complete N
O
insulation of the main is essential, restricted to the high
corrosivity area.
TI
LU

sAdiP technical teams carry out soil surveys at


O

customers request, in order to recommend the


ES

most suitable protection.


R

see PolyeThylene sleeving (APPlicATion). application


pplication
W
LO

iSo 8180: ductile iron pipes Polyethylene sleeving.


Standard
AWWA c-105

123
polyetHylene Sleeving
(application) polyetHylene Sleeving (application)

See also: Polyethylene sleeving is made up of overlapping elements:


PolyeThylene sleeving
leeving
a barrel sleeve along the barrel of every pipe,
a joint sleeve at every joint.

F
PD
Basic Pipes and fittings must be as clean and dry as possible

instructions N
before sleeving. in particular avoid soil entrapment
between the pipe and sleeving.
O
The pipe bed and natural soil, or backfill, must only consist
TI

of fine material, to avoid sleeving damage occurring


during laying or in service (top loads, weight of full main,
LU

wheel loads).
The sleeving must fit the pipes as snugly as possible
O

(importance of the fold and ties). see sketches opposite.


ES

The barrel and joint sleeve overlaps must provide total


continuity of protection.
R
W
LO

The fold must always be made at the top of the pipes, to


limit the risk of damage during backfilling.
do not use ripped sleeving and avoid damage during
backfilling.
small tears can be repaired with adhesive tape. larger
defects can be covered with extra sleeving of the same
type, which must be sufficiently long to cover the damaged
area. The same application technique must be used as
for the joint sleeves.
The polyethylene sleeve must be stored under cover,
protected from heat and sunlight.
124
polyetHylene Sleeving
(application)

cut the barrel and joint sleeves to the dimensions indicated


in the section material required and dimensions.
Sleeving
preparation

Barrel Sleeve
Barrel sleeving

F
Before lowering the pipe into the trench, raise it up

PD
and slip the pleated sleeving along the barrel.

N
O
TI
LU

Soil
O
ES

With the pipe supported on two wooden blocks,


R

spread the sleeving along the whole length of the


barrel and fit it snugly to the latter by folding it over at
W

the top of the pipe. the sleeve must not billow.


LO

adhensive tape Fastening

Soil

Fasten the fold down with tape.


Fasten the sleeve ends to the barrel by wrapping
adhesive tape around the circumference, overlapping
the barrel sleeving junction, to give a watertight
overwrap.
Apply intermediate fastenings (plastic coated steel
wire) every 1.50 m.
Slip on the joint sleeve.

125
polyetHylene Sleeving
(application)

Joint
Joint
sleeve
sleeve

Soil

Lower the pipe into the trench.


Joint the pipe with appropriate equipment. The fold
must still be at the top of the pipe.

F
Joint sleeving

PD
Soil

N
O
TI
LU
O

Bring the joint sleeve over the socket and spigot. A


sufficiently large excavation must have been made
ES

under the joint to allow satisfactory application of this


sleeve (room for tape wrapping and ties).
R
W

eXpreSS joint
LO

plastic coated Joint adhesive Joint adhesive


fastening sleeve tape
Fastening sleeve tape
Barrel
adhesive sleeve adhesive
Barrel tape tape
sleeve

Fold the joint sleeve over, fitting it as snugly as


possible, overlapping the barrels of the adjoining
pipes (the fold must again be made at the top).
Secure it with a tie, as near as possible to the gland
in the case of the eXPress joint, or the socket face,
in the case of the sTAndArd joint.
Fasten the ends on to the sleeves of the adjoining
pipe barrels with adhesive tape wrapped around the
whole circumference to make a watertight overwrap.

126
polyetHylene Sleeving
(application)

Soil

Successive assembly of barrel and joint sleeves must


form a continuous protection.

F
Sleeving of

PD
Use the same polyethylene sleeving to protect fittings.
depending on their shape, two or three pieces of fittings
sleeving may be necessary. Application must comply
with the same recommendations (particularly fitting
the sleeving as snugly as possible). N
O
TI

examples
LU

n cutting to length
O

Bend
ES
R
W
LO

All socket tee dn <DN

127
polyetHylene Sleeving
(application)

n application

Bend All socket tee dn <DN

Securing the sleeve


fold

3 plastic
coated
fastenings adhesive tapes

F
Final assembly

PD
n

Bend adhesive tape All socket tee dn <DN


(on top of barrel sleeve)

N
plastic coated
fastenings
O
TI
LU

plastic
coated adhesive
tapes
O

fastening
ES
R

The application of polyethylene sleeving to different types


of fittings is dealt with in a special leaflet. Please consult
W

us.

materials
aterials
LO

50 mm adhensive
required and tapes

dimensions
i
(flat
width)

plastic coated
steel fastening 24/10

128
polyethylene sleeving
(application)

Sleeve Tie fasteners Adhesive tape Sleeve mass per metre

barrel Joint barrel joint

EXPRESS
Length Length EXPRESS
STANDARD STANDARD No./ No./
DN per per
TRIDUCT TRIDUCT pipe
pipe
pipe
pipe
STANDARD STANDARD
ANCHORED TRIDUCT TRIDUCT
ANCHORED
L l Lf l l Lj E

m m m m m m m m m kg kg kg

80 6 0.315 5.70 0.315 0.400 0.70 200 4 2 4 1.6 0.117 0.117 0.148

100 6 0.315 5.70 0.315 0.560 0.70 200 4 2.3 4 1.8 0.117 0.117 0.210

125 6 0.400 5.70 0.400 0.560 0.70 200 4 2.6 4 2.2 0.148 0.148 0.210

150 6 0.400 5.70 0.400 0.560 0.70 200 4 2.9 4 2.6 0.148 0.148 0.210

200 6 0.560 5.70 0.560 0.710 0.70 200 4 3.6 4 3.4 0.210 0.210 0.263

F
250 6 0.710 5.70 0.710 0.900 0.70 200 4 4.2 4 4.4 0.263 0.263 0.333

PD
300 6 0.710 5.70 0.710 0.900 0.70 200 4 4.9 4 5.2 0.263 0.263 0.333

350 6 0.900 5.70 0.900 1.120 0.70 200 4 5.6 4 6 0.333 0.333 0.437

400 6 0.900 5.70 0.900 1.120 0.70 200 4 6.2 4 6.8 0.333 0.333 0.437

450 6 1.120 5.70 1.120 1.120 0.70 200 4 7.6 4 N7.6 0.437 0.437 0.437
O
500 6 1.120 5.70 1.120 1.250 0.70 200 4 8.3 4 8.4 0.437 0.437 0.463
TI

600 6 1.250 5.70 1.250 1.600 0.70 200 4 9.6 4 10 0.463 0.463 0.593
LU

700 6 1.600 6.70 1.600 1.600 0.80 200 5 13.6 4 11.6 0.593 0.593 0.593

800 6 1.800 6.70 1.800 2.240 0.80 200 5 15.3 4 13.2 0.666 0.666 0.829
O

900 6 2.240 6.70 2.240 2.240 0.80 200 5 16.9 4 14.8 0.829 0.829 0.829

1000
ES

6 2.240 6.70 2.240 2.500 0.80 200 5 18.5 4 16.4 0.829 0.829 0.925
R
W
LO

129
preSSureS (terminology) preSSureS (terminology)

See also: With the term pressure, a distinction needs to be drawn


Pressures - mAX
mAXimum
PermissiBle
Permissi
between the terminology of the user (concerned with hydraulic
Works TesTing
Tes considerations) and that of the manufacturer (concerned with
siT
Te TesTs product performance).
WAT
WAATer hA
hAmmer

users pmax.serv.
n maximum service pressure

terminology The highest pressure existing in a specific system


operating under permanent conditions.
simple to determine in the case of a gravity system or

F
when pumping into an open tank or reservoir, but needs

PD
study in the case of direct pumping into a pipe system.

N
O
TI
n maximum design pressure
pmax.serv.
maximum service pressure increased by a design safety
LU

margin, to account for any unknown elements in the


estimates or transient surges (water hammer, etc.).
pmax.serv. = pmax.serv.
O

This pressure is the basis of the calculation of the internal


+ design margin pressure resistance. The design margin can be more
ES

or less reduced, depending on whether water hammer


suppression systems are installed or not, and on the
R

safety margin offered by the pipe material itself.


W

n Site test pressure


LO

psite test Pressure applied to a main on site to determine its


stability and leaktightness before going into service.
it is obtained by increasing Pmax.serv. in compliance with
psite test = pmax.serv. the applicable regulations.
+ an increase

manufacturers
anufacturers pmax.allow
n maximum allowable pressure

terminology The highest pressure that can be sustained by a pipeline


component at a given temperature, under permanent
(applicable
pplicable in the conditions.
SaDip catalogue). it takes into account the product dimensions, the material
properties and the safety factors employed by the
manufacturer.

130
preSSureS (terminology)

n maximum operating pressure


The highest pressure a pipeline component can sustain
pmax.op.
in service at a given temperature, under transient surge
conditions.
For sAdiP products, Pmax.op. = 1.2 Pmax.allow. pmax.op. = 1.2 pmax.allow.
Please consult us for higher values.

n maximum site test pressure


The highest test pressure that a pipeline component can pmax.site test
sustain during the site hydrostatic test, before the main
goes into service.

F
pmax.site test =

PD
For sAdiP products, Pmax.site test = 1.5 Pmax.
allow. 1.5 pmax.allow.
Please consult us for higher values.

N
O
TI

pn other
ther
LU

pn
manufacturing
n

numerical definition, expressed as a round number for


iSo pn
the purpose of references (iso 7268-83). definitions
O

All flanged equipment of the same nominal diameter


ES

(dn), designated by the same Pn number, must have


compatible connection dimensions.
R

For each Pn (or iso Pn) thus defined, there is an


associated Pmax.allow. / temperature given in the relevant
W

component standard.
For ductile iron components, the Pmax.allow. between - 10c
LO

and 120c, expressed in bars, is equal to the Pn number


(e.g. Pn 16 corresponds to Pmax.allow. 16 bars between pwork test
10c and 120c).

n Works test pressure


hydrostatic pressure used to test pipeline components
in the works. it is defined by standards and the
manufacturer.

summarizing : when choosing a pipeline component it is


pipeline
ipeline
important to check the three inequations opposite. dimensions
pmax.serv. pmax.allow.
pmax.des pmax.op.
psite.test pmax.site test

131
preSSureS - maXimum
permiSSiBle preSSureS - maXimum permiSSiBle

See also: SADIP pipes are designed to withstand high pressures,


Pressures (Terminology)
generally much higher than those encountered in distribution
sAFeTyyFFAcTors
FlAnges (dimensions
imensions - PiTch
Pi
systems.
circles) This is justified by the fact that pipelines must resist the high
Works TesTing
Tes
stresses they are subjected to during installation and testing,
siT
Te TesTs
WAT
WAATer hA
hAmmer
and, more important, during their life.

F
PD
The maximum permissible pressure indicates the highest
N
pressure that a pipeline component can permanently
sustain at a given temperature.
O
it corresponds with the maximum pressure for which the
TI

product is offered. it takes into account the properties


of ductile iron, the dimensions, and the manufacturers
LU

safety factors.
This pressure must always be greater than, or
O

equivalent to, the maximum service pressure. For


sAdiP products it can be increased by:
ES

20%, to take account of transient surges,


50%, for carrying out the site test.
R

Please consult us in other cases.


W
LO

132
pressures - maximum
permissible

Socket pipes
Maximum permissible pressures (excepting surge pressures**) Socket pipes
STANDARD
EXPRESS
ANCHORED STANDARD
ANCHORED TRIDUCT
and fittings
TRIDUCT (***)
DN
K8 K9 K9 K9
bar bar bar
80 64 64 64
100 64 64 64
125 64 64 64
150 55 55 55
200 44 44 44
250 39 39 39
300 37 37 37
350 35 25 30
400 34 25 30
450 33 25 30

F
500 32 25 30

PD
600 24 31 25 27
700 24 29 25 25
800 24 28 25 22(*)
900 24 27 25
N 22(*)
O
1 000 23 27 25 22(*)
1 100 23 27 25 Please consult us
TI

1 200 23 27 25 22(*)
LU

** Transient surge pressures (water hammer) and hydraulic tests.


*** Type of joint may vary according to DN (see PRODUCT DATA).

Socket fittings
O

Maximum permissible pressures (excepting surge pressures**)


Non-flanged fittings Fittings equipped with at least one flange
ES

STANDARD ANCHORED STANDARD ANCHORED


DN TRIDUCT (***)
EXPRESS STANDARD/
TRIDUCT (***)
EXPRESS STANDARD/
TRIDUCT TRIDUCT
R

bar bar bar bar bar bar

80 64 64 64 40 40 40
W

100 64 64 64 40 40 40
125
LO

64 64 64 40 40 40
150 57 57 57 40 40 40
200 50 50 50 40 40 40
250 46 46 44 40 40 40
300 43 43 41 40 40 40
350 41 25 30 25 25 25
400 40 25 30 25 25 25
450 40 25 30 25 25 25
500 40 25 30 25 25 25
600 40 25 27 25 25 25
700 34 25 25 25 25 25
800 33 25 22(*) 25 25 16(*)
900 32 25 22(*) 25 25 16(*)
1 000 31 25 22(*) 25 25 16(*)
1 100 PC PC PC PC PC PC
1 200 25 25 22(*) 25 25 16(*)
** Transient surge pressures (water hammer) and hydraulic tests.
*** Type of joint may vary according to DN (see PRODUCT DATA).

See JOINTS - FLANGED.


Flanged pipes &
fittings 133
quality control quality control

See also: SADIP has instituted a quality control organization complying


sTA
sTAndArds
with Standard ISO 9002.
cerTiiFicATes
Its objective is to provide customers with products meeting
perfectly their stated requirements.

F
PD
quality
uality Achievement of quality is not simply a matter of inspection

assurance N
of finished products, but also involves establishment
of an organization complying with specific regulations
O
concerning:
TI

manufacturing methods,
operating methods (establishing procedures, defining
LU

documents distribution),
the responsibilities of the people involved,
O

and which guarantee that all quality criteria are met at


all stages of production.
ES
R
W
LO

134
quality control

sqA sqA
Analysis Analysis
grading grading

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES

sqA
composition
reception Appearance
R

dimensions
leaktighteness
W
LO

sqA
Thickness
reception

sqA
reception

sqA
monitoring

Sqa

135
quality control

quality
uality The quality control and administration system instituted
by sAdiP has been certified as complying with standard
assurance at iso 9002. A reference work for the administering of
Sa
aDip quality control in production, this standard also covers
the quality aspects relating to the provision of materials,
training, and customer contract handling.
on a practical daily basis the particular aims of the q.c.
organization are to:
check the consistency of incoming raw materials,
constituents and other items necessary for the
manufacture and usage of our products,
control the manufacturing process by formalizing our
expertise, automating the processes and training
of operatives whilst making constant improvements
through analysis of the measurements made
throughout the manufacturing cycle,

F
check at every stage of production that the products

PD
meet the specifications, thus providing early detection
of any aberration, enabling it to be corrected.
The q.c. organization is founded on:

N
self-monitoring, which is the basis of the system in
manufacture and consists in delegating monitoring of
O
the results of their own work to operatives, within pre-
TI
established parameters.
auditing, which ensures in a systematic manner
LU

that everyone is obeying the rules laid down and


checks on their efficacy. This applies to sAdiP and
all its suppliers and sub-contractors, with whom it
O

collaborates on quality assurance.


ES

overall monitoring which on the basis of regular


measurements, allows process and product
performances to be quantified with respect to
R

established objectives, and constitutes the basis of


organized quality control management.
W

checking, if necessary, of particular properties of


products, raw materials or constituents, not covered
LO

by the preceding arrangements.

136
quality control

raw material Analysis of scrap, pig iron, sand, cement,


bituminous paint etc.
quality
uality control
melting spectro analysis of molten metal before and
inspection test
after mg. treatment. plan
casting Weighing of each pipe before heat treatment.
Heat treatment control micro structure of heat treated
pipe. (amount of perlite, ferrite, cementite and formation
of graphite)
Zinc coating weighing of zinc load to conform to
requirements which is minimum of 200 gm/m2.
ring flatenning check ductility of pipe aside from
micro test.
t
test Frequency control of testing done according to
requirement.

F
mechanical test
t controls traction test (Tensile strength,

PD
elongation, elastic limit and hardness to conform to iso
2531)
pipe Weight ensure that each pipes is weigh according
to the standard weight requirement.
N
O
Hydro test
t each pipe is hydro tested to comply to the
required specification dn 100-300 (50 Bars) dn 350-600
TI

(40 Bars) dn 700-1000 (32 Bars)


LU

Socket / Spigot control each pipes socket (inside


diameter) and spigot is controlled by a regularly calibrated
gauges.
O

visual inspection check physical appearance of every


ES

pipes to sort out good and bad pipes and pipes endorsed
to quality control for evaluation.
qc Dimensional inspection dimensional test randomly
R

performed by qc to control outside diameter of pipes by


circometer, thickness of the pipe by ultrasonic, and inside
W

diameter of socket by inside micrometer.


LO

cement lining check visual appearance of cement


lining
check the thickness of cement
lining (fresh cement) by a calibrated
depth, gauge, and (dry cement) by
permascope. (non conductive thick-
ness measurer)
check weight of cement lining applied
on pipes.
Bituminous paint coating control thickness of coating
to conform to the requirements of 100 microns minimum
at 1 point and 120 microns minimum average.
Zinc paint control thickness of paint applied in pipes
socket to conform to the requirement of 100 microns
minimum at 1 point and 120 microns minimum average.
Spigot marking check dimension of spigot markings to
ensure it satisfies the requirement.
Delivery yard
y inspection checks for appearance and
possible defect which may occur during handling.

137
re-rounDing pipe re-rounDing pipe

See also: Transport and handling can cause sufficient pipe ovality to
cuTTing
ing PiPe
Pi
impede correct assembly of the components.
The methods given below cover DN 400 pipes.

F
PD
DM dm
Definitions and % ovality = x 100

criteria N DM + dm
O
where:
TI

dm: maximum measured diameter


LU

dm: minimum measured diameter


experience shows that cases of ovality prejudicial

O

to pipe assembly are extremely rare in the small


and medium diameters (dn < 400).
ES

re-rounding can be carried out by one of the following


methods, taking care that the operation does not damage
R

the mortar lining.


W

Dn 400 to 700 n equipment


LO

TIRFOR 516 (1) wire rope winch


Supporting saddle with rope guide pulley (2)
A base plate with 2 rope guide pulleys (3).

n procedure
Assemble the equipment as shown in the diagram
opposite. Tension the wire rope.
Check the re-rounding of the spigot end to ensure that
it does not go beyond circular.
Make sure that this operation has not damaged the
mortar lining.
Assemble the pipes with the equipment still in place.
The rope tension must be maintained during joint
assembly, to counteract any elastic pipe deformation.

138
re-rounDing pipe

n equipment DN 800
A hydraulic jack (1)
A block (or adjustable support) (2)
Two suitably sized rubber covered base plates (3)

D mini
n procedure
Position the parts as shown in the diagram, to cope
with the ovality.
Adapt the adjusting support to the diameter.
Operate the jack and make sure that spigot re-
rounding does not go beyond circular.
Check that the operation has not damaged the mortar
lining.
Assemble the joint with the equipment in position. The Jack

F
equipment must remain in tension throughout jointing

PD
to counteract any elastic pipe deformation.

Block

N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

139
repair -
eXternal coatingS repair - eXternal coatingS

See also: The basic external coating may become damaged during
PolyeThylene sleeving
leeving
(APPlic
licATion)
transport, storage, or laying.
Welding (Anchor BeAd)
Be It can be repaired on site, or in the storage yard, with
bituminous paints, using a simple procedure.

F
PD
reparable
eparable Two cases can be envisaged.

damage N
O
n Slight damage (small areas, zinc not detached)
TI

no repair necessary..
LU

n larger damage
O

can be repaired with bituminous paint by the procedure


ES

described below.

material
aterial
R

use bituminous paints of the following type:


endolAc 245-30 (BiTumes sPeciAuX)
W

endolAc 245-30 sr (rapid drying) (BiTumes


sPeciAuX)
LO

hempel 104 sA

application
pplication Brush, roller or spray gun (air or airless).

method

Surface Brush lightly to remove dirt.


Dry the area being coated by the most appropriate
preparation means (blowing with dry oil-free air, gas torch, etc.).

140
repair -
eXternal coatingS

In cases of low temperature, wet conditions, or


immediate pipe usage, it is essential to warm the pipe
to a temperature of about 50c with a gas torch (too
hot to touch).

coating
oating
Apply the coating in criss-cross passes, until the
coating is up to the level of the undamaged coating, application
overlapping the latter.

Special cases

F
n Weld bead coating repair

PD
see Welding (Anchor BeAd).

N
O
n polyethylene sleeving repair
TI

see PolyeThylene sleeving (APPlicATion).


LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

141
repair - internal lining repair - internal lining

See also: The cement mortar lining may be damaged accidentally or by


cemenT
T (morTA
T r lining)
TA
rough handling.
A few simple and rapid procedures suffice to restore the lining
to its original condition.

F
PD
reparable
eparable Any cement mortar damage caused accidentally or by

damage N
rough handling can be repaired on site, provided it is not
too severe:
O
area less than 0.10 m2,
TI

length less than a quarter of the pipe circumference,


LU

no localized pipe deformation.


otherwise, cut off the damaged section.
O
ES

sAdiP can supply repair kits on request.


repair
epair materials
R

constituents parts by weight


W

chF 45, clk 45 / aluminous cement 100


LO

Fine sand 200

emulsion: 50/50 water - PrimAl


l or icomenT 15

Water 20

concresive 2200 A+B, 1 Pack 3kg 6

repair
epair n material needed for mortar application:
brush,
procedure trowel,
palette knife, or sleeker.

142
repair - internal lining

n area preparation
lining repair must be carried out sheltered from frost.
Rotate the pipe so that the area to be repaired is as
close to the bottom as possible.
Remove the damaged area and 1 or 2 cm of
surrounding sound mortar with a hammer and cold
chisel.
The edges of the cleared zone must be vertical to the
iron surface.

Clean with a wire brush to remove non-adherent


material.

F
PD
N
O
TI

Moisten the repair area.


LU

A few minutes before making the repair, brush-apply


the water emulsion mixture, wetting the original mortar
over a width of about 20 cm around the edges of the
O

repair zone.
ES
R
W
LO

n patching material preparation


see TABle above.
The emulsion must be the same as that used for the
keying coat.
Mix the two dry components, then the two liquids, to
give a pasty consistency mortar; adjust the amount of
water if necessary.

n mortar application
Trowel the mortar on, compacting it adequately to
restore the thickness.
Smooth the repaired surface with a palette knife (or
sleeker).
Check that there are no gaps between the fresh
mortar and the original material.
Apply a protective coat of water + emulsion, not more
than 30 minutes after final smoothing, to prevent
the patch from drying too quickly and to give it good
strength (cover with a damp cloth until set).
143
SaFety FactorS SaFety FactorS

See also: The mechanical stresses (internal pressure, external loading)


Pressures - mAX
mAXimum
PermissiBle
Permissi
to which pipelines are subjected in service can be accurately
dePTh oFF cover evaluated.
dimensions
imensions It is much more difficult however to predict with certainty the
quAliTy conTrol
stresses the pipes will be subjected to, in course of time.
For this reason, SADIP has chosen high safety factors to
ensure the maximum possible life for its ductile iron pipes.

F
PD
minimum
inimum sAdiP pipes are designed to the following criteria:

specified safety
N
internal pressure: the working stress must not
O
exceed half the yield strength;
factors external loading: the working stress must not exceed
TI

half the bending tensile strength.


LU

ovality (vertical deflection) must not exceed 3%, the


value recommended in the Ansi/AWWA c 150/A 21.50
standard, to guarantee good mortar lining performance
O

(principally for large diameter pipes).


ES

however, the stiffness of the mortar, which participates to


the strength of the pipe, is not taken into account in the
calculation of the pipe.
R
W

effective
ffective safety
The effective safety factors are higher in practice
than those quoted:
factors
LO

n pipe manufacture
Actual pipe wall thicknesses are always greater than
the design values.
Pipes are designed on the basis of the yield strength,
not on tensile strength. Furthermore, elongation
before failure is high (ductility), giving a good safety
reserve.

n actual laying conditions


The actual earth load is usually lower than the soil
prism weight used in the design calculation (prism
friction against the trench sides).
The design method in the ANSI/AWWA
ANSI/A C 150/A 21.50
standard takes conservative values for the bedding
angle and modulus of passive soil resistance e.
The counteracting effects of simultaneous top
loading and internal pressure are not taken into
consideration.

144
SaFety FactorS

n k9 PiPes
Maximum permissible pressures (1)
experimental
xperimental
Minimum calculated bursting pressures for a K9
evaluations
pipe (2)
Experimental bursting pressures (3).

P (bars)

600

500

400

F
(3)

PD
300

200
(2)
N
O
100
(1)
TI

DN
LU

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 500


O
ES

n Fittings
Maximum permissible pressures (1)
R

Minimum calculated bursting pressures for a K9


pipe (2)
W

Experimental bursting pressures (3).


LO

P (bars)

600

500
(3)

400

300

200
(2)

100
(1)

DN
100 150 200 250 300 350 400

145
Site teStS Site teStS

See also: Site tests check the stability and leaktightness of a main before
Pressures (Terminology)
it goes into service.
Pressures - mAX
mAXimum
PermissiBle
Permissi

A successful hydraulic test is a prerequisite for the


acceptance of a newly installed pipeline. one of the
objectives of that test is to check the leaktightness of the
joints.
The test must be carried out as soon as possible after
laying.
The instructions of the jobs Technical specifications
should be followed, or those of other valid regulations.
The test is usually carried out as described below.

F
1. t
test
est section The test section length depends on the layout

PD
configuration.
length As recommended and unless otherwise stipulated by the
jobs Technical specifications, test lengths should not
N
exceed 500 m.
O
detection of leaks is more difficult the longer the test
section. in practice short lengths can be tested at the
TI

beginning of a job and then extended to longer lengths.


responsibility of this lies with the contractor.
LU
O

2. Self anchored Testing of a self-anchored pipe section is carried out with


the main exposed, so that the main can go into traction
ES

pipe sections under the effect of pressure. Proceed in the following


manner in practice:
Lay all self-anchored sections, irrespective of length,
R

Hydraulically test these sections, without end


restraints,
W

Keeping the self-anchored sections under pressure,


LO

backfill the trench to hold the pipes in position.

3. test
t
preparation
pile of soil

2/3 l

specification states: testing is carried out under conditions


which allow effective inspection of the test length, and the
joints in particular. For pipes laid in the ground this must
be done before backfilling, unless stipulated otherwise
by the jobs Technical specifications, or by the main
contractor. if the main is proved before backfilling, the
trench is partially backfilled with piles of soil deposited
on the middle of every pipe, to prevent any movement or
disjointing of the main.
146
Site teStS

See 1

See 2

See 3

See 4

F
PD
See 5
N
O
TI

See 1
LU

See 6
O
ES

See 7
R
W
LO

See 8

147
Site teStS

Block the ends of the test section with blank flanges


(A and B) equipped with valves for water filling and air
venting.
Calculate the hydraulic forces developed at the ends

F
of the main and install a suitably sized restraint

PD
system. The forces are absorbed by timbers laid
across the trench, or by an equivalent arrangement
(sheet piling for example).

N
Do not use the end of a previously laid hydraulically
tested pipe section as a buttress.
O
The ends of a main under test may also move
TI
sideways, therefore lateral support must also be
provided.
LU
O

The main is gradually filled with water, preferably from


the low points. it is important to ensure that the main has
ES

been completely purged of air at any high spots in the


section before it is pressurized.
R

during pressurization, the temporary end restraints


become compressed. if necessary any play has to be
4. pipe
ipe filling
W

taken up to restore the main to its initial length. Jacks are


used for this purpose, allowing precise adjustment.
LO

If a pumping main is involved, pumps are used to fill


from the bottom end, limiting the flow rate.
In the case of a large diameter siphon it is preferable
to fill it from the lowest point by means of a small
diameter feed tube. The water then rises steadily in
both legs without turbulence.
Whenever possible, wait 24 hours before pressure testing,
for the main to reach equilibrium.

148
SITE TESTS

Thorough removal of air from the main is essential. The


vital importance of this has already been indicated.
5. Checking
Check that the air valves are functioning, filling
Check that the valves at the base of the air valves are
open,
Use the wash out valves to check the progressive
arrival of water.

First ensure that the test pressure is compatible with the


pressure each pipeline component in the test section can
6. Pressurizing
withstand. If not, isolate those items.
The pressure must be increased gradually, to allow
checking of the end restraints and for jack adjustments.
The pressure test must not only reveal any joint leakage

F
but provide a positive check on the main for any damage

PD
caused during transport and laying.
The 1979 edition of French specification 71
prescribes the following test pressures for ductile
iron mains:
N
O
For supply or gravity distribution:
TI

if MSP 10 bars : STP = MSP x 1.5


LU

if MSP > 10 bars : STP = MSP + 5 bars.


Where
O

MSP = Maximum Service Pressure


ES

STP = Standard Test Pressure


For pumping:
R

STP = MSP + calculated water hammer pressure surge


+ 2 bars.
W

In all cases, the test pressure must be equal to, or greater


than, 8 bars and never above the manufacturers stated
LO

maximum value for each pipeline component.

Specification states: The test pressure is applied for 30


7. Results
minutes, the pressure diminution not exceeding 0.2 bar

Empty the main, remove the test equipment and 8. Commission-


connect up the section. ing the main
Flush out the main thoroughly to remove any stones
or soil trapped during laying. In the case of a potable
water main, sterilize it before it goes into serivce.

149
SOIL CORROSIVITY SOIL CORROSIVITY

See also: Buried pipes are subjected to a variety of influences, including


COATINGS - EXTERNAL
the corrosivity of the soil and backfills.
Ductile iron pipes coated with metallic zinc present an excellent
resistance to corrosion. Nevertheless, it may be recommended
to use complementary protections when the pipes are to be laid
in very corrosive soils. In practice, experience has shown that
no additional protection is necessary if the soil resistivity is
above 2500 W x cm.
In case of doubt, SADIP technical teams are available to share
their experience with the customers.

F
PD
The complete analysis of the corrosivity of the terrain (if
N
this is thought to be necessary) is carried out by a three
stage procedure:
O
topographical study
TI

geological study
LU

site survey
O

Topographical n General corrosion indicators

study
ES

The general corrosion indicators are determined with the


aid of a detailed map (Ordnance Survey type), which
indicates:
R

the ground contours: high spots are drier and better


aerated, therefore less corrosive; low spots are wet
W

and unaerated, therefore likely to be more corrosive.


water courses to be crossed, wet areas,
LO

ponds, marshes, lakes, peat beds and other low


areas, rich in humic acids and bacteria, and often
polluted,
estuaries, polders, salt marshes and saline soils
bordering the sea.

150
SOIL CORROSIVITY

n Pollution and specific corrosion indicators


Using drawings (obtained from public departments), the
following are determined:
areas polluted by various effluents, such as liquid
manure, distillery, dairy, papermaking waste (etc.) or
by sewage, mainly from households,
industrial wastes like slags, clinker, etc.
the proximity of other mains, like leaking effluent
mains,
industrial plants or equipment using direct current
electricity (cathodically protected structures, electric
traction systems, plants, etc.).

This survey indicates the various strata traversed and Geological


provides information on the nature of the terrain and its
survey

F
natural corrosivity.

PD
The following types of ground can be distinguished as a
first analysis:
low risk:
sands and gravels, N
O
stony material,
TI
limestones.
high risk:
LU

marls,
clays.
O

very high risk:


gypsum,
ES

pyrites (iron pyrites, copper pyrites),


salts used in chemical industry (sodium chloride,
R

calcium sulphate),
combustible fossil substances (lignites, peats,
W

coal, bitumen).
LO

Indications of the presence of fossil substances are to be


noted: pyrite ammonites in particular, which indicate that
the soil contains pyrites (iron sulphides) and is therefore
very corrosive, particularly since it is anaerobic.

151
SOIL CORROSIVITY

n Hydrogeology
Moisture is a contributing factor in soil corrosivity.
A hydrogeological study identifies impermeable soils likely
to retain water, as well as the presence of water retaining
strata. The boundaries of these soils are often marked
by the presence of springs. These boundaries warrant
particular attention: the corrosivity of the impermeable
layer may be very high. The same applies for water
retaining strata if they drain neighbouring soils containing
soluble mineral salts (sodium chloride, calcium sulphate,
etc.).

Site surveys Through visual observations, measurements (resistivity)


and analyses (soil samples), site surveys help to confirm

F
and complement the topographical and geological

PD
findings.
The resistivity of a soil gives information on its ability to
promote the phenomenon of electro chemical corrosion
N
of a metal. It is a particularly significant parameter,
because:
O
it integrates virtually all the factors that influence
TI

corrosivity (presence of salts, water, etc.),


it is very easy to measure on site (Wenner, or four
LU

pins, method).
The measurements are made along the provisional
O

pipeline route, at intervals dictated by the topography of


the terrain and the results obtained.
ES

The lower the resistivity, the greater the soil corrosivity.


Where the resistivity measurements fall below 3000
R

ohms x cm, it is considered advisable to take a soil


sample at the laying depth and measure its resistivity (as
W

received and minimum) in the laboratory.


LO

152
SOIL CORROSIVITY


Experience accumulated by SADIP over several
decades has shown that a high percentage of
Ductile iron
soils is only slightly or moderately corrosive, thus pipe protection
permitting the use of SADIP pipes provided with
their basic external protection: zinc spray coating
+ bituminous paint (see ZINC).
Extra protection is needed in certains areas (see
POLYETHYLENE SLEEVING). These are soils where the
analysis described above has revealed high corrosivity.
They also include:
made-up ground, containing rubble, clinker or industrial
waste (frequent in urban and industrial areas),
peaty soils (even if there is only a single layer of
peat),
soils contaminated with industrial, agricultural or
sewage effluents, etc.

F
soils containing mining waste (slag tips),

PD
soil affected by stray currents (railways, direct current
industrial equipment, the proximity of cathodically
protected structures with defective insulating
coatings...).
N
O
When passing through severely corrosive soils (sea
inlets, marshes, saline ground waters), the pipes must be
TI

completely insulated in the highly corrosive section.


LU

At customers request, SADIP technical teams


carry out soil surveys to evaluate their corrosivity
and to recommend the most suitable protection.
O
ES
R
W
LO

153
SOIL LOADS
(PIPE PERFORMANCE) SOIL LOADS (PIPE PERFORMANCE)

See also: The various types of pipes can be divided into three categories,
SAFETY FACTORS
FACTORS
depending on their performance:
DEPTH OF COVER
rigid pipes,
flexible pipes,
semi-rigid pipes.
Ductile iron pipes are classed as semi-rigid. They provide
a good compromise between resistance to top loading and
vertical deflection, thus providing long term operational
security.

F
PD
Pipe/soil system The mechanical performance of a buried pipe can only
Ground level
N
be understood by considering the pipe/soil system:
the interaction of the pipes with the surrounding soils
O
Top loading
depends on their stiffness or flexibility, which induces
TI
stresses under different laying conditions.
Resistance

Resistance

Pipes can be divided into three categories, according to


LU

their resistance to external loading;


rigid pipes,
O

flexible pipes,
ES

Resistance semi-rigid pipes.


R

Examples: asbestos cement, prestressed


Rigid pipes
n
W

Ground level concrete.


LO

n Performance: rigid pipes only accept a very small


amount of ovality before they fail. The deformation is
insufficient to bring the side support resistance of the
backfill into play. All the soil top load is supported by
the pipe, inducing high bending stresses in the walls.

n Design criteria: usually maximum crushing load.


Bending stresses
= bedding angle n Consequences: rigid pipes favour loads
concentration at the pipe crown and invert. The
performance of the rigid pipe/soil system is highly
dependent on the bedding angle () and therefore
on good bed preparation, particularly if there is any
vehicle loading.

154
SOIL LOADS
(PIPE PERFORMANCE)

n Examples: plastics, steel...


Ground level Flexible pipes
n Performance: flexible pipes withstand high vertical
deflection without failure. The soil top load is therefore
simply balanced by the pipe side support provided by
the surrounding backfill.

n Design criteria: maximum permissible ovality, or


E E
maximum permissible bending stress; also resistance
to buckling.

n Consequences: the stability of the flexible pipe/soil


system is directly dependent on the capacity of the
backfill to develop passive side support resistance,
therefore on its modulus of passive soil resistance E
and consequently on the quality of the backfill and its
compaction.

F
PD
n Examples: ductile iron. Semi-rigid pipes
Performance: semi-rigid pipes sustain sufficient N
Ground level
O
n
ovality for part of the soil top load to mobilise backfill
TI

side support. The forces brought into play are


therefore passive sidefill support and internal bending
LU

stresses in the pipe wall. The resistance to top loading


is therefore distributed between the resistance of
O

the pipe itself and that of the soil surround, the


contributions of each being a function of the ratio of
ES

pipe and soil stiffness.

n Design criteria: maximum permissible bending


R

stress (in small diameters) or maximum permissible


ovality (for large diameters).
W

n Consequences: by distributing the forces

LO

between the pipe and backfill, the semi-rigid


pipe/soil system provides security against any
changes in mechanical stressing with time, or
of the support conditions themselves.

155
SOILS
(MECHANICAL PROPERTIES) SOILS (MECHANICAL PROPERTIES)

See also: The data given below covers the generally accepted values for
DEPTH OF COVER
soil characterization. It does not dispense with actual site or
PIPE LAYING
LA STEEP INCLINE
ANCHOR BLOCKS
laboratory measurements.
JOINT - ANCHORING
SOIL LOADS (PIPE
PERFORMANCE)

F
PD
Average The values indicated in the table are those generally

characteristics N
accepted for soil characterization. They allow the use of
certain simplified design formulae given in this catalogue,
O
of commonly or an appreciation of the extent of their validity.
TI

encountered They cannot replace


measurements.
actual site or laboratory
LU

soils
Dry/Wet Submerged
O

Type of
ground

ES

degrees t/m3 degrees t/m3

Fragmented rock 40 2 35 1.1


R

Gravel, sands 35 1.9 30 1.1


Sand/gravel Silts/clays 30 2 25 1.1
W

Silts/clays 25 1.9 15 1
LO

Humus organic clays/silts 15 1.8 No average characteristics

: Angle of internal friction (in degrees)


: Density (in t/m3)

156
SOILS
(MECHANICAL PROPERTIES)

Type of backfill soil Modulus of passive resistance E Mean values of


Degree of compaction (Proctor)(e) backfill modulus
Description Classification(b) Uncompacted
Low
(<85%)
Average
(85% - 95%)
Good
(>95 %) of passive
MPa MPa MPa MPa resistance (E)(a)
Fine-grained soils (LL > 50%)(c) CH
Soils with medium to high MH Soil necessitating study and specific measurements
plasticity CH - MH

CL
Fine-grained soils (LL < 50%)
ML
Soils with medium to no
ML - CL 0.4 1.4 3 7
plasticity. With less than 25%
CL- CH
coarse-grained particles
ML - MH
CL
Fine-grained soils (LL < 50%)
ML
Soils with medium to no
ML - CL
plasticity. With more than 25%
CL- CH
coarse-grained particles
ML - MH

F
0.7 3 7 14
GM

PD
Coarse-grained soils with
GC
fines containing more
SM
than 12% fines
SC(d)

Coarse-grained soils with


little or no fines containing
GW
GP
1.4 7 14 N 20
O
SW
less than 12% fines
SP(d)
TI

Crushed rock 7 20
LU

(a) US Bureau of Reclamation assessment, applicable to


non-rigid pipes
O

(b) ASTM/D 2487 classification


ES

(c) LL = limit of water saturation (liquid limit)


(d) or all similar soils commencing with these symbols
R

(e) Proctor density degrees by method D 698, AASHOT-


99 (Maximum dry density of a standard 598000 J/m3
W

specimen)

ASTM D 2487 soil classification


LO

n
GW : Well-graded gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, little or
no fines
GP : Poorly graded gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, little
or no fines
GM : Silty gravels, poorly graded gravel-sand-silt
mixtures
GC : Clayey gravels, poor graded gravel-sand-clay
mixtures
SW : Well-graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no
fines
SP : Poorly graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no
fines
SM : Silty sands, poorly graded sand-silt mixtures
SC : Clayey sands, poorly graded sand-clay mixtures
ML : Inorganic silts and very fine sand, silty or clayey
fine sands
CL : Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity
MH : Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine
sandy or silty soils, elastic silts
CH : Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays.
157
STANDARDS STANDARDS

See also: SADIP products comply with European, British and International
CERTIFICATES
Standards.
QUALITY CONTROL

F
PD
Standard for Potable Water

Specifications ISO 9001 -2008 N


Model for Quality Assurance in Production, Installation and Servicing.
O
for Quality ISO 2531 Ductile Iron Pipes, Fittings and Accessories for Pressure Pipelines.
TI

Control BSEN 545 Ductile Iron Pipes, Fittings and Accessories and their joints for water
LU

pipelines. Requirements and test methods.


O

ISO 4179 Ductile Iron Pipes for pressure and Non pressure Pipelines -Centrifugal
Cement Mortar Lining - General Requirements.
ES

BS 4027 Specification for sulfate-resisting Portland cement. Requirements


for composition, strength, physical and chemical properties of three
R

strength classes.
W

ISO 8179 Ductile Iron Pipes - External Zinc Coating.


LO

BS 3416 Specification for Bitumen based coatings for cold application, suitable
for use in contact with potable water.

ISO 4633 Rubber Seals - joint Rings for water supply, Drainage and Sewerage
Pipelines-Specs for materials.

BS 2494 Specification for elastomeric seals for joints in pipe work and pipelines.

ISO 8180 Ductile Iron Pipes-Polyethylene Sleeving.

ANSI/AWWA AWWA Standard for polyethylene encasement for ductile Iron Pipe
C105/A21.5-10 Systems

BS EN 1092-2 Flanges and their joints. Circular flanges for pipes, valves, fittings &
accessories PN designated. Cast Iron Flanges

ISO 7005-2 Metallic Flanges - Part 2 Cast Iron Flanges

ISO 4014 Hexagon head bolts - Produced grades A&B

ISO 4032 Hexagon Nuts, Style 1 - Produced grades A&B

158
STANDARDS

for Sewage Application


Standard
ISO 7186 Ductile Iron Product for sewage application
Specifications
BSEN - 598 Ductile iron Pipes, fittings, accessories and their joints for sewerage for Quality
applications - Requirements and test methods.
Control
ISO 4633 Rubber Seals - joint Rings for water suppy, Drainage and Sewerage
Pipelines-Specs. for materials.

for Gas Application


BSEN - 969 Ductile iron Pipes, fittings, accessories and their joints for gas Pipelines
- Requirements and test methods.

ISO 6447 Rubber Seals - joint Rings used for gas supply, pipes and fittings
specifications for materials.

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

159
STORAGE - JOINT GASKETS STORAGE - JOINT GASKETS

See also: Certain precautions need to be taken when storing gaskets,


ELASTOMERS
because of their characteristics. These mainly concern:
the storage temperature,
the humidity or dryness of the storage atmosphere,
exposure to light,
length of storage

F
PD
Standards ISO 2230 give detailed recommendations
N
on gasket storage, for conserving their properties and
performance.
O
TI
LU

Storage The storage temperature must be below 25C.

temperature Gaskets must not be deformed at low temperature. Before


O

use, their temperature must be brought up to about 20C


over several hours, to allow them to recover their original
ES

suppleness (e.g. by immersion in tepid water).


R
W
LO

160
STORAGE - JOINT GASKETS

Vulcanized elastomeric SADIP joint gaskets must be


stored under moderately humid conditions.
Humidity/
dryness of the
storage
atmosphere

Elastomers are sensitive to ultra-violet light and ozone.


Stored gaskets must therefore be screened from light Exposure to
(direct sunlight and artificial light). light

SADIP considers acceptable to use normal joint gaskets


and flat gaskets stored under the conditions* stipulated Storage period

F
in Standards ISO 2230, within a period of six years

PD
following manufacture.
(* storage conditions for vulcanized elastomers).

N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

161
STORAGE - PIPES STORAGE - PIPES

See also: Storage of pipes and fittings on site must permit correct
HANDLING
inventory control and facilitate any repair work.
TRANSPORT
PACKING

Basic The storage area must be level.


Avoid:
instructions marshy ground,
shifting soils,
corrosive soils.
Deliveries must be inspected on arrival to the storage
area and if there is any damage (e.g. internal or
external coating damage), it must be repaired before
going into stock.
Stack the pipes in homogeneous piles (same

F
diameter), in accordance with a rational storage plan.

PD
The same applies for fittings and accessories.
Use sufficiently strong, good quality hard woods
(timbers, wedges).

N
It is always desirable to reduce the storage time as
much as possible.
O
Precautions need to be taken if the pipes have special
TI
coatings. Please consult us.
LU

Stacking n Bundle stacking


O

The bundles supplied by SADIP can be stacked in a pile


on 80 X 80 X 2 600 mm timbers, with 3 or 4 bundles per
ES

row, not exceeding a stack height of 2.50 m.


Check the condition of the bundles periodically; in
particular, the condition and tautness of the straps, as
R

well as the general stack stability.


W

n Pyramid stack, socket to spigot (Case 1)


LO

In practice, this is the method of most interest from the


point of view of safety, cost of supporting materials and
the ratio of the number of pipes stored to stack volume.
This method, however, necessitates end-lifting by means
of hooks (see HANDLING); use of multiple hooks allows
lifting of several pipes simultaneously.
Bottom layer: the bottom layer is laid on two timbers,
arranged in parallel, one being 1 m from the socket end
and the other 1 m from the spigot end. The pipes are also
parallel with one another. The sockets touch and are not
in contact with the ground. The pipes at the two ends are
secured at the sockets and spigots with large wooden
wedges nailed to the timbers. The intermediate pipes are
only secured at the spigot end, using smaller wedges.
Upper layers: the upper layers consist of pipes laid
alternately socket to spigot, with all the sockets in one
tier overhanging the spigot ends of the tier below, by
the length of the socket plus 10 cm (to prevent spigot
deformation). The barrels of two consecutive tiers are in
contact.

162
STORAGE - PIPES

n Uniform stack, sockets at same end (Case 2)


Bottom layer: the bottom layer is identical to the case
above.
Upper layers: the pipes are in line vertically. Each tier is
separated by timbers slightly thicker than the difference
in diameter (socket-barrel).
The end of pipes in each tier are secured by wedges
nailed to the timbers. This method allows all types
of lifting (end-hooks, slings around the barrels, forklift
trucks).

n Square stacks (Case 3)


Bottom layer: laying and wedging of the bottom layer
is identical to the first method, but the pipes are socket

F
to spigot; their barrels are in contact. In addition, the

PD
sockets project beyond the spigots of adjacent pipes by
the whole socket length, plus 5 cm. For DN 150 pipes
stacking is on three timbers (instead of 2).
Upper layers: each tier consists of parallel pipes laid
socket to spigot, as in the bottom layer. The pipes in N
O
one tier run at right angles to those in the tier below.
TI
The pipe ends are consequently wedged naturally by
the alternating sockets in the tier below. This method
LU

keeps the packing material to a minimum, but involves


individual lifting of pipes because of the stack formation.
It is strongly recommended however that it should not be
O

used for pipes with special coatings, in view of the type


of support (point contacts).
ES

Depending on the type of stacking, pipe class and DN,


R

it is recommended that the values below should not be


exceeded.
W

Maximum number of tiers as a function of stack formation Stack height


LO

DN Case 1 Cases 2 and 3

K7 K8 K9 K7 K8 K9

80 70 30
100 58 27
150 40 22
200 31 18
250 25 16
300 21 14
350 18 12
400 16 11
450 14 10
500 12 8
600 9 10 7 7
700 6 7 5 5
800 4 5 6 3 4 4
900 4 4 5 3 3 4
1000 3 3 3 2 2 3
163
TRANSPORT TRANSPORT

See also: Some simple loading and securing rules must be observed to
HANDLING
minimize the risk of accidents during transport.
STORAGE - PIPES
PACKING

F
PD
Vehicles must be suitable for transporting, loading and
N
unloading ductile iron pipes and fittings. The following
basic rules must be observed:
O
Prevent any contact between the pipeline components
TI

and metal surfaces (to avoid coating damage).


Prevent any direct pipe contact with the bottom of
LU

the trailer (keep the pipes horizontal with two parallel


rows of good quality timbers fastened to the floor).
O

Facilitate pipe loading and unloading under safe


conditions (use textile slings or protected hooks; do
ES

not use wire ropes).


Ensure the load is in good order during transport.
R

Use vehicles and trailers equipped with side supports


to stabilize the load (adequately sized stanchions on
W

either side of the floor).


Secure the load with textile straps and a tautening
LO

device.
Please consult us for further details on the recommended
handling methods, etc., depending on the means of
transport.
Particular precautions are needed in the case of special
coatings: Please consult us.

164
TRANSPORT

n Bundle lifting
DN 60 to 300 bundles are unloaded with flat textile
slings.

Stringing out

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU

Unless specified otherwise, string the pipes out along


the trench side opposite the excavated material, with
O

the sockets pointing in the direction of laying (spigot


end directed towards start of laying).
ES

Avoid:
dragging the pipes on the ground, as this risks
R

damaging the external coating,


dropping pipes to the ground, even with tyres or
W

sand interposed,
stringing out pipes in areas of risk : e.g. machines
LO

passing frequently, use of explosives (risk of flying


stones).
depositing pipes on large stones, or precariously
balanced.

165
WATER - AGGRESSIVE WATER - AGGRESSIVE

See also: Waters conveyed through pipe systems can have very different
COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING
physico-chemical properties.
A water can be characterized by its corrosivity (propensity
to attack exposed metals) and its aggressivity (to cement
based materials). SADIP pipes are internally protected with
linings which enable them to carry the various types of waters
encountered.

F
PD
The behaviour of a water towards ferrous metals
N
and cement based products depends on a number of
factors: the mineral salts and oxygen contents, electrical
O
conductivity, pH, calcium carbonate equilibrium, tempe-
TI
rature, etc.
Two main types of waters have to be considered:
LU

corrosive waters, capable of attacking unprotected


metal,
O

aggressive waters, capable of attacking cement based


materials.
ES

Corrosive Definition
R

waters Certain waters attack metal pipes which are uncoated


W

internally. In most cases the corrosion is due to the


oxygen contained in the water. The chemical reactions
LO

produce ferrous, then ferric hydroxides, forming nodules


and tuberculation which can eventually reduce the pipe
cross section and significantly increase head loss.

n Reality of the problem


This phenomenon is encountered in old mains
having no mortar lining. SADIP ductile iron pipes
are lined with cement mortar, which eliminates
this risk.
It should be noted that corrosion by potable waters
is generally a slow process. The potability Standards
recommend the distribution of non-corrosive, non-
aggressive waters, thus guaranteeing both the
permanence of the water quality and the protection of
pipelines and public and private installations.

166
WATER - AGGRESSIVE

n Definition
Aggressive
The aggressivity of a water is defined as its propensity
to attack calcium containing substances (e.g. cements). waters
Depending on the chemical analysis, mineral content, pH
and temperature of the water, three cases can occur:
waters in calco-carbonic equilibrium neither cause
attack, nor calcium carbonate deposition at a given
temperature,
scale depositing waters have a tendency to deposit
calcium salts (carbonates...) on the pipe inner
surface,
aggressive waters can attack certain components
of calcium containing cement mortars (lime, calcium
carbonates, calcium silicates or silico-aluminates).

F
n Determination

PD
Aggressivity determination is based on water analysis,
either by means of graphs which indicate the position
of the water examined in relation to the equilibrium
curve, or more simply by a computer program. This
method allows rapid characterization of the water, in N
O
particular at different temperatures, and allows the free
CO2 content and characteristic indices to be calculated,
TI

e.g. the LANGELIER saturation index, which gives the


LU

difference between the actual pH value of the water and


the saturation pH value.
O

Reality of the phenomenon


ES

Water quality recommendations tend increasingly


towards improvement of potable waters quality by
R

demanding that these waters shall be neither aggressive


nor corrosive.
W

However, given the wide variety of waters supplied, it is


possible to encounter low mineral content waters (soft
LO

waters), which can attack materials in contact with them,


just like corrosive and/or aggressive waters.
SADIP has computer programs for water aggressivity
assessment to help select the best type of internal
lining.

167
WATER DEMAND /
RESOURCES WATER DEMAND / RESOURCES

See also: The design of a system must take into account:


DIAMETER (SELECTION)
the water demand, estimated by statistical or analytical
methods,
the water resources, determined from the appropriate
hydrogeological and hydrological data for each region.

F
PD
Assessment of n V
Volume

water demands N
The volume of water needed to supply a community
O
depends on:
TI
the size and types of localities being served,
the municipal, agricultural and industrial demands,
LU

the practices of the population.


In general, the following mean daily consumptions are
O

assumed per head of population:


rural communities: 130 to 180 litres (excluding
ES

agricultural requirements),
medium size communities: 200 to 250 litres (including
R

municipal requirements),
towns: 300 to 450 litres (including municipal
W

requirements), possibly more in urban areas.


It is advisable in all cases to design the water trunk and
LO

distribution systems taking into account the prospects for


long term urban development in the area.
The presence of communal buildings or industrial
type units must be taken into account. The average
requirements for common examples are:
schools: 100 litres per pupil per day,
slaughter houses: 500 litres per head of livestock,
dairies, butter and cheese making: 5 litres per litre of
processed milk,
hospitals: 400 litres per bed per day,
wine making: 2 litres per litre of product,
fire fighting: a minimum reserve of 120 m3, capable
of supplying a DN 100 hydrant for 2 hours. Some
fire fighting departments may have additional
requirements.
industry: each case has to be studied separately.

168
WATER DEMAND /
RESOURCES

It is essential to provide a safety margin, to take into


account (a) the oversights and the inaccuracies which
may affect the estimates and (b) the effective yield of the
system, which is defined as:

Volume metered
y=
Volume supplied

Net requirement
Gross water requirement = K
y sec x Kcol

n Flow rate
Communities (large number of consumers)
Flow requirements are assessed as daily and hourly
peaks. A distribution system is usually designed to carry

F
the hourly peak demand.

PD
Vd Av. 3/h)
Qp = Kd x Kh xx (m
24
N
O
where:
V annual (m3)
TI

VdAv. = : average daily consumption


365 throughout the year
LU

Vh max
Kh = x 24 : hourly peak coefficient
Vd max
O

Vd max
Kd = : daily peak coefficient
ES

Vd Av.
Vhmax : volume used during hour of greatest con-
sumption on the day of highest consumption
R

(m3/hour)
W

Vdmax : volume used on the day of highest con-


sumption during the year (m3/day).
LO

Communal dwellings (small number of consumers)


Flow requirements are not calculated on the basis of the
number of consumers but on the basis of the number
of items of equipment (washbasins, sinks, W.Cs etc),
weighted by a coefficient of simultaneous usage:
Q = k.n.q.
where:
q : unit flow of a piece of equipment
n : number of items of equipment (n > l)
1
k= : probability coefficient of simultaneous usage
n-1 (not significant for large values of n).

169
WATER DEMAND /
RESOURCES

n Simple example n 1

Assumptions
Semi-rural community:
present village: 1 500 inhabitants
future housing developments: 1 000 inhabitants
(anticipating next 25 years)
Annual volume metered : 75 000 m3
Estimated system yield : y = 75%
Estimated peak coefficients : Kd = 2.5; Kh = 1.8

Calculations and results


Future annual volume:
Vafuture = 75 000 + (0.2 x 1 000 x 365) = 148 000 m3

F
(estimated daily consumption per person: 200 1)

PD
Va future 148 000
Kcol = = = 1.97
Va annual 75 000

N
Allowance for uncertainty of data: 20% (Ksec = 1.2)
O
Gross annual requirement :
TI

Va
B = x Kcol x Ksec = 236 000 m3
LU

Future average daily flow:


O

236 000
QdAv.f = = 647m3
ES

365

Future peak hourly flow:


R

Q
Qp = Kd x Kh x dAv.f = 121 m3/h
W

24
LO

In this example a supply main for the village should


be designed to provide a delivery of 121 m3/h, looking
ahead for 25 years.

170
WATER DEMAND /
RESOURCES

n Simple example n 2

Assumptions
Communal dwelling:
10 flats
7 items of equipment / flat
average unit flow per item: 0.1 l/s

Calculations and results


The booster pump supplying this building, for example,
must provide a flow Q = k.n.q where:

1
k = = 0.12
(7 x 10) - 1

F
PD
Q = 0.1 x 70 x 0.12 = 0.84 l/s

N
O
TI
LU

Water can be collected from subsurface sources (aquifers,


Water resource
O

springs), or surface sources (rivers, lakes, dams etc).


evaluation
ES

In all cases a precise study needs to be made of


the hydrology, hydrography and hydrogeology of the
catchment areas, the yield from which may vary very
R

considerably throughout the year.


W

A series of gauge measurements of springs and rivers, or


pumping tests on subsurface waters, carried out over a
LO

long period, enables a statistical assessment of changes


in flow to be made. From those figures, it is then possible
to assess the quantity of available water, particularly
during dry seasons.
Where the flow of a river is inadequate (low levels), a
reservoir has to be created by construction of a barrage
or earth dam.
If no measurements are available, the flow of a river can
be estimated at its outlet by various methods related to
the morphology and hydrology of its catchment basin.

171
WATER HAMMER WATER HAMMER

See also: During the design of a pipeline, the possible risk of water
SAFETY FACTORS
FACTORS
hammer must be examined and quantified, in order to install the
PRESSURES - MAXIMUM
PERMISSIBLE necessary protection devices, particularly in pumping mains.
DIAMETER (SELECTION) If protection devices have not been provided, ductile iron pipes
PIPELINE PROFILE
have a safety coefficient which is often useful when faced with
ENGINEERING DATA
DA
accidental pressure surges.

F
PD
Sources of If the flow rate of a liquid in a main is abruptly altered,

water hammer N
there is a violent change in pressure. This transient
problem, known as water hammer, generally occurs when
O
ancillary equipment is interrupted or operated (pumps,
TI
valves...). Waves of pressure surges and pressure drops
sweep through the main.
LU

Water hammer can occur equally well in gravity and


pumping mains.
O

There are four main sources of water hammer:


ES

pump starting and stopping,


closing of valves, fire and sluicing hydrants, etc.
R

the presence of air,


inadequate functioning of the protective equipment.
W
LO

Consequences The pressure surges involved can rupture certain pipes


in critical cases, where the safety factors are inadequate.
The pressure drops can create pockets of cavitation,
prejudicial to pipes and valves, etc.

It should also be noted that ductile iron has a high


safety margin:

surges: SADIP allows a 20% excess over the maximum


permissible pressure for transient pressure surges;
see PRESSURES - MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE
pressure drops: the joint guarantees a seal against
external ingress, even in the case of partial vacuum
in the main.
When the expected pressure variations are too important,
the pipeline may be equipped with water hammer
protection devices: compensatory water column, surge
tank, etc.

172
WATER HAMMER

The pipeline profile is the determinant factor in deciding


the tank dimensions. In practice, the minimum pressure

F
drop curve (after installing protection devices) must not

PD
fall more than five metres below the actual profile of the
main.
The surge tank volume can be determined from the
PUECH and MEUNIER graphs, or from computer
programs. N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

173
WELDING (ANCHOR BEAD) WELDING (ANCHOR BEAD)

See also: SADIP anchoring systems require a weld bead on the pipe
JOINT - ANCHORED ST
STANDARD/
ANDARD/
TRIDUCT
spigot. If a pipe is cut off on site, a new bead must be applied.
CUTTING PIPE
REPAIR - EXTERNAL COA
COATING

F
PD
Material Electric welding unit: static, rotary or continuous, able

required Nto deliver 150 amperes minimum.


O
Welders tackle.
Electric or pneumatic grinder.
TI

Nickel-iron electrodes: brands recommended by


LU

SADIP:
GRICAST 31 3.2 from MESSER GRIESHEIM,
UTP 86 FN/5 3.2 from DOGA,
O

XUPER 2230 3.2 from CASTOLIN.


ES

Copper guide ring (one per DN) for bead deposition,


having the characteristics given in the table below:
R
W
LO

174
WELDING (ANCHOR BEAD)

Copper guide ring

Ring Holding lugs BOLTS


DN
D e b c g i d dl l Mass

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg

80 96 5 25 0.630
100 116 5 25 0.700
125 142 5 25 8 40 12.5 9 8 80/50 0.790
150 168 5 25 0.890
200 220 5 25 1.100
250 271 5 35 1.700
300 323 5 35 1.900
350 375 5 35 2.200
8 40 12.5 9 8 80/50

F
400 627 5 35 2.600

PD
450 477 5 35 2.700
500 528 5 35 3.200
600 631 5 50 4.900
700 734 5 50 N 5.600
O
800 837 5 50 8 40 12.5 9 8 80/50 6.400
TI

900 940 5 50 7.000


LU

1000 1043 5 50 7.800


O

Procedure
ES

n Surface preparation for welding


Mark the weld bead position on the spigot with the aid
of the copper ring.
R
W
LO

Carefully grind the area for bead deposition over a


width of:
25 mm for DN < 1400
30 to 35 mm for DN 1400.
The grinding must not affect the pipe thickness.

175
WELDING (ANCHOR BEAD)

Position and clamp the copper ring behind the weld


position, paying attention to dimension a (in following
table).
The ring must fit the pipe snugly. Tap
T it lightly with a
hammer if necessary to obtain a good fit.

n Weld bead deposition


Deposit the weld bead against the copper ring, to give
a flat face vertical to the pipe surface. The bead must
be applied in a single pass by an experienced welder

F
(for DN 1 200), using 3.2 mm diameter electrodes.

PD
It is important to keep to the b and c bead
dimensions in the table.

N
O
TI

Work preferably between marks A and B. Keep to this


working area by rotating the pipe.
LU
O
ES
R
W

External coating repair


LO

After cleaning and brushing the weld bead, brush-


apply solvent free epoxy on the bead as well as on
the chamfer (if the pipe has been cut)
(Endokote 465-21, 465-30, or equivalent).

176
WELDING (ANCHOR BEAD)

Dimensions
and bead
location

a b c

DN Nominal Tolerance Nominal Tolerance Nominal Tolerance Nr of passes

F
mm mm mm mm mm mm

PD
80 85
100 90
125 95
3 N
O
150 95
7
200 100
TI

250 110
LU

300 115
350 114
O

3 1 1 1
400 113 3.5
ES

450 120
500 125
8
R

600 135
700 158
W

4
800 165
LO

900 178
9
1000 204

177
WORKS TESTING WORKS TESTING

See also: Every SADIP pipe and fitting undergoes a works internal
PRESSURES (TERMINOLOGY)
pressure test, in accordance with International Standards.
MANUFACTURE
STANDARDS The only purpose of this hydraulic pressure test is to check
the integrity of the castings: the maximum allowable service
pressures may be higher than the works test pressure (see
PRESSURES-MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE).

Socket pipes DN
Works hydraulic test pressure (bars)

K7 K8 K9

80 to 300 60

F
350 to 500 50

PD
600 40 50
700 40 40

N
800 to 1000 32 40 40
O
Every pipe is subjected to a works hydraulic pressure
test at the pressure indicated in the table above.
TI

Standards ISO 2531.


LU

Socket fittings
O

DN Leaktightness test
ES

Air test at a minimum of 1 bar


80 to 1800 Checked with foaming agent or
R

water immersion

Every fitting is subjected to an air test of at least 1


W

bar.
Standards ISO 2531.
LO

178
WORKS TESTING

DN
Mechanical pressure
Leak test
Flanged pipes
strength

Integral 1 bar air test for 30 s.


flanges Checked with
700 to 1600 foaming agent
Welded-on Hydraulic works 1 bar air test for 1 min.
flanges test at 1.5 PN Checked with
60 to 1400 foaming agent

Checked individually in the works in accordance with


the above criteria.
Standards ISO 2531.

DN Leaktightness test
Flanged fittings

F
PD
1 bar air test for 30 s.
80 to 1800
Checked with foaming agent

Every fitting is subjected to a 1 bar air test.


Standards ISO 2531. N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

179
ZINC ZINC

See also: The SADIP pipe coating consists of a layer of sprayed metallic
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
zinc, covered with bituminous paint (pore-sealer).
SOIL CORROSIVITY
POLYETHYLENE SLEEVING It is an active coating, suitable for the majority of soils.
Standards: ISO 8179

F
PD
Coating The zinc coating comprises:

composition N
A layer of metallic zinc applied by electric arc spray
O
gun (minimum quantity: 200 g/m2, which represents a
50% increase over the International Standards, which
TI

prescribed 130 g/m2),


A bituminous paint finish (pore-sealer), average
LU

thickness120 microns.
O
ES

Protection Zinc coating is an active protection, due to the galvanic


action of the zinc/iron couple. It performs by a dual
mechanism mechanism:
R
W

Pore-sealer Metallic zinc


LO

Pipe wall

n Formation of a stable protective layer


In contact with soil, the metallic zinc is slowly
transformed into a dense, adherent, impermeable
continuous layer of zinc salts.
The bituminous paint (pore-sealer) acts as a membrane,
favouring the formation of insoluble zinc salts rather than
soluble zinc hydroxides.

180
Zinc

Zinc corrosion
products

Zn++ions current i

iron
Damage

n Damage self-healing
This mechanism occurs first.

F
One of the particular features of external zinc

PD
coating is its capacity for restoring the continuity
of the protective layer at points where it is locally
damaged.
The Zn++ ions migrate through the pore-sealer to plug N
O
the damage and are then converted into stable insoluble
zinc products.
TI
LU
O
ES

Since zinc based coating has shown itself to


Usage range
R

be very effective in the majority of moderately


corrosive soils, SADIP has adopted it as the
W

standard coating for all its pipes.


There are however certain circumstances where the zinc
LO

coating needs to be supplemented with polyethylene


sleeving.
(see POLYETHYLENE SLEEVING):
in cases where the protective layer of zinc salts
cannot form (acidic environments, pH < 5), or when
the salts formed are carried away by flowing water.
and, in general, in cases of very corrosive soils and
backfills. See SOIL CORROSIVITY.
In cases of extremely corrosive soils, complete shielding
of the main is recommended, limited to the highly
corrosive area.
SADIP technical teams carry out soil surveys at
customers request, in order to recommend the
most suitable external protection.

Standards
ISO 8179: Ductile iron pipes: external zinc
coating.

181
PRODUC
F
PRODUcT PD
N
O

DaTa
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

182
CT DaTa
Standard/Triduct
Anchored Standard/Anchored Triduct
Express
Flange Joint PN10, PN16, PN 25, PN40,
BS 10- Table E Flange Joint
PN 20 Flange Joint (ANSI 125 -150)
JOinTS
DN
D
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
N 80
80
80
80
80
80
to 1

to

to
to
1000
000
to 1000
800
to 1200
600
350
Page
184
186
187
188
192
193

F
PiPeS

PD
Standard K9 Pipes Anchored Standard K9 pipes DN 80 to 1000 194
Express K9 Pipes DN 80 to 800 195
Flanged Pipes - Welded, Integrally Cast Flanges
N DN 80 to 1200 196
O
TI

BenDS
LU

Double Socket Bend -90, 45, 22.5, 11.25 DN 80 to 1200 198


Double Flange Bend -90, Duct Foot, 45, 22.5, 11.25
O

DN 80 to 1200 206
ES

TeeS
R

All Socket Tees DN 80 to 1200 212


Flange branch on Double Socket Tees DN 80 to 1200 214
W

All Flange Tees DN 80 to 1200 226


LO

ReDUcTiOn anD caPPing FiTTing


Double Socket Taper DN 80 to 1200 234
Double Flange Taper DN 80 to 1200 236
Reducing Flanges - Blank Flange DN 200 to 1200 240

STRaigHT FiTTingS
Collars - Flange Socket DN 80 to 1200 244
Flange Spigot - Pipe Blocks DN 80 to 1200 248
Flange Pipes with Puddle DN 80 to 1200 256

cOnnecTing anD RePaiR PieceS


Couplings Flange Adaptors Dismantling Joints DN 80 to 1200 258

183
JOinTS JOinTS
Standard Joint

Standard Dn 80 to 1000
Dn 80 to 1000

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R

Gasket
Nominal OD ID P B
mass
W

diameter
DN
LO

mm mm mm mm kg

80 98 101 90 168 0.140


100 118 121 92 189 0.200
125 144 147 95 216 0.240
150 170 173 98 243 0.290
200 222 225 104 296 0.380
250 274 277 104 353 0.500
300 326 329 105 410 0.710
350 378 381 108 465 0.900
400 429 432 110 517 1.100
450 480 483 113 575 1.320
500 532 535 115 630 1.540
600 635 638 120 739 2.160
700 738 741 145 863 2.870
800 842 845 145 974 3.670
900 945 948 145 1082 4.610
1000 1048 1051 155 1191 5.590
184
JOinTS

triduct Joint

Triduct
Dn 80 to 1000

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R

Gasket
Nominal OD ID P B
mass
W

diameter
DN
LO

mm mm mm mm kg

80 98 101 84 168 0.140


100 118 121 88 189 0.165
125 144 147 91 216 0.200
150 170 173 94 243 0.235
200 222 225 100 296 0.390
250 274 277 105 353 0.510
300 326 329 110 410 0.715
350 378 381 110 465 0.830
400 429 432 110 517 1.150
450 480 483 120 575 1.300
500 532 535 120 630 1.700
600 635 638 120 739 2.400
700 738 741 150 863 3.500
800 842 845 160 974 4.900
900 945 948 175 1082 6.200
1000 1048 1051 185 1191 7.800
185
JOinTS

anchored Standard Joint


anchored triduct Joint

anchored
nchored
Standard
anchored
nchored
Triduct
Dn 80 to 1000

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES

P Bolt Masses
R

Nominal OD E Diameter Gasket


diameter STANDARD TRIDUCT Number Gland Ring per bolt
Length STANDARD TRIDUCT
DN
W

mm mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg kg
LO

80 98 90 84 234 4 3.500 0.550 0.140 0.140


100 118 92 88 255 4 4.800 0.480 0.200 0.165
125 144 95 91 285 6 D2 7.900 0.680 0.240 0.200 0.350
150 170 98 94 311 6 22 x 70 7.500 0.930 0.290 0.235
200 222 104 100 364 8 9.500 1.500 0.380 0.390
250 274 104 105 457 6 21 2.800 0.500 0.510
300 326 105 110 516 8 28 3.700 0.710 0.715
350 378 108 110 570 8 28.500 4.500 0.900 0.830
D7
400 429 110 110 618 10 36 4.500 1.100 1.150 0.750
27 x 102
450 480 113 120 671 14 41 5.500 1.320 1.300
500 532 115 120 734 16 58 6.700 1.540 1.700
600 635 120 120 840 20 63.500 9.600 2.160 2.400
700 738 145 150 958 24 109 14.600 2.870 3.500
800 842 160 1069 30 27 115 11.200 4.900
0.920
900 945 175 1178 30 27 x 123 150 13.600 6.200

1000 1048 185 1286 30 188 15.300 7.800

186
JOinTS

eXPreSS Joint

express
xpress
Dn 80 to 800

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES

Bolt Masses
R

Nominal OD ID P E Diameter Per


diameter Number Gland Gasket
Length bolt
W

DN
mm mm mm mm mm kg kg kg
LO

80 98 101 90 249 3 2.7 0.075


100 118 121 92 270 3 2.9 0.105
125 144 147 95 290 3 D2 3.2 0.145
150 170 173 98 324 4 22 x 70 4 0.170
200 222 225 104 364 5 5 0.250
250 274 277 104 417 6 6.2 0.310 0.350

300 326 329 105 474 7 8 0.440


D4
350 378 381 108 529 8 9 0.570
31 x 80
400 429 432 110 582 9 11 0.640
450 480 483 113 669 8 16.5 0.810
500 532 535 115 725 10 19.5 0.900
600 635 638 120 836 12 D7 26 1.300 0.750

700 738 741 145 955 16 27 x 102 38 3.140


800 842 845 145 1068 18 47 4.070

187
JOinTS

Pn 10 flanged Joint

Pn 10 flange Dn 80 to 600
Dn 80 to 1200

Dn 700 TO 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU

Bolt Masses
O

Nominal D g a c Dimension Plain Reinforced


diameter Number Bolt
HM L / X gasket gasket
ES

DN
mm mm mm mm mm kg kg kg
R

80 200 132 23.0 HM 16 x 85/57 0.196 0.032 0.140


100 220 156 23.0 0.040 0.170
HM 16 x 90/62 0.198
W

125 250 184 24.5 8 0.050 0.200


3
LO

150 285 211 26.0 0.060 0.240


HM 20 x 100/72 0.355
200 340 266 29.0 0.085 0.310
250 400 319 32.0 HM 20 x 110/76 0.381 0.115 0.440
12
300 455 370 36.0 HM 20 x 120/83 0.411 0.125 0.560
350 505 429 39.0 HM 20 x 130/93 0.433 0.240 0.890
16
400 565 482 42.0 4 HM 24 x 140/103 0.698 0.250 1.005
450 615 527 45.0 HM 24 x 130/93 0.655 0.260 1.100
500 670 582 48.0 20 HM 24 x 150/110 0.733 0.310 1.235
600 780 682 55.0 HM 27 x 170/122 1.055 0.370 1.800
700 895 794 32.5 24 HM 27 x 150/105 0.975 0.610 2.040
800 1015 901 35.0 24 0.790 2.845
HM 30 x 160/110 1.335
900 1115 1001 37.5 5 0.880 3.155
28
1000 1230 1112 40.0 HM 33 x 180/117 1.806 1.080 3.500
1100 1340 1221 42.5 HM 33 x 160/100 1.680 1.250 4.540
32
1200 1455 1328 45.0 HM 36 x 180/110 2.260 1.560 4.945

188
JOinTS

Pn 16 flanged Joint

Dn 80 to 600 Pn 16 flange
Dn 80 to 1200

Dn 700 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU

Bolt Masses
O

Nominal D g a c Dimension Plain Reinforced


diameter Number Bolt
HM L / X gasket gasket
ES

DN
mm mm mm mm mm kg kg kg
R

80 200 132 23.0 HM 16 x 85/57 0.196 0.032 0.140


100 220 156 23.0 0.040 0.170
W

8 HM 16 x 90/62 0.198
125 250 184 24.5 0.050 0.200
3
LO

150 285 211 26.0 0.060 0.240


HM 20 x 100/72 0.355
200 340 266 29.0 0.085 0.310
250 400 319 32.0 12 HM 24 x 110/82 0.586 0.115 0.440
300 455 370 36.0 0.125 0.560
HM 24 x 130/93 0.655
350 520 429 39.0 0.240 0.890
16
400 580 482 42.0 4 HM 27 x 150/105 0.975 0.250 1.005
450 640 527 45.0 HM 27 x 130/90 0.885 0.350 1.100
500 715 582 48.0 20 HM 30 x 160/110 1.335 0.460 1.235
600 840 682 55.0 HM 33 x 180/117 1.806 0.600 1.800
700 910 794 39.5 HM 33 x 150/100 1.605 0.610 2.040
24
800 1025 901 43.0 0.790 2.845
HM 36 x 160/92 2.100
900 1125 1001 46.5 5 0.880 3.155
28
1000 1125 1112 50.0 HM 39 x 180/105 2.743 1.080 3.500
1100 1355 1215 53.5 1.250 4.540
32 HM 45 x 210/115 4.081
1200 1485 1328 57.0 1.560 4.945

189
JOinTS

Pn 25 flanged Joint

Pn 25 flange Dn 80 to 600
Dn 80 to 1200

Dn 700 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU

Bolt Masses
O

Nominal D g a c Dimension Reinforced


diameter Number Bolt
HM L / X gasket
ES

DN
mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
R

80 200 132 23 HM 16 x 85/57 0.196 0.140


100 235 156 23 HM 20 x 100/72 0.355 0.170
W

8
125 270 184 24.5 0.200
3
LO

150 300 211 26 HM 24 x 110/82 0.586 0.240


200 360 266 29 0.310
12
250 425 319 32 0.440
HM 27 x 130/90 0.885
300 485 370 36 0.560
350 555 429 39 16 HM 30 x 140/93 1.226 0.890
400 620 482 42 4 1.005
HM 33 x 150/100 1.605
450 670 527 45 1.100
500 730 582 48 20 HM 33 x 160/100 1.672 1.235
600 845 682 55 HM 36 x 180/110 2.260 1.800
700 960 820 46.5 HM 39 x 180/105 2.743 2.040
24
800 1085 928 51 2.845
HM 45x 190/110 3.861
900 1185 1028 55.5 5 3.155
28
1000 1320 1140 60.0 3.500
1100 1420 1242 64.5 HM 52 x 230/130 6.028 4.540
32
1200 1530 1350 69.0 4.946

190
JOinTS

Pn 40 flanged Joint

Pn 40 Flange
Dn 80 to 300

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

Bolt Masses
Nominal D g a c Dimension Reinforced
diameter Number Bolt
HM L / X gasket
DN
mm mm mm mm mm kg kg

80 200 132 23 HM 16 x 85/57 0.196 0.140


100 235 156 23 HM 20 x 100/72 0.355 0.170
125 270 184 24.5 0.200
3 8 HM 24 x 110/82 0.586
150 300 211 26 0.240
200 375 266 33 HM 27 x 130/90 0.885 0.310
12
250 450 345 37 0.440
HM 30 x 140/93 1.226
300 515 409 42 4 16 0.560

191
JOinTS

BS 10 - taBle e flanged Joint

BS 10 - e Flange Dn 100 to 400 and Dn 600


Dn 80 to 600

Dn 80 and Dn 500

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

Bolt Masses
Nominal D g a c Dimension Plain
diameter Number Bolt
HM L / X gasket
DN
mm mm mm mm inch kg kg

80 184.1 132 19 3 4 5/8 x 3 x 1 1/2 0.173 0.032


100 215.2 156 23 3 8 5/8 x 3 x 1 1/2 0.173 0.040
150 279.4 211 26 3 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 2 0.337 0.060
200 336.6 266 29 3 8 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 2 0.337 0.085
250 406.4 319 32 3 12 3/4 x 4 1/2 x 2 1/4 0.460 0.115
300 457.2 370 36 3 12 7/8 x 4 1/2 x 2 1/4 0.700 0.125
350 527 429 39 3 12 7/8 x 4 1/2 x 2 1/4 0.700 0.240
400 578 482 42 4 12 7/8 x 4 1/2 x 2 1/4 0.700 0.250
500 705 582 31.5 4 16 7/8 x 4 1/2 x 2 1/4 0.700 0.310
600 825 682 55 4 16 1 1/8 x 6 1/2 x 5 1.300 0.370

192
JOinTS

Pn 20 flanged Joint (anSi 125-150)

Pn 20 flange
(anS
Si 125-150)
Dn 80 to 350

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

Bolt Masses
Nominal D g a c Dimension Plain
diameter Number Bolt
HM L / X gasket
DN
mm mm mm mm inch kg kg

80 190 132 23 3 4 HM 16 X 85/57 0.196 0.032


100 229 156 23 3 8 HM 16 X 85/57 0.196 0.040
125 254 184 24.5 3 8 HM 20 X 100/72 0.355 0.050
150 279 211 26 3 8 HM 20 X 100/72 0.355 0.060
200 343 266 29 3 8 HM 20 X 100/72 0.355 0.085
250 405 319 32 3 12 HM 24 X 110/82 0.586 0.125
300 483 370 36 3 12 HM 24 X 110/82 0.586 0.240
350 533 429 39 4 12 HM 27 X 130/90 0.885 0.250

Note: See page 55.

193
PiPeS PiPeS
Socket PiPeS

Standard k 9 PiPeS - anchored Standard


k 9 PiPeS

Standard
anchored
nchored

F
Standard

PD
Dn 80 to 1000
N
O
TI

STANDARD joint pipes are available in two versions:


unrestrained (all DNs),
LU

self-anchored (DN 80 to 1000).


Pipes with ANCHORED STANDARD joint have an anchor bead welded at works.
O

The metric masses are calculated from the average manufacturing lengths.
ES

These metric masses cannot, under any circumstances, be used as references during
commercial transactions or for inspection of the pipes.
Nominal Average Barrel Socket Nominal masses
R

diameter working iron


length thickness OD ID P B per pipe per meter
W

DN L e (K9)
m mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
LO

80 6 6 98 101 90 168 87.5 15


100 6 6.1 118 121 92 189 109 18.5
125 6 6.2 144 147 95 216 137 23
150 6 6.3 170 173 98 243 164 27.5
200 6 6.4 222 225 104 296 222 37
250 6 6.8 274 277 104 353 290 48
300 6 7.2 326 329 105 410 364 61
350 6 7.7 378 381 108 465 482 80.5
400 6 8.1 429 432 110 517 573 95.5
450 6 8.6 480 483 113 575 676 113
500 6 9 532 535 115 630 781 131
600 6 9.9 635 638 120 739 1018 170
700 6 10.8 738 741 145 863 1310 218
800 6 11.7 842 845 145 974 1605 267
900 6 12.6 945 948 145 1082 1925 320
1000 6 13.5 1048 1051 153 1191 2273 378

194
PiPeS

k 9 eXPreSS PiPe

express
xpress
Dn 80 to 800

F
PD
N
O
EXPRESS pipes cannot be self-anchored.
TI

Anchored joint pipes can however be supplied, see:


LU

ANCHORED STANDARD, ANCHORED TRIDUCT.


The metric masses are calculated from the average manufacturing lengths.
O

These metric masses cannot, under any circumstances, be used as references during
commercial transactions or for inspection of the pipes.
ES
R

Nominal Average Barrel Socket Nominal masses


W

diameter working iron


length thickness OD ID P B per pipe per meter
LO

DN L e (K9)
m mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
80 6 6 98 101 90 168 87.5 15
100 6 6.1 118 121 92 189 109 18.5
125 6 6.2 144 147 95 216 137 23
150 6 6.3 170 173 98 243 164 27.5
200 6 6.4 222 225 104 296 222 37
250 6 6.8 274 277 104 353 290 48
300 6 7.2 326 329 105 410 364 61
350 6 7.7 378 381 108 465 482 80.5
400 6 8.1 429 432 110 517 573 95.5
450 6 8.6 480 483 113 575 676 113
500 6 9 532 535 115 630 781 131
600 6 9.9 635 638 120 739 1018 170
700 7 10.8 738 741 145 863 1517 218
800 7 11.7 842 845 145 974 1862 267

195
PiPeS

flanged PiPeS

coatings:
Welded flange pipes:

F
outside of barrel: zinc and bitumen,

PD
lining: spun cement mortar,
flange and weld: bitumen.
Integral flange pipes:
internal and external: bitumen. N
O
Options
TI

See USERS GUIDE:


LU

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING,


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
O

These pipes can be supplied in all lengths between:


0.3 and 5.90 m for DN 80 600
ES

0.5 and 5.90 m for DN 700 1200


R
W
LO

Welded flanges Welded flange PiPeS


Dn 80 to 1200

196
PiPeS

Nominal Barrel Masses


diameter iron of two flanges
thickness OD per meter
DN e (K 9) PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
mm mm kg/m kg kg kg kg
80 6.0 98 14.0 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
100 6.1 118 17.4 7.4 7.4 8.4 8.4
125 6.2 144 21.8 9.6 9.6 10.1 12.8
150 6.3 170 26.2 12.1 12.1 13.7 17.6
200 6.4 222 35.2 19.5 17.0 20.5 30.0
250 6.8 274 45.9 27.0 24.5 31.0
300 7.2 326 57.6 34.5 36.0 48.5
350 7.7 378 76.4 41.0 49.0 65.0
400 8.1 429 90.6 50.0 61.0 85.0
450 8.6 480 106.7 59.0 78.0 113.0

F
500 9.0 532 123.1 69.0 98.0 126.0
600 9.9 635 159.7 98.0 151.0 179.0

PD
700 10.8 738 205.4 134.0
800 11.7 842 251.3 180.0
900 12.6 945 300.7 215.0 See integrally
1000 13.5 1048 354.3 269.0 N cast flange pipes
O
1100 14.4 1151 412.0 343.0
1200 15.3 1255 474.2 409.0
TI
LU

integrally caSt flangeS integrally


ntegrally cast
Flanges
O

Dn 700 to 1200
ES
R
W
LO

Iron thickness Working length Mass with flanges


Nominal diameter e Lkg PN 10 PN 16 PN 25
DN
mm m kg kg
21 1 424 519
700
21 2 761 857
23 1 541 699
800
23 2 964 1093
25 1 See welded 652 814
900
25 2 Flange 1168 1330
Pipes
27 1 804 1021
1000
27 2 1423 1840
20.4 1 1031 1186
1200
20.4 2 1679 1835

Consult SADIP for other working lengths & diameters

197
BenDS BenDS
douBle Socket BendS

F
PD
N
O
TI

internal and external coating:


LU

bitumen.

Options:
O

see USERS GUIDE:


ES

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
R
W
LO

198
BenDS
90

eXPreSS douBle Socket 90 Bend

express
xpress
Dn 80 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI

Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.


LU
O
ES
R

Nominal diameter R t Mass


DN
W

mm mm kg
LO

80 74 91 8.7
100 97 105 11.1
125 115 133 14.2
150 133 152 19.1
200 160 200 30.7
250 240 262 49.5
300 290 314 71.0
350 340 370 83.0
400 390 420 113.0
500 485 520 183.0
600 580 620 273.0
700 720 399.0
800 820 535.0
900 920 813.0
1000 1020 1045.0
1100 1120 1253.0
1200 1220 1663.0

199
BenDS
90 90

triduct douBle Socket 90 Bend


anchored triduct douBle Socket 90 Bend

Triduct
Dn 80 to 600
anchored
nchored
Triduct
Dn 80 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES

Nominal diameter R t Mass


R

DN
W

mm mm kg
80 74 91 7.9
LO

100 87 105 10.3


125 115 133 13.9
150 133 152 18.5
200 160 200 30.5
250 240 262 50.5
300 290 314 73.0
350* 340 370 83.0
400* 390 420 113.0
450* 435 470 143.0
500* 485 520 183.0
600* 580 620 273.0
900 920 813.0
1000 1020 1045.0
1100 1120 1253.0
1200 1220 1663.0
* TRIDUCT joint only.

200
BenDS
45

eXPreSS douBle Socket 45 Bend

express
xpress
Dn 80 to 800

F
PD
N
O
TI

Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.


LU
O
ES

Nominal diameter R t Mass


R

DN
W

mm mm kg
80 95 56 8.1
LO

100 115 65 10
125 158 83 12.8
150 177 92 17
200 193 100 24
250 297 145 41
300 346 167 57.5
350 346 168 72
400 392 189 91
450 452 216 120
500 501 237 155
600 595 280 224
700 725 335 312
800 809 364 417

201
BenDS
45 45

triduct douBle Socket 45 Bend


anchored triduct douBle Socket 45 Bend

Triduct
Dn 80 to 800
anchored
nchored
Triduct
Dn 80 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES

Nominal diameter R t Mass


R

DN

mm mm kg
W

80 95 56 7.2
LO

100 115 65 9.4


125 158 83 12.5
150 177 92 16.4
200 193 100 24.0
250 297 145 41.5
300 346 167 56.5
350 346 168 73.5
400 392 189 91.0
450 452 216 115.0
500 501 237 149.0
600 595 280 216.0
700 725 335 312.0
800 809 364 419.0
900 415 496.0
1000 460 635.0
1100 505 856.0
1200 550 986.0

202
BenDS
221/2

eXPreSS douBle Socket 22 1/2 Bend

express
xpress
Dn 80 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI

Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.


LU
O
ES

Nominal diameter R t Mass


R

DN

mm mm kg
W

80 75 32 7.4
LO

100 87 35 8.9
125 100 38 10.7
150 115 42 14.1
200 155 51 20.5
250 191 60 32.0
300 226 69 44.0
350 266 78 57.0
400 326 92 71.0
450 361 101 92.0
500 402 110 118.0
600 522 138 166.0
700 615 157 232.0
800 711 170 307.0
900 220 373.0
1000 240 470.0
1100 _ 260 644.0
1200 285 716.0

203
BenDS
221/2 221/2

triduct douBle Socket 22 1/2 Bend


anchored triduct douBle Socket 22 1/2 Bend

Triduct
Dn 80 to 800
anchored
nchored
Triduct
Dn 80 to 1000

Nominal diameter R t Mass

F
DN

PD
mm mm kg
80 75 32 6.5
100 87 35 8.3
125 N
100 38 10.4
O
150 115 42 13.5
TI

200 155 51 20.5


LU

250 191 60 33
300 226 69 43
O

350 266 78 58
400 326 92 71
ES

450 361 101 90


500 402 110 111
R

600 522 138 158


W

700 615 157 232


800 711 170 307
LO

900 827 197 407


1000 917 217 517

eXPreSS douBle Socket 11 1/4 Bend

express
xpress
Dn 80 to 1200

Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.

204
BenDS
111/4 111/4

Nominal diameter R t Mass


DN
mm mm kg
80 233 40 7.6
100 228 40 9.2
125 274 45 11.1
150 274 46 14.4
200 324 52 20.0
250 238 45 30.5
300 264 50 41.5
350 290 53 52.5
400 316 58 64.5
450 391 68 84.0
500 417 71 106.0

F
600 588 92 148.0

PD
700 533 87 197.0
800 624 90 255.0
900 705 102 332.0
1000 837 125 360.0
1100 Please consult us N
O
1200 857 139 509.0
TI

triduct douBle Socket 11 1/4 Bend


anchored triduct douBle Socket 11 1/4 Bend
LU

Triduct
Dn 80 to 800
O

anchored
nchored
ES

Triduct
Dn 80 to 1000
R
W
LO

Nominal diameter R t Mass


DN
mm mm kg
80 233 40 6.8
100 228 40 8.5
125 274 45 10.8
150 274 46 13.8
200 324 52 20.0
250 238 45 31.5
300 264 50 40.5
350 290 53 54.0
400 316 58 65.0
450 391 68 80.0
500 417 71 100.0
600 588 92 136.0
700 533 87 197.0
800 624 90 257.0
900 705 102 333.0
1000 837 117 418.0
205
BenDS

douBle flanged Bend

F
PD
internal and external coating:
bitumen.

Options: N
O
see USERS GUIDE:
TI

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

206
BenDS

douBle flanged 90 Bend

Dn 80 to 300
Flange
Dn 80 to 1200

Dn 350 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O

Nominal Mass with flanges


diameter
ES

R t
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN
R

mm mm kg kg kg kg
80* 74 165 10.4 10.4 10.6 10.6
W

100* 87 180 13.0 13.0 14.0 14.0


LO

125* 115 200 17.6 17.6 18.4 18.4


150* 133 220 23.0 23.0 25.0 25.0
200* 160 260 37.5 37.5 40.5 44.0
250* 240 350 59.0 58.0 64.0 86.0
300* 290 400 85.0 83.0 91.0 122.0
350 366 450 124.0 129.0 144.0
400 409 500 167.0 166.0 191.0
450 452 550 207.0 221.0 239.0
500 495 600 265.0 287.0 306.0
600 581 700 388.0 431.0 453.0
700 695 800 564.0 561.0 640.0
800 785 900 782.0 778.0 886.0
900 875 1000 1030.0 1025.0 1154.0
1000 965 1100 1344.0 1348.0 1522.0
1100 Please consult us
1200 1200 1355 2552.0 2625.0 2745.0

* Rotatable flanges.
207
BenDS

douBle flanged 90 duckfoot Bend

Flange Dn 80 to 300
Dn 80 to 1200

Dn 350 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O

Nominal Duckfoot Mass with flanges


ES

diameter
R t
h s PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN
R

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
W

80* 74 165 110 180 13.8 13.8 14.0 14.0


100* 87 180 125 200 17.2 17.2 18.2 18.2
LO

125* 115 200 140 225 23.0 23.0 24.5 24.5


150* 133 220 160 250 31.5 31.5 33.5 33.5
200* 160 260 190 300 48.0 48.0 51.0 55.0
250* 240 350 225 350 85.0 84.0 90.0 111.0
300* 290 400 255 400 119.0 117.0 125.0 158.0
350 366 450 290 450 170.0 164.0 183.0
400 409 500 320 500 225.0 217.0 245.0
450 452 550 355 550 285.0 288.0 309.0
500 495 600 385 600 360.0 373.0 394.0
600 581 700 450 700 537.0 569.0 592.0
700 695 800 515 800 764.0 746.0 822.0
800 785 900 580 900 1026.0 1003.0 1112.0
900 875 1000 645 1000 1809.0 1751.0 1913.0
1000 965 1100 710 1100 2365.0 2303.0 2531.0
1100 Please consult us
1200 1200 1355 840 1300 4073.0 4146.0 4267.0
* Rotatable flanges.
208
BenDS

douBle flanged 45 Bend

Dn 80 to 600 Flange
Dn 80 to 1200

Dn 700 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O

Nominal Mass with flanges


ES

diameter
R t
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN
R

mm mm kg kg kg kg
W

80* 95 130 9.8 9.8 10.0 10.0


100* 115 140 12.1 12.1 13.1 13.1
LO

125* 158 150 16.2 16.2 18.0 18.0


150* 177 160 21.0 21.0 23.0 23.0
200* 193 180 31.0 31.0 34.0 37.5
250* 297 243 53.0 52.0 58.0 79.0
300* 346 274 74.0 72.0 79.0 113.0
350* 346 306 100.0 100.0 114.0
400* 392 337 124.0 133.0 151.0
450* 452 369 158.0 171.0 187.0
500* 501 400 197.0 223.0 235.0
600* 595 463 289.0 339.0 345.0
700 725 478 341.0 338.0 414.0
800 809 529 452.0 448.0 557.0
900 894 581 587.0 582.0 704.0
1000 976 632 777.0 771.0 948.0
1100 Please consult us
1200 1200 652 1116.0 1205.0 1367.0
* Rotatable flanges.
209
BenDS
221/2

douBle flanged 22 1/2 Bend

Flange Dn 80 to 600
Dn 80 to 1200

Dn 700 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O

Nominal Mass with flanges


diameter
ES

R t
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN
R

mm mm kg kg kg kg
80* 75 105 9.1 9.1 9.3 9.3
W

100* 87 110 11.0 11.0 12.0 12.0


LO

125* 100 105 14.0 14.0 14.8 14.8


150* 115 109 18.2 18.2 20.0 20.0
200* 155 131 27.0 27.0 30.0 33.5
250* 191 167 40.0 44.5 50.0 70.0
300* 226 175 60.0 59.0 66.0 99.0
350* 266 215 84.0 85.0 98.0
400* 326 239 104.0 113.0 131.0
450* 361 253 128.0 141.0 157.0
500* 402 272 160.0 186.0 198.0
600* 522 320 234.0 284.0 290.0
700 615 300 261.0 258.0 334.0
800 711 335 340.0 336.0 445.0
900 827 375 442.0 437.0 559.0
1000 917 410 587.0 581.0 758.0
1100 Please consult us
1200 1093 485 905.0 1018.0 1174.0

* Rotatable flanges.
210
BenDS
111/4

douBle flanged 11 1/4 Bend

Dn 80 to 600 Flange
Dn 80 to 1200

Dn 700 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O

Nominal Mass with flanges


diameter
ES

R t
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN
R

mm mm kg kg kg kg
80* 233 113 9.4 9.4 9.6 9.6
W

100* 228 115 11.3 11.3 12.3 12.3


LO

125* 274 111 14.4 14.4 16.2 16.2


150* 274 113 18.5 18.5 20.5 20.5
200* 324 132 27.0 27.0 30.0 33.5
250* 238 152 44.0 43.0 49.0 69.0
300* 264 156 57.0 56.0 63.0 97.0
350* 290 191 80.0 80.0 94.0
400* 316 205 97.0 106.0 124.0
450* 391 220 120.0 133.0 149.0
500* 417 233 148.0 174.0 186.0
600* 588 274 215.0 265.0 271.0
700 533 230 227.0 223.0 299.0
800 624 255 290.0 286.0 395.0
900 705 280 368.0 363.0 485.0
1000 837 310 488.0 482.0 659.0
1100 Please consult us
1200 857 350 745 858.0 1013.0

* Rotatable flanges.
211
TeeS TeeS
all SocketS tee

internal and external coating:


bitumen.

Options:

F
see USERS GUIDE:

PD
COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING
COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA

N
O
TI

all SocketS eXPreSS tee


LU

express
xpress
O

Dn 80 to 200
ES
R
W
LO

Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.

Nominal diameters

Body Branch L L1 H H1 Mass


DN dn

mm mm mm mm kg
80 80 183 353 91 260 13

80 185 361 104 283 14.9


100
100 210 386 105 287 16.2
80 165 353 136 343 20.5
150 100 190 378 149 349 22
150 305 493 152 368 28.5
80 170 370 166 399 27
200 100 195 395 170 405 29
150 250 450 177 419 34
200 360 560 180 427 42
212
TeeS

all SocketS triduct tee


all SocketS anchored triduct tee

Triduct
Dn 80 to 400
anchored
nchored
Triduct
Dn 80 to 400

Nominal diameters
Body Branch L L1 H H1 Mass
DN dn
mm mm mm mm kg

F
80 80 183 353 91 259 15.00

PD
80 185 361 105 283 20.00
100
100 210 386 105 287 21.95
80 165 353 136
N
342 20.10
O
150 100 190 378 140 349 29.85
TI
150 305 493 152 367 38.40
80 170 370 166 398 26.50
LU

100 195 395 170 405 28.50


200
150 250 450 177 418 33.50
O

200 360 560 180 427 41.50


ES

100 234 444 185 448 47.50


150 251 461 190 459 59.00
250
R

200 344 554 200 475 63.00


250 404 614 205 485 71.50
W

100 237 457 210 502 54.50


LO

150 347 567 220 518 69.85


300 200 347 567 220 524 72.00
250 467 687 230 539 86.00
300 467 687 235 549 91.00
100 195 415 230 550 68.75
150 315 535 240 566 85.45
200 315 535 250 582 88.50
350
250 369 589 255 592 103.00
300 435 655 285 111.00
350 485 705 265 607 123.00
100 195 415 260 606 83.00
150 315 535 270 622 101.00
200 315 535 270 628 105.00
400 250 429 649 280 643 120.00
300 429 649 310 678 127.00
350 495 715 315 137.00
350 545 765 295 663 155.00
213
TeeS TeeS
flanged Branch on douBle Socket tee

F
PD
N
O
TI

internal and external coating:


LU

bitumen.

Options:
O

see USERS GUIDE:


ES

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
R
W
LO

214
214
tees

Flanged branch on double socket


eXPress tee

express
xpress
DN 80 to 150

F
PD
Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.

Nominal diameters
N Mass with flanges
O
L L1 H H1
TI
Body Branch
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN dn
LU

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
65* 145 315 174 257 12.8 12.8 12.9 12.9
O

80
80* 183 353 165 248 13.9 13.9 13.9 13.9
ES

80* 185 361 177 271 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8


100
100* 210 386 180 274 17.2 17.2 17.7 17.7
R

80* 165 353 210 331 21.5 21.5 21.5 21.5


150
100* 190 378 215 336 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5
W

125* 220 408 210 331 25.5 25.5 26.5 26.5


LO

150* 305 493 220 341 30.5 30.5 31.5 31.5

* Rotatable flanges.

215
tees

Flanged branch on double socket


eXPress tee

express
xpress
DN 200 to 500 Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.

Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

Body Branch L L1 H H1
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN dn

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
80* 170 370 240 387 28.0 28 28.0 28.0
100* 195 395 245 392 30.0 30 30.5 30.5
200 150* 250 450 245 392 36.0 36 37.0 37.0
200* 360 560 260 407 45.5 45 47.0 48.5
80* 234 444 250 427 45.0 45 45.0 45.0

F
100* 234 444 270 447 46.0 46 46.5 47.0

PD
250 150* 251 461 280 457 51.0 51 52.0 52.0
200* 344 554 290 467 62.0 61 63.0 65.0
250* 404 614 300 477 72.0 72 75.0 86.0
80* 237 457 298 503N 58.0 58 58.0 58.0
O
100* 237 457 300 505 59.0 59 60.0 60.0
TI
150* 347 567 310 515 72.0 72 73.0 74.0
300
200* 347 567 320 525 77.0 77 78.0 80.0
LU

250* 467 687 305 510 92.0 92 95.0 105.0


300* 467 687 340 545 101.0 101 104.0 121.0
O

80* 195 415 310 543 70.0 70 70.0


ES

100* 195 415 330 563 71.0 71 71.0


150* 315 535 340 573 85.0 85 86.0
R

350
200* 315 535 350 583 90.0 89 91.0
W

250* 369 589 360 593 102.0 102 105.0


350* 485 705 380 613 129.0 130 136.0
LO

80* 195 415 340 600 83.0 83 83.0


100* 195 415 360 619 84.0 84 84.0
150* 315 535 370 629 100.0 100 101.0
400 200* 315 535 380 639 105.0 104 106.0
250* 429 649 390 649 125.0 124 127.0
300* 429 649 400 659 133.0 132 136..0
400* 545 765 420 679 162.0 167 176.0
100* 210 450 420 735 126.0 126 126.0
150* 325 565 430 745 150.0 150 151.0
200* 325 565 440 755 154.0 154 155.0
500 250* 443 683 450 765 179.0 179 182.0
300* 443 683 460 775 187.0 187 190.0
400* 555 795 480 795 221.0 226 235.0
500* 675 915 500 815 264.0 277 283.0

* Rotatable flanges.

216
tees

Flanged branch on double socket eXPress tee

express
xpress
Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable. DN 600 to 1200
Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

Body Branch L L1 H H1
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25
DN dn

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg
100* 335 575 500 870 193 193 194
200* 335 575 500 870 200 200 201
600 300* 447 687 520 890 236 235 238
400* 565 805 540 910 278 283 292
600* 795 1035 580 950 381 406 409

F
150* 365 665 520 952 262 262 263

PD
200* 365 665 525 957 266 266 267
250* 365 665 535 967 272 271 274
700 400* 585 885 555 987 347 351 360
600* 915 1215 585
N 1017 474 499 502
O
700 915 1215 600 1032 491 499 527
TI
150* 361 681 580 1067 330 330 331
200* 361 681 585 1072 333 333 335
LU

250* 361 681 585 1072 339 339 342


800
400* 581 901 615 1102 429 433 442
O

600* 1021 1341 645 1132 615 640 643


ES

800 1021 1341 675 1162 661 672 713


200* 375 725 645 1186 419 419 420
R

250* 375 725 635 1176 464 464 467


900
W

400* 595 945 675 1216 530 535 544


600* 1145 1495 705 1246 797 822 825
LO

900 1145 1495 750 1291 865 876 924


150* 400 690 705 1301 451 451 452
200* 400 690 705 1301 453 452 454
250* 400 690 705 1301 454 453 456
1000
300* 620 910 720 1316 574 573 578
400* 620 910 735 1331 582 587 596
600* 1280 1570 765 1361 950 975 977
1000 1280 1570 825 1421 1058 1080 1143
1100 Please consult us
200* 836 1140 883 1589 946 946 947
250* 840 1140 875 1581 968 968 971
300* 840 1140 840 1546 949 948 952
1200 400* 840 1140 835 1541 951 955 964
600* 840 1140 865 1571 971 996 999
1000 1275 1575 920 1625 1357 1380 1443
1200 1510 1810 950 1655 1585 1641 1719

* Rotatable flanges.
217
tees

Flanged branch on double socket trIduct tee


Flanged branch on double socket anchored
trIduct tee
triduct
riduct
DN 80 to 150
Anchored
triduct
riduct
DN 80 to 150

F
PD
Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

Body
DN
Branch
dn
L L1 H H1
N PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
O
mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
TI

80 80* 183 353 165 248 13.0 13.0 13.1 13.1


LU

80* 185 361 177 270 15.2 15.2 15.3 15.3


100
100* 210 386 180 273 16.5 16.5 17.0 17.0
O

80* 165 353 210 330 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0


ES

100* 190 378 215 335 22.5 22.5 23.0 23.0


150
125* 220 408 210 330 25.0 25.0 26.0 26.0
R

150* 305 493 220 340 30.0 30.0 31.0 31.0


* Rotatable flanges.
W
LO

218
tees

Flanged branch on double socket trIduct tee


Flanged branch on double socket anchored
trIduct tee
triduct
riduct
Anchored
triduct
riduct
DN 200 to 350

Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

Body Branch L L1 H H1
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN dn

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg

F
80* 170 370 240 387 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5

PD
100* 195 395 245 392 30.0 30.0 28.0 28.0
200 150* 250 450 245 392 36.0 36.0 37.0 37.0
200*
80*
360
234
560
444
260
250
N
407
426
45.5
45.0
45.0
45.0
47.0
45.0
48.5
45.0
O
100* 234 444 270 445 47.0 47.0 47.0 47.0
TI

250 150* 251 461 280 455 52.0 52.0 52.0 53.0
LU

200* 344 554 290 465 62.0 62.0 64.0 66.0


250* 404 614 300 475 73.0 73.0 76.0 86.0
O

80* 237 457 298 502 56.0 56.0 56.0 56.0


ES

100* 237 457 300 504 57.0 57.0 57.0 57.0


150* 347 567 310 514 70.0 70.0 71.0 71.0
300
R

200* 347 567 320 524 74.0 74.0 76.0 77.0


250* 467 687 305 509 90.0 89.0 92.0 103.0
W

300* 467 687 340 544 99.0 98.0 102.0 118.0


LO

80* 195 415 310 542 72.0 72.0 72.0


100* 195 415 330 562 73.0 73.0 73.0
150* 315 535 340 572 87.0 87.0 88.0
350
200* 315 535 350 582 91.0 91.0 93.0
250* 369 589 360 592 104.0 104.0 106.0
350* 485 705 380 612 131.0 132.0 138.0

* Rotatable flanges.

219
tees

Flanged branch on double socket trIduct tee


Flanged branch on double socket anchored
trIduct tee
triduct
riduct
Anchored
triduct
riduct
DN 400 to 500

Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

Body Branch L L1 H H1
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25
DN dn

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg

F
80* 195 415 340 613 80 80 80

PD
100* 195 415 360 618 84 84 84
150* 315 535 370 628 100 100 101
400 200*
250*
315
429
535
649
380
390
N
638
648
105
125
104
124
106
127
O
300* 429 649 400 658 133 132 136
TI

400* 545 765 420 678 162 167 176


LU

100* 210 450 420 734 119 119 120


150* 325 565 430 744 143 143 144
O

200* 325 565 440 754 147 147 149


ES

500 250* 443 683 450 764 173 173 176


300* 443 683 460 774 181 180 184
R

400* 555 795 480 794 215 219 228


500* 675 915 500 814 258 271 277
W

* Rotatable flanges.
LO

220
tees

Flanged branch on double socket trIduct tee


Flanged branch on double socket anchored
trIduct tee
triduct
riduct
Anchored
triduct
riduct
DN 600 to 1200
Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

Body Branch L L1 H H1
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25
DN dn

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg
100* 335 575 500 849 182 182 183
200* 335 575 500 869 192 192 193
600 300* 447 687 520 889 228 228 231
400* 565 805 540 909 271 275 284

F
600* 795 1035 580 949 373 398 401

PD
150* 365 665 520 951 262 262 263
200* 365 665 525 956 265 265 266

700
250*
400*
365
585
665
885
535
555 N
966
986
272
347
271
351
274
360
O
600* 915 1215 585 1016 474 499 502
TI

700 915 1215 600 1031 491 499 527


LU

150* 361 681 580 1066 332 332 333


200* 361 681 585 1071 335 335 336
250* 361 681 585 1071 350 349 352
O

800
400* 581 901 615 1101 430 435 444
ES

600* 1021 1341 645 1131 617 642 645


800 1021 1341 675 1161 663 674 715
R

150* 355 705 640 1180 381 381 382


200* 355 705 645 1185 420 419 422
W

250* 375 725 635 1175 474 471 477


900
LO

400* 590 940 675 1215 532 536 545


600* 820 1170 705 1245 798 813 826
800 1050 1400 735 1275 808 823 876
150* 360 730 700 1295 464 464 465
200* 360 730 705 1300 510 510 512
250* 385 755 705 1300 570 519 522
1000
400* 595 965 735 1330 639 644 653
600* 830 1200 765 1360 1007 1032 1035
800 1055 1425 795 1390 1006 1021 1074
200* 360 730 705 1300 510 510 512
400* 600 1000 795 1428 930 934 945
1100
600* 830 1230 825 1458 1079 1102 1114
800 1065 1465 855 1488 1321 1335 1388
150* 375 805 820 1508 803 806 806
200* 375 805 825 1513 811 811 811
1200
300* 605 1035 840 1528 917 917 923
400* 605 1035 855 1543 1010 1010 1031
600* 840 1270 885 1573 1000 1027 1067
800 1070 1500 915 1603 1190 1210 1295
* Rotatable flanges. 221
tees

Flanged branch on double socket


draInage tee

F
PD
N
O
TI

Internal and external coating:


LU

bitumen.

Options:
O

see USERS GUIDE:


ES

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
R
W
LO

222
tees

Flanged branch on double socket draInage


eXPress tee

express
xpress
DN 250 to 800

F
PD
Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.

Nominal diameters
N Mass with flanges
O
L L1 H H1
TI
Body Branch
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN dn
LU

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
250 100* 234 444 270 447 46 46 46.5 47
O

300 100* 237 457 300 505 59 59 60.0 60


ES

350 100* 195 415 330 563 71 71 71.0


400 100* 195 415 360 619 84 84 84.0
R

500 100* 210 450 420 735 126 126 126.0


600 200* 335 575 500 870 200 200 201.0
W

700 250* 365 665 535 967 272 271 274.0


LO

800 250* 361 689 585 1072 339 339 342.0

* Rotatable flanges.

223
tees

Flanged branch on double socket draInage trIduct tee


Flanged branch on double socket draInage
anchored trIduct tee
triduct
riduct
Anchored
triduct
riduct
DN 250 to 800

F
PD
Nominal diameters
N Mass with flanges
O
L L1 H H1
TI
Body Branch
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN dn
LU

mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
250 100* 234 444 270 445 47 47 47 47
O

300 100* 237 457 300 504 57 57 57 57


ES

350 100* 195 415 330 562 73 73 73


400 100* 195 415 360 618 84 84 84
R

500 100* 210 450 420 734 119 119 120


600 200* 335 575 500 869 192 192 193
W

700 250* 365 665 535 966 272 271 274


LO

800 250* 361 681 585 1071 350 349 352


* Rotatable flanges.

224
tees

Flange on trIduct level Invert tee

triduct
riduct
DN 300 to 1200

F
PD
Mass with Flange N
O
L H PN 10 PN 16 PN 25
large Small mm mm kg kg kg
TI

DN dn
200 80 245 250 39.5 39.5 39.5
LU

250 80 250 275 49.5 49.5 49.5


300 80 255 300 62.0 62.0 62.0
O

350 100 280 325 83.0 83.0 83.5


ES

400 100 280 350 97.5 97.5 98.0


450 100 285 375 115.0 115.0 116.0
R

500 100 290 400 134.0 134.0 134.0


W

600 100 295 450 173.0 173.0 173.0


700 150 360 500 - 296.0 -
LO

800 150 365 550 - 360.0 -


900 150 370 600 - 467.0 -
1000 200 435 650 - 569.0 -
1100 200 440 700 - 725.0 -
1200 200 445 750 - 840.0 -
* Rotatable flanges.

225
tees

all Flanged tee

F
PD
N
O
TI

Internal and external coating:


LU

bitumen.

Options:
O

see USERS GUIDE:


ES

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
R
W
LO

226
tees

all Flanged tee

Flange
DN 80 to 250

DN 80 to 400 - 500 - 600 DN 500 - 700

F
PD
Nominal diameters
N
Mass with flanges
O
L H
TI
Body Branch
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN dn
LU

mm mm kg kg kg kg
65* 330 165 15.0 15.0 15.3 15.3
O

80*
80* 330 165 15.3 15.3 15.6 15.6
ES

65* 360 175 17.8 17.8 18.9 18.9


100* 80* 360 175 18.1 18.1 19.3 19.3
R

100* 360 180 19.0 19.0 20.5 20.5


65* 440 200 29.5 29.5 31.5 31.5
W

80* 440 205 30.0 30.0 32.0 32.0


150*
LO

100* 440 210 31.0 31.0 33.5 33.5


150* 440 220 35.0 35.0 38.0 38.0
65* 520 225 43.0 43.0 46.0 51.0
80* 520 235 43.5 43.5 46.5 51.0
200*
100* 520 240 44.5 44.5 48.0 52.0
150* 520 250 48.5 48.0 52.0 56.0
200* 520 260 52.0 51.0 56.0 61.0
65* 360 272 52.0 51.0 56.0 75.0
80* 430 250 57.0 56.0 62.0 80.0
100* 430 270 58.0 57.0 63.0 81.0
250*
150* 447 280 63.0 62.0 68.0 87.0
200* 540 290 74.0 73.0 80.0 99.0
250* 600 300 84.0 83.0 92.0 118.0

* Rotatable flanges.

227
tees

all Flanged tee

Flange Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

DN 300 to 700 Body Branch L H


PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN dn

mm mm kg kg kg kg
65* 450 297 74 72 79 113
80* 450 298 75 73 81 103
100* 450 300 75 74 81 108
300* 150* 560 310 89 87 96 118
200* 560 320 93 120 100 129
250* 680 305 108 106 117 147
300* 680 340 117 115 126 165
65* 424 322 89 91 103 -

F
80* 470 310 97 98 110 -

PD
100* 470 330 97 98 111 -
350*
150* 590 340 113 114 128 -
200* 590
N
350 117 119 132 -
O
250* 644 360 129 130 145 -
350* 760 380 157 159 178 -
TI

80* 490 335 112 121 140 -


LU

100* 490 360 114 123 141 -


150* 610 370 133 142 160 -
O

400 200* 610 380 137 146 164 -


ES

250* 724 390 158 167 185 -


300* 724 400 164 173 191 -
R

400* 840 420 195 208 235 -


100* 535 420 168 194 206 -
W

150* 650 430 192 218 230 -


LO

200* 650 440 196 222 234 -


500* 250* 768 450 223 249 261 -
300* 768 460 229 255 267 -
400* 880 480 263 293 314 -
500* 1000 500 306 345 363 -
100* 700 480 255 305 311 -
200* 700 500 265 315 321 -
600* 300* 812 520 303 353 359 -
400 930 540 344 398 413 -
600* 1160 580 444 519 528 -
150* 650 520 282 299 355 -
200* 650 525 285 302 359 -
250* 650 535 291 308 366 -
700
400* 870 555 366 388 452 -
600* 1200 585 494 536 594 -
700 1200 600 510 536 619 -
* Rotatable flanges.
228
tees

all Flanged tee

Nominal diameters Mass with flanges Flange


Body Branch L H
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN 800 to 1200
DN dn

mm mm kg kg kg kg
150* 690 580 370 392 476 -
200* 690 585 372 395 479 -
250* 690 585 379 401 486 -
800
400* 910 615 468 495 587 -
600* 1350 645 654 701 787 -
800 1350 675 700 764 858 -
150* 695 635 432 480 - -
200* 690 585 352 390 - -

F
300* 800 600 413 443 - -

PD
900 400* 910 615 441 484 - -
600* 1350 645 613 678 - -
800 1350 675 657 715
N - -
O
900 1500 750 863 924 - -
150* 715 695 534 582 - -
TI

200* 770 705 546 629 - -


LU

300* 880 720 651 739 - -


400* 990 735 668 755 - -
1000
O

600* 1650 765 1007 1116 - -


ES

800 1650 795 1085 1168 - -


900 1650 810 1095 1219 - -
R

1000 1650 825 1105 1229 - -


400* 1030 795 839 913 - -
W

600* 1250 825 990 1083 - -


LO

1100 800 1470 855 1160 1245 - -


1000 1690 885 1345 1450 - -
1100 1800 900 1450 1555 - -
150* 715 815 998 1084 - -
200* 775 825 1000 1086 - -
300* 890 840 1004 1160 - -
400* 1010 855 1008 1122 - -
1200 600* 1240 885 1101 1256 - -
800 1470 915 1291 1439 - -
900 1585 930 1427 1662 - -
1000 1700 945 1494 1664 - -
1200 1935 975 1806 1970 - -

229
tees

all Flanged draInage tee

F
PD
N
O
TI

Internal and external coating:


LU

bitumen.

Options:
O

see USERS GUIDE:


ES

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
R
W
LO

230
tees

all Flanged draInage tee

Flange
DN 250 to 800

DN 250 to 600

F
PD
N
O
DN 700
TI
LU
O

Nominal diameters Mass with flanges


ES

Body Branch L H
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN dn
R

mm mm kg kg kg kg
250* 100* 430 200 68 57 63 81
W

300* 100* 450 300 75 74 81 108


LO

350* 100* 470 330 97 98 111


400* 100* 490 360 114 123 141
500* 100* 535 420 168 194 206
600* 200* 700 500 265 315 321
700 250* 650 535 291 308 366
800 250* 690 585 379 401 486
* Rotatable flanges.

231
tees

all Flanged level Invert tee

Flange
DN 300 to 800

F
PD
Nominal diameters
N Mass with flange
O
Body Branch L H
PN 16
DN dn
TI

mm mm kg
LU

80 800 305 92.0


300 100 800 305 95.5
O

150 800 305 99.0


ES

80 850 340 121.0


350 100 850 340 123.0
R

150 850 340 128.0


80 900 365 153.0
W

100 900 365 156.0


400
LO

150 900 365 162.0


200 900 365 167.0
80 1000 400 237.0
100 1000 400 241.0
500
150 1000 400 248.0
200 1000 400 255.0
80 1100 435 350.0
100 1100 435 351.0
600
150 1100 450 360.0
200 1100 450 370.0
150 600 500 262.0
700
200 650 500 268.0
150 670 540 379.0
800
200 690 540 388.0

232
tees

all flanged tee WItH 45 angle BRanCH

t
45

T
K
L

DN x dn T t L K Mas PN16

80 x 80 8.1 8.1 500 375 21.0


100 x 100 8.4 8.4 540 405 27.0
150 x 150 9.1 9.1 640 480 46.4
200 x 200 9.8 9.8 735 560 70.1

F
250 x 250 10.5 10.5 830 640 103.8

PD
300 x 300 11.2 11.2 930 715 145.5
350 x 350 11.9 11.9 880 790 167.4
400 x 400
450 x 450
12.6
13.3
12.6
13.3
970
1060
870
950 N 204.1
277.0
O
500 x 500 14.0 14.0 1140 1025 350.0
TI

600 x 600 15.4 15.4 1310 1180 540.7


LU
O

all Flanged "Y" tee


ES
R
W

90
LO

A
A

DN x DN x DN T A Mass PN16

80 x 80 x 80 8.1 165 15.6


100 x 100 x 100 8.4 180 19.3
150 x 150 x 150 9.1 220 31.9
200 x 200 x 200 9.8 260 31.9
250 x 250 x 250 10.5 350 79.8
300 x 300 x 300 11.2 400 113.5
350 x 350 x 350 11.9 450 165.4
400 x 400 x 400 12.6 500 219.1
450 x 450 x 450 13.3 550 280.0
500 x 500 x 500 14.0 600 263.9
600 x 600 x 600 15.4 700 562.7

233
233
ReDUCtION AND CAPPING
FIttINGs ReDUCtION AND CAPPING FIttINGs
double socket taPer
eXPress double socket taPer
Internal and external coating:
bitumen.
Options:
see USERS GUIDE:
COA
COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING
COA
COATINGS
TINGS - EXTERNAL

triduct
riduct

F
and express
xpress

PD
Triduct Express
DN 80 to 800 Fittings with EXPRESS joint are not self-anchorable.
Nominal diameters
N L L Mass
O
DN dn 1
TI

mm mm kg
LU

100 80 104 277 8.7


80 170 349 12.6
150
O

100 130 312 12.6


ES

100 230 418 18.3


200
150 125 319 18.0
R

150 225 424 30.0


250
200 125 330 30.5
W

150 325 529 40.0


LO

300 200 225 435 40.5


250 125 340 39.0
200 360 552 49.0
350 250 260 458 49.0
300 188 408 55.0
250 360 543 60.0
400 300 260 445 57.0
350 177 397 69.0
350 360 590 97.0
500 400 260 490 91.0
450 160 358 78.0
400 460 690 137.0
600 450 360 563 123.0
500 260 500 125.0
500 480 720 189.0
700
600 280 525 166.0
600 480 725 237.0
800
234 700 280 560 220.0
ReDUCtION AND CAPPING
FIttINGs

trIduct double socket taPer


anchored trIduct double socket taPer

triduct
riduct
Anchored
triduct
riduct
DN 80 to 1200

Nominal diameters

L L Mass
1

F
DN dn

PD
mm mm kg
100 80 104 277 8.0

150
80 170 349
N11.9
O
100 130 312 12.0

100 230 418 17.9


TI

200
150 125 319 17.6
LU

150 225 424 29.0


250
200 125 330 29.0
O

150 325 529 39.0


ES

300 200 225 435 39.0


250 125 340 37.5
R

200 360 48.0


350 250 260 47.0
W

300 188 408 53.5


LO

250 360 60.5


400 300 260 58.0
350 177 397 65.0
350 360 88.0
500
400 260 83.0
400 460 128.0
600
500 235 475 129.0
500 480 194.0
700
600 320 550 176.0
600 480 760 250.0
800
700 280 590 226.0
700 480 318 318.0
900
800 280 288 283.0
800 480 392 392.0
1000
900 280 354 354.0
1100 1000 280 457 457.0
1200 1000 480 570 570.0
235
ReDUCtION AND CAPPING
FIttINGs

double Flanged taPer

F
PD
N
O
TI

Internal and external coating:


LU

bitumen.

Options:
O

see USERS GUIDE:


ES

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
R
W
LO

236
ReDUCtION AND CAPPING
FIttINGs

double Flanged concentrIc taPer

Flange
DN 80 to 800

Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

F
DN dn PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40

PD
mm kg kg kg kg
80* 65* 266 9.3 9.3 9.4 9.4

100*
65* 264 10.1 10.1
N
10.7 10.7
O
80* 200 9.3 9.4 9.9 9.9
65* 356 15.6 15.6 16.7 16.7
TI

150* 80* 311 15.6 15.6 16.6 16.6


LU

100* 272 15.7 15.7 17.2 17.2


100* 385 22.8 22.7 24.7 26.5
200*
O

150* 300 23.5 23.5 26.0 28.0


ES

150* 319 35.0 34.5 38.0 47.0


250*
200* 300 33.5 33.0 37.0 53.0
R

150* 424 46.0 45.5 50.0 64.0


300* 200* 323 46.5 46.0 51.0 67.0
W

250* 300 44.0 43.0 49.5 81.0


LO

300* 300 67.0 67.0 76.0 -


350*
250 600 109.0 101.0 120.0 -
300* 600 92.0 92.0 104.0 -
400
350* 300 77.0 82.0 97.0 -
350 600 160.0 160.0 184.0 -
500 400 600 127.0 145.0 160.0 -
450 300 69.0 76.0 86.0 -
400 600 210.0 - - -
600 450 600 223.0 - - -
500 600 174.0 212.0 221.0 -
500 600 281.0 266.0 328.0 -
700
600 600 317.0 308.0 375.0 -
500 804 500.0 - - -
800 600 600 458.0 - - -
700 600 410.0 370.0 483.0 -
* Rotatable flanges.

237
ReDUCtION AND CAPPING
FIttINGs

double Flanged eccentrIc (Flat) taPer

Flange
DN 100 to 600

Nominal diameters Mass with flanges

L
DN dn PN 16

F
mm kg

PD
100 80 200 9.3
80 400 16.1
150
100 300 15.0
80 N 600 25.5
O
200 100 600 27.0
TI

150 300 21.5


LU

150 600 38.0


250 200 300 29.5
O

100 600 41.5


ES

150 600 46.0


300 200 600 51.0
250
R

300 39.5
200 600 60.5
W

350 250 600 67.0


LO

300 300 52.0


200 300 71.0
250 600 77.0
400
300 600 84.0
350 350 67.0
250 700 114.0
300 600 111.0
500 350 600 121.0
400 600 130.0
450 300 102.0
300 800 171.0
350 700 167.0
600 400 600 164.0
450 600 175.0
500 600 190.0

238
reduction and capping
fittings

Double flangeD flat taper

Nominal diameters Mass with flanges flange


lange
DN dn
L
PN 16
dn 700 to 1200
mm kg
350 900 225
400 800 220
700 450 700 213
500 600 208
600 600 243
400 1000 293
450 900 287
800 500 800 285

F
600 600 275

PD
700 600 295
300 1400 390
350
400
1300
1200
N 384
378
O
450 1100 372
TI
900
500 1000 370
LU

600 800 360


700 700 352
O

800 600 352


ES

300 1600 518


350 1500 511
R

400 1400 503


450 1300 495
W

1000 500 1200 490


LO

600 1000 490


700 800 442
800 700 448
900 600 438
500 1400 619
600 1200 604
700 1000 562
1100
800 800 532
900 700 530
1000 600 543
500 1715 820
600 1530 809
700 1345 777
1200 800 1160 758
900 975 726
1000 790 692
1100 605 655
239
reduction and capping
fittings

reDuCIng flanges

F
PD
N
O
TI

internal and external coating:


LU

options:
see USERS GUIDE:
O

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
ES

COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
R
W
LO

240
reduction and capping
fittings

reDuCIng flanges

flange
lange
dn 200 to 1000

F
PD
Nominal diameters PN 10 PN 16 PN 25

DN dn Shape L Mass Shape L Mass Shape L Mass

mm kg mm kg N mm kg
O
80 1 40.0 12.1 1 40.0 12.1
TI
200
100 1 40.0 12.0 1 40.0 12.0 1 47.0 14.8
LU

250 100 1 42.0 17.9 1 43.5 25.6


100 2 41.5 24.0 2 36.5 24.0
O

300 150 2 43.0 25.5 2 43.0 24.0


ES

200 1 46.0 26.0 2 46.0 26.5


350 250 2 46.0 35.0 2 48.0 39.0 1 54.5 58.0
100 2 20.0 44.0 2 22.0 47.0
R

150 2 31.0 45.0 2 29.0 50.0


W

400
200 2 46.0 46.0 2 47.0 48.0 2 54.0 63.0
250 2 48.0 44.5 2 50.0 47.5 2 56.5 63.0
LO

300 2 49.0 41.0 2 51.0 44.0 2 56.5 62.0


100 2 2.0 105.0 2 4.0 131.0
150 2 8.0 106.0 2 10.0 132.0
600
200 2 17.0 107.0 2 20.0 128.0 2 29.0 151.0
450 2 60.0 62.0 2 66.0 93.0
700 500 1 56.0 103.0 1 67.0 125.0
200 2 19.0 405.0
250 2 22.0 375.0
1000 300 2 47.0 360.0
700 1 63.0 240.0 1 63.0 234.0
800 1 68.0 232.0 1 68.0 208.0 1 114.0 397.0

241
reduction and capping
fittings

blank flange

F
PD
N
O
TI

internal and external coating:


LU

options:
see USERS GUIDE:
O

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
ES

COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
R
W
LO

242
reduction and capping
fittings

blank flange

flange
lange
dn 80 to 1200

dn 80 to 250 pn 10 and pn 16 dn 300 to 700 pn 10 and pn 16


dn 80 to 100 pn 25 and pn 40 DN 150 to 700 PN25
dn 150 to 300 pn 40

F
PD
D Mass
Nominal
diameters PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
DN
mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
80 200 200 200 200 3.5 3.5 N 3.5 4.2
O
100 220 220 235 235 4.3 4.3 4.8 5.8
TI

150 285 285 300 300 7.2 7.2 8.6 12.3


LU

200 340 340 360 375 11.0 10.8 13.9 23.4


250 400 400 425 450 16.9 16.6 22.0 34.5
O

300 455 455 485 515 26.5 26.5 33.0 51.0


350 505 520 555 32.5 37.5 47.5
ES

400 565 580 620 45.5 45.0 63.0


500 670 715 730 70.0 84.0 101.0
R

600 780 840 845 106.0 133.0 156.0


W

700 895 910 960 153.0 166.0 221.0


800 1015 1025 1085 214.0 230.0 311.0
LO

900 224 286


1000 293 387
1100 405 518
1200 575 662

243
straigHt fittings straigHt fittings
Collar

F
PD
N
O
TI

internal and external coating:


LU

Cement Lining Internally


Zinc and Bitumen Externally
O

options:
ES

see USERS GUIDE:


COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING
COA
R

COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
W
LO

244
straigHt fittings

collar
ollar
MJ Collar eXpress Collar dn 80 to 1200

DN

F
L

PD
L1
L
Collars DN 700 mm Collars DN 600 mm

N
O
TI
LU

Nominal diameter
L L1 Mass
DN
O

mm mm kg
ES

80 158 328 8.8


100 160 334 10.8
R

150 165 351 16.7


200 170 368 23.5
W

250 175 351 31.5


LO

300 180 360 40.5


L
350 185 405 55.0
L1
400 190 410 67.0
500 200 440 100.0
600 210 450 131.0
700 220 500 183.0
800 230 510 226.0
900 240 282.0
1000 250 349.0
1100 260 465.0
1200 270 560.0

* MJ bolts and nuts are hot dupped galvanized.

245
straigHt fittings

flange soCket

internal and external coating:


Cement Lining Internally
Zinc and Bitumen Externally

F
options:

PD
see USERS GUIDE:
COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING
COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
N
O
TI

flange anD eXpress soCket pIeCe


LU

express
xpress
O

dn 80 to 800
ES
R
W
LO

Nominal Mass with flanges


diameter L L1 J
DN PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
80* 128 213 35 7.9 8 8 8
100* 130 217 35 9.5 9.5 10 10
150* 125 209 10 15.1 15.1 16.1 16.1
200* 130 220 10 21 21 22.5 24
250* 135 230 10 35 34.5 37.5 46
300* 140 240 10 45.5 45 48.5 66
350* 145 245 10 58 59 65
400* 150 250 10 66 70 75
500* 180 290 10 93 106 112
600* 190 300 10 124 149 152
700 190 330 45 159 167 197
800 200 340 45 205 213 256

246 * Rotatable flanges.


straigHt fittings

flange anD trIDuCt soCket pIeCe


flange anD anCHoreD trIDuCt soCket pIeCe

triduct
riduct
dn 80 to 1200
anchored
nchored
triduct
riduct
dn 80 to 1200

F
PD
Nominal Mass with flanges
diameter L L1
DN PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
mm mm kg kg kg kg
80* 110 195 7.5 7.5 N
7.6 7.6
O
100* 110 198 9.1 9.1 9.6 9.6
TI

150* 115 209 15.0 15.0 16.0 16.0


LU

200* 120 220 21.0 21.0 23.0 24.0


250* 125 230 35.5 35.0 38.0 46.0
O

300* 130 240 44.5 44.5 48.0 62.0


350* 135 245 59.0 59.0 66.0
ES

400* 140 250 65.0 69.0 78.0


500* 170 290 85.0 98.0 104.0
R

600* 180 300 124.0 149.0 152.0


W

700 190 340 158.0 166.0 196.0


800 200 360 211.0 220.0 262.0
LO

900 210 235 235.0 258.0 356.0


1000 220 293 293.0 324.0 458.0
1100 230 406.4 406.4 413.8 550.0
1200 240 456.0 456.0 521.0 664.0
* Rotatable flanges.

247
straigHt fittings

flange spIgot

flange spigot
pigot
dn 80 to 1200

F
PD
N
O
TI

internal and external coating:


LU

Cement Lining Internally


Zinc and Bitumen Externally
O

options:
ES

see USERS GUIDE:


COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING
COA
R

COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
W
LO

248
straigHt fittings

Integrally Cast flange spIgot pIeCe

flange
lange spigot
dn 80 to 1200

Nominal Mass with flange


diameter L
DN PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
mm kg kg kg kg

F
80* 350 7.9 8 8 7.9

PD
100* 350 9.6 9.6 10.1 9.6
150* 400 17.1 17.1 18.1 17.1
200*
250*
400 24.5 24 25.5
N
27.5
O
400 33 33 35.5 46
300* 450 46 45 49 65
TI

350* 450 58 58 64
LU

400* 480 70 74 83
500* 520 104 117 123
O

600* 560 144 169 172


ES

700 600 189 187 225


800 600 239 250 291
R

900 600 287 298 346


1000 600 354 376 439
W

1100 600 400 435 513


LO

1200 600 469 526 603


* Rotatable flanges.

Integrally Cast flange anD anCHoreD spIgot pIeCe

Consult SADIP for other working lengths & diameters.

249
straigHt fittings

WelDeD flange spIgot pIeCe

flange spigot
pigot
dn 80 to 800

Barrel Mass
Nominal
diameter Iron of a flange

F
DN thickness OD Per meter
e (K 9) PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40

PD
mm mm kg kg kg kg kg
80 6 98 14 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
100
150
6.1
6.3
118
170 N 17.4
26.2
3.7
6.1
3.7
6.1
4.2
6.8
4.2
8.8
O
200 6.4 222 35.2 8.5 8.5 10.3 14.9
TI

250 6.8 274 45.9 12 12.2 15.5


LU

300 7.2 326 57.6 17.2 18.6 24.5


350 7.7 378 76.4 20.5 24.5 33
O

400 8.1 429 90.6 25 30.5 42.5


ES

500 9 532 123.1 34.5 49 63


600 9.9 635 159.7 49 75 83
R

700 10.8 738 205.4 67 93 113


800 11.7 842 251.3 90 125 146
W

900 12.6 945 300.7 107.5 147


LO

1000 13.5 1048 354.3 134.5 184


1100 14.4 1151 412.0 171.5 215
1200 15.3 1255 474.2 204.5 260

These flange and spigot pieces may be supplied in all lengths, between:
0.3 and 5.9 m for DN 80 to 600
0.5 and 5.9 m for DN 700 to 1200

WelDeD flange anD anCHoreD spIgot pIeCe

250
straigHt fittings

sHort Double flangeD pIpe

internal and external coating:


Cement Lining Internally
Zinc and Bitumen Externally

F
options:

PD
see USERS GUIDE:
COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING
COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA

dn 80 to 400 dn 500 to 1200


N flange
lange
O
dn 80 to 1200
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W

Nominal L = 250 mm L = 500 mm


diameter Mass with flanges Mass with flanges
DN
LO

PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg
80* 9.6 9.6 9.8 9.8 12.9 12.9 13.3 13.3
100* 11.5 11.5 12.5 12.5 13.4 13.4 16.9 16.9
150* 19.0 19.0 21.0 21.0 26.0 26.0 28.0 28.0
200* 26.5 26.0 29.0 31.5 36.5 36.0 39.5 42.0
250* 40.5 39.5 45.5 63.0 57.0 56.0 62.0 79.0
300* 53.0 52.0 59.0 84.0 75.0 73.0 80.0 106.0
350* 69.0 71.0 83.0 99.0 100.0 112.0
400* 80.0 88.0 106.0 113.0 123.0 141.0
500 95.0 122.0 157.0 104.0 117.0 138.0
600 129.0 178.0 201.0 139.0 166.0 215.0
700 207.0 170.0 265.0 289.0 255.0 350.0
800 267.0 223.0 352.0 373.0 329.0 458.0
900 318.0 264.0 426.0 447.0 393.0 556.0
1000 395.0 340.0 556.0 550.0 495.0 711.0
1200 549.0 661.0 822.0
* Rotatable flanges.
251
straigHt fittings

pIpe bloCks

F
PD
N
O
TI

It is always possible, using short double flange pipes, to shorten the distance between pipes
to be connected to less than 250 mm. A pipe block is used to make the final connection. It is
LU

cut to the desired length, then assembled between two flanges, using threaded tie rods.

internal and external coating:


O
ES

options:
see USERS GUIDE:
R

COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING


COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA
W
LO

252
straigHt fittings

pIpe bloCks

flange
lange
dn 80 to 800

pipe blocks tie rods

F
PD
Pipe blocks Tie rods
Nominal
diameter L = 250 mm PN 10 PN 16 PN 25
DN
e g Mass Number L
1
d Mass Number N
L
1
d Mass Number L
1
d Mass
O
mm mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg
TI

80 26.5 133 16 8 340 16 3.76 8 340 16 3.76 8 340 16 4


100
LU

26.5 153 19 8 340 16 3.76 8 340 16 3.76 8 340 20 6.52


150 29.5 209 30 8 365 20 6.88 8 365 20 6.88 8 340 24 9.58
O

200 32 264 42 8 365 20 6.88 12 365 20 10.32 12 340 24 14.37


250 34.5 319 55 12 365 20 10.32 12 350 20 17.30 12 365 27 19.83
ES

300 33.5 367 62 12 365 20 10.32 12 350 24 17.30 16 365 27 26.44


350 38.5 427 84 16 365 20 13.76 16 350 24 23.00 16 375 30 34.24
R

400 38.5 477 95 16 380 24 20.80 16 370 27 31.90 16 380 33 44.96


W

500 41 582 125 20 380 24 26.00 20 380 30 50.70 20 390 33 57.40


600 41 682 148 20 400 27 36.00 20 400 33 64.50 20 410 36 70.60
LO

700 48.5 797 204 24 400 27 43.20 24 400 33 77.40 24 430 39 107
800 52 904 249 24 430 30 57.80 24 420 36 98.50 24 450 45 153.43

253
straigHt fittings

flangeD anCHorIng pIpe WItH puDDle flange

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU

The flanges and puddle flanges are either integrally cast or welded on, depending on the
length, the PN and the diameter.
O

for integral cast consult SADIP for lengths & diameters


ES

for welded flanges can be supplied in all lengths & diameters

coatings:
R

flange spigot and short double flanded pipes with welded flanges:
barrels external surface: zinc and bitumen,
W

internal surface: spun cement mortar,


LO

flange, weld and rim: bitumen;

integral flange spigot and short double flanged pipes:

internal and external coating:


Cement Lining Internally
Zinc and Bitumen Externally

options:
see USERS GUIDE:
COATINGS - INTERNAL LINING
COA
COATINGS - EXTERNAL
COA

254
straigHt fittings

F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

255
straigHt fittings

flange spIgot anD flangeD anCHorIng


pIpes WItH puDDle flange- WelDeD flanges
flange
lange
dn 80 to 1000

F
PD
Mass
Nominal of flange spigot, of short flanged anchoring
b c
diameter
DN
L L1 e OD D a
mini mini N with flanges pipes, with flanges
O
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40
TI

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg
LU

80 600 700 6.0 98 200 16.0 120 200 15.7 15.7 15.7 15.7 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
100 600 700 6.1 118 220 16.0 120 200 18.9 18.9 19.4 19.4 21.0 21.0 22.0 22.0
O

150 600 700 6.3 170 285 18.0 130 200 30.0 30.0 30.5 32.5 33.0 33.0 34.5 38.5
200 600 700 6.4 222 340 20.0 130 200 39.5 39.5 41.5 46.0 44.5 44.6 48.0 58.0
ES

250 1000 1000 6.8 274 400 20.0 155 300 67.0 68.0 71.0 79.0 80.0 86.0
300 1000 1000 7.2 326 455 20.5 155 300 86.0 88.0 94.0 104.0 107.0 118.0
R

350 1000 1000 7.7 378 505 20.5 170 300 109.0 113.0 122.0 130.0 138.0 154.0
W

400 1000 1000 8.1 429 565 20.5 170 300 131.0 135.0 147.0 156.0 167.0 191.0
500 1000 1000 9.0 532 670 22.5 190 300 178.0 193.0 206.0 213.0 249.0 277.0
LO

600 1000 1000 9.9 635 780 25.0 200 300 237.0 263.0 271.0 286.0 339.0 354.0
700 1500 1500 10.8 738 895 27.5 220 300 413.0 480.0
800 1500 1500 11.7 842 1015 30.0 240 300 519.0 See integral flange 610.0 See integral flanged
spigot anchoring anchoring pipes
900 1500 1500 12.6 945 1115 32.5 260 300 621.0 pipe w/puddle flange 729.0 w/puddle flange
1000 1500 1500 13.5 1048 1230 35.0 300 300 745.0 880.0

Above pipes can be supplied with different lengths, also one or more puddle can be made

256
straigHt fittings

Integrally Cast flange spIgot anD


flangeD anCHorIng pIpes WItH
puDDle flange
flange
lange
dn 700 to 1200

F
PD
L
Nominal of flange spigot, of short flanged pipes,
b c
diameter
DN
L L
1
e OD D a
mini mini
N
with flanges with flanges
O
PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25
TI

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg kg kg
LU

700 1400 1400 21.0 738 895 27.5 220 300 570 602 613 692
800 1400 1400 23.0 842 1015 30.0 240 300 733 768 792 891
O

900 1400 1400 25.0 945 1115 32.5 260 300 874 935 962 1084
1000 1400 1400 27.0 1048 1230 35.0 300 300 1070 1148 1193 1349
ES

1200 2000 2000 20.4 1235 1455 40.0 340 300 1563 1619 1697 1698 1810 1966
R

Consult SADIP for other working lengths & diameters.


W
LO

257
connecting and
repair pieces connecting and repair pieces
CouplIngs

F
PD
Coupling joints are designed to connect two spigot ends. They are used:


N
to disassemble or repair pipelines,
to dissassemble flanged valves or hydrants. In this case, a flange spigot piece should be
O
placed between the flange and the coupling joint.
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

258
connecting and
repair pieces

CouplIng

coupling
oupling
dn 80 to 1200 MM

F
PD
couplings N
O
DN (mm) Range (mm) Length (mm)
TI
80 85-107 190
100 107-132 190
LU

150 158-184 190


200 218-244 230
O

250 266-295 230


ES

300 315-349 230


350 378 262
R

400 429 262


W

450 480 262


500 532 262
LO

600 635 262


700 738 262
800 842 262
900 945 278
1000 1048 278
1100 1152 290
1200 1255 290

NOTE: Please consult SADIP for more details.

259
connecting and
repair pieces

flange aDapter

flange adapter
dapter
dn 80 to 600

F
PD
flange adaptor
DN (mm) N Range (mm) Length (mm)
O
80 85-107 124
TI
100 107-132 134
150 158-184 134
LU

200 218-244 134


250 266-295 146
O

300 315-349 155


ES

350 378 108


400 429 108
R

450 480 108


W

500 532 114


600 635 114
LO

700 738 114


800 842 114
900 945 114
1000 1048 114
1100 1125 127
1200 1255 127

NOTE: Please consult SADIP for more details.

260
CONNECTING AND
REPAIR PIECES

dismantling joints

Dismantling
Joint
DN 80 to 1200

F
PD
Dismantling Joints
DN (mm) Range (mm)
N
Length (mm)
O
80 85-107 213
100 107-132 213
TI

150 158-184 213


LU

200 218-244 213


250 266-295 213
O

300 315-349 213


ES

350 378 260


400 429 270
R

450 480 270


500 532 280
W

600 635 300


LO

700 738 300


800 842 320
900 945 320
1000 1048 340
1100 1125 350
1200 1255 370

NOTE: Please consult SADIP for more details.

261
E n g i n ee r
F
Engineering PD
N
O

Data
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

262
ing Data
Names and symbols of measurement units in the international system of units (SI)
(According to ISO standard 1000-1981 [F])

Basic Units
Quantity
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT

Name of basic SI unit Symbol

Length metre m

Mass kilogramme kg

Time second s

Electrical current ampere A

Thermodynamic temperature kelvin K

F
Quantity of a substance mole mol

PD
Luminous intensity candela cd

Additional units
Quantity N
Name of basic SI unit Symbol
O
Plane angle radian rad
TI

Solid angle steradian sr


LU

derived units
O

Expressed as a function
Special name
ES

of basic or
Quantity of Symbol additional SI units or
derived SI unit as a function of other
derived SI units
R

Frequency hertz Hz 1 Hz = 1 s-1


Force newton N 1 N = 1 kg.m/s2
W

Pressure, stress pascal Pa 1 Pa = 1 N/m2


LO

Energy, work, heat content joule J 1 J = 1 N.m


Power watt W 1 W = 1 J/s
Electric charge, quantity of electricity coulomb C 1 C = 1 A.s
Electrical potential, potential difference, voltage,
electromotive force volt V 1 V = 1 J/C
Electrical capacity farad F 1 F = 1 C/V
Electrical resistance ohm W 1 W = 1 V/A
Electrical conductance siemens S 1 S = 1 W1
Magnetic induction flux, magnetic flux weber Wb 1 Wb = 1 V.s
Magnetic flux density, magnetic induction tesla T 1 T = 1 Wb/m2
Inductance henry H 1 H = 1 Wb/A
Temperature Celsius* degree Celsius C 1 C = 1 K
Luminous flux lumen lm 1 lm = 1 cd.sr
Illumination lux lx 1 lx = 1 lm/m2

* In addition to the thermodynamic temperature (symbol T), expressed in kelvins, the Celsius temperature (symbol t) is used, defined by
the equation t = T T0, where T0 = 273.15 K by definition. The degree Celsius unit is equal to the Kelvin unit but degree Celsius
is a special name in lieu of kelvin for expressing Celsius temperature. An interval, or difference, in Celsius temperature can be
expressed in degrees Celsius or kelvins.

263
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT

Units of measurement
Conversion tables (standard nf x 02-051 August 1985)
The table below lists the principal units (other than British and American) as well their conversion to the international
system. The conversion is made by multiplying the value of the unit to be converted by the conversion factor, to give the
corresponding unit.

Symbol
Conversion Corresponding
Unit to be converted or Notes
factor unit
abbreviation

Ampere-hour Ah 3 600 C
Right angle L 1.570796 rad /2 rad
Angstrm 10-10 m
Light year a.l. 9.46053 x 1015 m
Are a 102 m2
Standard atmosphere atm 1.01325 x 105 Pa

F
Technical atmosphere at 9.80665 x 104 Pa

PD
Bar bar 105 Pa
Barye 101 Pa
New candle 1 cd
Calorie I.T. calI.T. 4.1868 J quantity of heat
Calorie 15 C cal15 4.1855 J
2 x 104
N
O
Metric carat kg precious stones
Carnot 1 J/K entropy
TI
Horse power ch 7.35499 x 102 W
Curie Ci 3.7 x 1010 s1 radio activity
LU

Darce 106 m 2 intrinsic permeability


Darcy 9.87 x 107 m2 permeability
Decibel dB Difference in level
O

logarithmic, base 10
Degree 1.745329 x 102 rad 2/360 rad
ES

Dioptre 1 m1 refraction (optical systems)


Dyne dyn 105 N
Electronvolt eV 1.60219 x 1019 J
R

Erg erg 107 J


Faraday 9.64870 x 104 C quantity of electricity
W

(based on carbon 12)


Fermi fm 1015 m
4.186 x 103
LO

Frigorie fg J energy (amount of heat


extracted from a system)
Gauss Gs, G 104 T magnetic induction
Grade gr 1.570796 x 102 rad 2/400 rad
Kilogrammetre kgm 9.80665 J
Kilogramme-force kgf 9.80665 N
Kilowatthour kWh 3.6 x 106 J electrical energy
Lambert L 3.183 x 103 cd/m2 luminance

(1
x 104 cd/m2 )
Lenz 1 A/m
Litre l, L 103 m 3 C.G.P.M. 1964
Maxwell Mx, M 108 Wb magnetic induction flux
Mesh sieve aperture see standard NF X 11-508
Nautical mile 1.852 x 103 m aerial and nautical distance
(1 of angle)
Millimetres of water (conventional) mmH2O 9.80665 Pa pressure
Millimetres of mercury (conventional) mmHg 1.333224 x 102 Pa pressure (= 13.5951 mmH2O)
Minute (angle) 2.908882 x 104 rad 2/21600 rad
Knot (international) Kn 5.14444 x 101 m/s speed (aerial and nautical)
1 nautical mile per hour
rsted Oe 7.957747 x 10 A/m magnetic field
Pieze pz 103 Pa
Poise P, Po 101 Pa.s dynamic viscosity

264
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT

Symbol
Conversion Corresponding
Unit to be converted or Notes
factor unit
abbreviation

Roentgen R 2.58 x 104 C/Kg


Second (angle) 4.848137 x 106 rad 2/1296000 rad
Stere st 1 m3 timber trade
Sthene sn 103 N force
Stokes m2/s St 104 kinematic viscosity
Tec 2.93076 x 107 J/kg mass energy the value corresponds
with the p.c.i. (pouvoir calorifique
infrieur lower calorific value) of
the European Community Office
of Statistics
Therm th 4.1855 x 106 J quantity of heat
Gross tonnage 2.83 m 3 maritime vessels
Torr torr 1.333224 x 102 Pa 1/760 standard atmosphere

F
Tour tr 6.283185 rad angle (2 rad)

PD
Unit to be converted
Symbol
or
Conversion
N
Corresponding Notes
O
factor unit
abbreviation
TI

Barrel (US) 1.58987 x 101 m3 petroleum industry


British thermal unit Btu 1.055056 x 103 J quantity of heat
LU

1 Btu/lb = 2.326 J/g

5 5
O

( F + 459.67) (
Degree Fahrenheit Tk =
F
9 Tk
C =9 (
F 32)
ES

Fathom 1.8288 m
Fluid ounce (UK) fl oz 2.84130 x 105 m3
Fluid ounce (US) fl oz 2.95735 x 105 m3
R

Foot Ft 3.048 x 101 m


Foot of water ftH2O 2.98907 x 103 Pa
W

Gallon (UK) gal 4.54609 x 103 m3


Gallon (US) gal 3.78541 x 103 m3
LO

Grain gr 6.479891 x 105 kg


Horse Power (UK) hp 7.4570 x 102 W
Inch in 2.54 x 102 m
Inch of water in H2O 2.49089 x 102 Pa
Inch of mercury inHg 3.38639 x 103 Pa
Knot (UK) Kn 5.14773 x 101 m/s speed
Liquid pint (US) Liq pt 4.73176 x 104 m3
Liquid quart (US) Liq qt 9.46352 x 104 m3
Mile mile 1.609344 x 103 m also called statute mile
Nautical mile (UK) 1.853184 x 103 m
Ounce oz 2.83495 x 102 kg
Pound lb 4.535924 x 101 kg
Pound force lbf 4.44822 N
Poundal pdl 1.38255 x 101 N
Quart (UK) qt 1.13652 x 103 m3
Short ton sh tn 9.07185 x 102 kg
Thermomechanical calorie Calth 4.1840 J
Troy ounce 3.11035 x 102 kg
Troy pound 3.73242 x 101 kg
Yard yd 9.144 x 101 m

265
hydraulic flow kinematics

Fluid flow conditions in pipes

Reynolds Number
Laminar flow: every fluid particle moves parallel to the axis of the pipe at a constant rate.
Turbulent flow: the various fluid particles move at variable rates in random directions and give rise to eddy formation.
These flow conditions are characterized by the value of the Reynolds number derived from the equation.

VD
Re = ,

where
V = the average flow rate of the fluid in the section of pipe under consideration, in metres per second.
D = the internal diameter of the pipe in metres.

F
= the kinematic viscosity of the fluid in square metres per second.

PD
With laminar flow, Re is less than 2 400*;
With turbulent flow, Re is greater than 2 400*;
When Re is close to 2 400, the system is unstable and oscillates between laminar and turbulent flow.
N
It should be noted that in practice lamellar flow is limited to the particular cases of very low flow rates, very small diameter
O
pipes, and very high viscosities.
TI
LU

Fluid viscosities

Definitions Units
O

The viscosity of a fluid is related to the friction forces which oppose the relative displacement of its molecules when it is
ES

set into motion.


The dynamic viscosity** of a fluid is a measure of the resistance that it presents to the movement within it of a plane
R

solid surface, in the plane of the latter.


The dynamic viscosity of a homogeneous fluid is the force per unit area which has to be applied to a plane solid surface
W

plunged into the fluid in order to displace it over the plane, whilst maintaining a velocity difference equal to unity between
the plane surface considered and a plane taken parallel to this surface in the liquid a unit distance from the surface. This
LO

quantity is generally denoted by ***.


The kinematic viscosity** of a fluid is equal to its dynamic viscosity divided by its voluminal mass+. This quantity is
generally denoted by ++.
The kinematic viscosity of a liquid is often measured by its rate of flow through a calibrated jet+++. The various methods of
making this measurement have given rise empirically to different scales of viscosity. The following can be quoted:


* This is usually taken as the limiting value.
The term viscosity, without a qualifier, is often used for both the dynamic viscosity and the kinematic viscosity; in addition, dynamic viscosity is also
** called absolute viscosity: to avoid confusion, it is recommended that they should always be defined precisely by the terms dynamic viscosity and
kinematic viscosity.
SI unit (poiseuille) and its decimal sub-multiple (poise).
***
+ The formula for the dimension of dynamic viscosity is L-1MT-1. However, in numerous calculations, it is convenient to use a viscosity which does not
contain the M dimension; this has led to division of the dynamic viscosity by a simple property of the fluid incorporating dimension M: its voluminal
mass+, whose dimensional formula is L-3M. This is how the kinematic viscosity has been obtained (dimensional formula L2T-1).
++ SI unit (square metres per second) and its decimal sub-multiple (stones).
+++ In fact, experience has shown that this velocity is inversely proportional to the viscosity.

266
hydraulic flow kinematics

Kinematic viscosity of water at different temperatures


Temperatures Kinematic viscosity Temperatures Kinematic viscosity

C cSt C cSt

0 1.79 50 0.556
10 1.31 60 0.477
20 1.01 70 0.415
30 0.804 80 0.367
40 0.661 90 0.328
100 0.296

HEAD LOSSES IN COMPLETELY FULL PIPELINES

Head loss of formulae

F
Since about 1950, a very large number of more or less empirical head loss formulae have been in use. Most of them have

PD
gradually been discarded in favour of the Colebrook formula, which has the advantage of being logical and applicable to
any fluid; its only disadvantage is its complex mathematical form and, because of this, some equivalent empirical formulae
are still employed.

The darcy equation N


O
Sometimes also known as the Darcy-Weisbach equation. It is the fundamental equation for defining head loss in a main.
TI

V2
J=
LU

2gD

The manning equation


O

Used particulary for partially full collector mains it has the basic expression:
ES

1 2 1
V= R J
n 3 2
R

The head loss for flow in a completely full main is written as:
W

-4
J = 6.35 (n . V)2 D
3
LO

Usual average values of coefficient n for various materials are:


PVC-GRP : 0.009 to 0.013
Freshly coated iron : 0.010 to 0.013
Encrusted iron : 0.015
Concrete pipes : 0.012 to 0.015
Coated steel : 0.012

The hazen-williams formula


This is the most commonly used for the empirical formulae and it is still used in some countries, notably the USA and
Japan. The head loss is expressed as a function of the coefficient Cwh , which varies with pipe diameter, and particularly
with the condition of the internal surface.
The fundamental expression is:
V = 0.849 Cwh R0.63 J0.54

or, for a completely full main:

J = 6.824
( )V
Cwh
1.852
D 1.167

267
hydraulic flow kinematics

Usual values of coefficient Cwh for various materials are:


PVC-GRP : 140 to 150
Coated iron : 135 to 150
Encrusted iron : 80 to 120
Concrete, asbestos cement, coated steel: 130 to 150
It is applicable to any fluids, liquids and gases, where the conditions are turbulent (Re > 2 400) however, it is not valid for
suspensions and it is difficult to apply it in the case of gas transport over long distances.

The colebrook formula


This is written as:
1
= 2 log10
[ K
+
2.51 1
]

F
3.71 . D Re

PD
and gives the value of to be inserted into the fundamental Darcy equation

V2
J=
2gD N
O
TI
notation
LU

Notation Designation Dimensions

J Head loss in metres of fluid flowing through the main per metre of main Dimensionless
O

Head loss coefficient Dimensionless


ES

D Internal diameter of the main in metres L


V Average velocity of the fluid in the section considered, in metres per second LT1
g Acceleration due to gravity in metres per second per second LT-2
R

k Equivalent roughness coefficient in metres (Colebrook formula) L


W

VD
Re Reynolds number Re = Dimensionless

LO

Kinematic viscosity in square metres/second L2T1

S
R Hydraulic radius = in metres L
P

S Wetted section in square metres L2


P Wetted perimeter in metres L
n Roughness coefficient in the Manning equation Dimensionless
Cwh Headloss coefficient in the Hazen-Williams formula Dimensionless

268
hydraulic flow kinematics

Head loss tables for water mains


The empirical head loss formulae used until about 1950 incorporated a prudent safety margin; the Colebrook formula,
which has succeeded them, has given a new scientific basis to head loss studies and has enabled them to be calculated
with greater accuracy. At the same time, it has been possible to unify and reduce the safety margins due to the general use
of modern spun coatings, which have excellent hydraullic properties and maintain them over long periods. Consequently
the engineer is in a better position to assess the effect of the quality of the water.
The values given in the tables of the following pages have therefore been calculated by the Colebrook formula,
supplemented by the Darcy equation.
They relate to a kinematic viscosity of 1.301 x 106 m2/s very close to that of water at 10C and to two equivalent
roughness coefficients:
k = 3 x 105 m = 0.03 mm;
k = 10 x 105 m = 0.1 mm.
The k = 0.03 mm coefficient corresponds with the average single pipe head loss value, determined in 1960 by the

F
Sogreah laboratories, Grenoble, on iron pipes lined with spun cement mortar; these head losses give a margin of safety

PD
close to 7%, compared with an ideally smooth surface. They served as the basis of agreement reached on the 19th March
1964, by the head loss Technical Committee of the National Public Health Employers Federation, which concluded that a
variety of materials had equivalent hydraulic properties: steel, asbestos, cement, spun concrete, iron provided with modern
spun linings, rigid PVC*.
N
The k = 0.1 mm coefficient is the one that SADIP Technical Services recommend should be used for mains in service
O
and which they themselves use. It includes an average safety margin of about 20% with respect to the head losses
TI
for an ideally smooth surface, and of about 13%, with those corresponding to k = 0.03 mm; it is suitable, under normal
coniditions, for mains laid in accordance with the rules of the art, which carry waters that have been adequately filtered
LU

and treated to avoid deposition and sedimentation problems.


It should be noted that ideally smooth conditions would give a coefficient of k = 0.
O

The tables give the head losses and flows for the most common diameters. The diameter range used corresponds with
the general case for all materials: that is, internal diameters of 40 to 2 000 mm.
ES
R
W
LO

* The report issued by this committee includes the following passage:


At the conclusion of its work, the Technical Committee proposes to accept that, in practice, over the diameter range considered, pipes of PVC, asbestos
cement, internally spun coated iron, spun concrete and internally coated steel are hydraulically equivalent, that is to say, that for equivalent diameters
they provide the same flow for the same head loss, any differences calculated from the recognized formulae for each of these materials falling within
the probable experimental error of the fundamental investigations.

269
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Table of head losses for water filled mains


Q DN 40 DN 50 DN 60
J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)

0.60 8.514 9.339 0.48


0.70 11.209 12.399 0.56
0.80 14.238 15.870 0.64
0.90 17.596 19.751 0.72
1.00 21.280 24.039 0.80 7.211 7.901 0.51
1.10 25.286 28.735 0.88 8.552 9.418 0.56
1.20 29.610 33.836 0.95 9.998 11.063 0.61
1.30 34.252 39.343 1.03 11.546 12.834 0.65
1.40 39.209 45.254 1.11 13.197 14.731 0.71
1.50 44.479 51.569 1.19 14.949 16.754 0.76 6.173 6.754 0.53
1.60 50.061 58.288 1.27 16.801 18.903 0.81 6.931 7.609 0.57

F
1.70 55.953 65.411 1.35 18.753 21.178 0.87 7.729 8.513 0.60

PD
1.80 62.155 72.937 1.43 20.805 23.578 0.92 8.567 9.465 0.64
1.90 68.665 80.865 1.51 22.956 26.103 0.97 9.445 10.466 0.67
2.00 75.482 89.197 1.59 25.206 28.752 1.02 10.362 11.515 0.71
2.10 82.605 97.931 1.67 27.554 31.527 1.07 11.318 12.612 0.74


2.20 90.034
2.30 97.769
107.067 1.75 29.999 34.427 1.12
116.606 1.83 32.543 37.451 1.17 N 12.312
13.346
13.758 0.78
14.951 0.81
O
2.40 105.808 126.546 1.91 35.183 40.600 1.22 14.418 16.193 0.85
2.50 114.150 136.889 1.99 37.920 43.874 1.27 15.529 17.483 0.88
TI

2.60 122.796 147.634 2.07 40.754 47.272 1.32 16.678 18.821 0.92
2.70 131.745 158.781 2.15 43.684 50.795 1.38 17.865 20.207 0.95
LU

2.80 140.997 170.330 2.23 46.711 54.442 1.43 19.091 21.640 0.99
2.90 150.550 182.280 2.31 49.833 58.213 1.48 20.354 23.122 1.03
3.00 160.406 194.632 2.39 53.051 62.109 1.53 21.655 24.651 1.06
O

3.10 170.563 207.386 2.47 56.365 66.128 1.58 22.994 26.229 1.10
3.20 181.021 220.542 2.55 59.774 70.272 1.63 24.370 27.854 1.13
ES

3.30 191.779 234.099 2.63 63.279 74.541 1.68 25.785 29.527 1.17
3.40 202.838 248.058 2.71 66.879 78.933 1.73 27.236 31.247 1.20
3.50 214.198 262.418 2.79 70.574 83.450 1.78 28.725 33.016 1.24
R

3.60 225.858 277.180 2.86 74.363 88.091 1.83 30.252 34.832 1.27
3.70 237.817 292.343 2.94 78.248 92.855 1.88 31.815 36.696 1.31
W

3.80 82.227 97.744 1.94 33.416 38.607 1.34


3.90 86.300 102.757 1.99 35.054 40.566 1.38
4.00 90.468 107.894 2.04 36.730 42.573 1.41
LO

4.20 99.088 118.540 2.14 40.191 46.730 1.49


4.40 108.084 129.682 2.24 43.801 51.077 1.56
4.60 117.456 141.321 2.34 47.557 55.614 1.63
4.80 127.203 153.454 2.44 51.461 60.342 1.70
5.00 137.326 166.084 2.55 55.512 65.260 1.77
5.20 147.823 179.209 2.65 59.709 70.369 1.84
5.40 158.694 192.830 2.75 64.052 75.667 1.91
5.60 169.939 206.947 2.85 68.541 81.156 1.98
5.80 181.557 221.559 2.95 73.176 86.835 2.05
6.00 77.957 92.704 2.12
6.20 82.883 98.763 2.19
6.40 87.954 105.011 2.26
6.60 93.170 111.450 2.33
6.80 98.531 118.079 2.41
7.00 104.037 124.898 2.48
7.20 109.687 131.907 2.55
7.40 115.482 139.105 2.62
7.60 121.421 146.494 2.69
7.80 127.505 154.072 2.76
8.00 133.732 161.840 2.83
8.20 140.104 169.798 2.90
8.40 146.619 177.946 2.97

Values directly applicable to water at 10C


* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

270
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Q DN 65 DN 80 DN 100
J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)

1.60 4.706 5.117 0.48


1.80 5.813 6.358 0.54
2.00 7.026 7.727 0.60
2.20 8.343 9.223 0.66
2.40 9.765 10.847 0.72
2.60 11.289 12.597 0.78 4.121 4.480 0.52
2.80 12.915 14.473 0.84 4.709 5.138 0.56
3.00 14.642 16.476 0.90 5.333 5.838 0.60
3.20 16.470 18.605 0.96 5.992 6.582 0.64
3.40 18.399 20.866 1.02 6.686 7.369 0.68
3.60 20.427 23.240 1.08 7.415 8.198 0.72
3.80 22.554 25.746 1.15 8.180 9.069 0.76

F
4.00 24.781 28.377 1.21 8.978 9.984 0.80 3.039 3.289 0.51

PD
4.20 27.106 31.134 1.27 9.812 10.940 0.84 3.318 3.600 0.53
4.40 29.529 34.016 1.33 10.679 11.940 0.88 3.609 3.923 0.56
4.60 32.050 37.023 1.39 11.581 12.981 0.92 3.911 4.261 0.59
4.80 34.669 40.155 1.45 12.517 14.065 0.95 4.223 4.611 0.61


5.00 37.385 43.413 1.51 13.487 15.191 0.99 4.547 4.975 0.64
5.20 40.198 46.795 1.57 14.491 16.359 1.03 4.882 5.352 0.66 N
O
5.40 43.109 50.303 1.63 15.528 17.570 1.07 5.228 5.743 0.69
5.60 46.116 53.935 1.69 16.599 18.823 1.11 5.585 6.146 0.71
TI

5.80 49.220 57.692 1.75 17.704 20.118 1.15 5.952 6.563 0.74
6.00 52.421 61.575 1.81 18.842 21.455 1.19 6.331 6.993 0.76
LU

6.20 55.718 65.582 1.87 20.013 22.834 1.23 6.720 7.436 0.79
6.40 59.111 69.714 1.93 21.218 24.256 1.27 7.120 7.893 0.81
6.60 62.600 73.971 1.99 22.456 25.719 1.31 7.531 8.362 0.84
O

6.80 66.185 78.352 2.05 23.727 27.225 1.35 7.953 8.845 0.87
ES

7.00 69.866 82.859 2.11 25.032 28.772 1.39 8.385 9.341 0.89
7.20 73.742 87.490 2.17 26.369 30.362 1.43 8.828 9.850 0.92
7.40 77.515 92.246 2.23 27.739 31.994 1.47 9.282 10.372 0.94
7.60 81.483 97.126 2.29 29.143 33.668 1.51 9.746 10.907 0.97
R

7.80 85.546 102.131 2.35 30.579 35.383 1.55 10.221 11.456 0.99
8.00 89.704 107.261 2.41 32.048 37.141 1.59 10.706 12.017 1.02
W

8.20 93.958 112.516 2.47 33.550 38.941 1.63 11.202 12.592 1.04
8.40 98.308 117.896 2.53 35.084 40.782 1.67 11.708 13.180 1.07
LO

8.60 102.752 123.400 2.59 36.652 42.666 1.71 12.225 13.781 1.09
8.80 107.291 129.028 2.65 38.252 44.592 1.75 12.753 14.394 1.12
9.00 111.925 134.782 2.71 39.885 46.559 1.79 13.291 15.021 1.15
9.20 116.655 140.660 2.77 41.550 48.569 1.83 13.839 15.661 1.17
9.40 121.479 146.662 2.83 43.248 50.620 1.87 14.398 16.315 1.20
9.60 126.398 152.790 2.89 44.979 52.714 1.91 14.968 16.981 1.22
9.80 131.412 159.041 2.95 46.742 54.849 1.95 15.547 17.660 1.25
10.00 48.537 57.027 1.99 16.137 18.352 1.27
10.50 53.168 62.654 2.09 17.658 20.140 1.34
11.00 58.002 68.542 2.19 19.244 22.010 1.40
11.50 63.037 74.693 2.29 20.894 23.961 1.46
12.00 68.275 81.105 2.39 22.608 25.993 1.53
12.50 73.714 87.780 2.49 24.387 28.107 1.59
13.00 79.354 94.716 2.59 26.230 30.302 1.66
13.50 85.196 101.914 2.69 28.136 32.579 1.72
14.00 91.239 109.374 2.79 30.107 34.937 1.78
14.50 97.482 117.095 2.88 32.141 37.376 1.85
16.50 40.914 47.947 2.10
18.50 50.699 59.817 2.36
20.50 61.493 72.987 2.61
22.50 73.291 87.456 2.86

Values directly applicable to water at 10C


* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

271
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Q DN 125 DN 150 DN 200


J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)

7.00 2.832 3.070 0.57


7.50 3.209 3.490 0.61
8.00 3.607 3.936 0.65
8.50 4.027 4.408 0.69
9.00 4.469 4.906 0.73 1.844 1.984 0.51
9.50 4.931 5.429 0.77 2.034 2.193 0.54
10.00 5.415 5.977 0.81 2.232 2.412 0.57
10.50 5.920 6.552 0.86 2.438 2.641 0.59
11.00 6.445 7.151 0.90 2.653 2.880 0.62
11.50 6.992 7.777 0.94 2.876 3.129 0.65
12.00 7.559 8.428 0.98 3.107 3.388 0.68
12.50 8.147 9.104 1.02 3.347 3.646 0.71

F
13.00 8.756 9.806 1.06 3.595 3.935 0.74

PD
13.50 9.385 10.533 1.10 3.852 4.224 0.76
14.00 10.035 11.285 1.14 4.116 4.522 0.79
14.50 10.705 12.063 1.18 4.389 4.830 0.82
15.00 11.396 12.867 1.22 4.669 5.149 0.85


15.50 12.107 13.695 1.26 4.958 5.477 0.88
16.00 12.838 14.549 1.30 5.255 5.814 0.91 N 1.297 1.389 0.51
O
16.50 13.590 15.429 1.34 5.560 6.162 0.93 1.371 1.471 0.53
17.00 14.362 16.333 1.39 5.873 6.519 0.96 1.448 1.555 0.54
TI

17.50 15.154 17.263 1.43 6.194 6.887 0.99 1.526 1.641 0.56
18.00 15.966 18.219 1.47 6.523 7.264 1.02 1.606 1.729 0.57
LU

18.50 16.799 19.199 1.51 6.861 7.651 1.05 1.688 1.820 0.59
19.00 17.651 20.205 1.55 7.206 8.047 1.08 1.772 1.913 0.60
19.50 18.524 21.237 1.59 7.559 8.454 1.10 1.858 2.008 0.62
O

20.00 19.416 22.293 1.63 7.920 8.870 1.13 1.945 2.105 0.64
ES

20.50 20.329 23.375 1.67 8.289 9.296 1.16 2.035 2.204 0.65
21.00 21.262 24.482 1.71 8.665 9.732 1.19 2.126 2.306 0.67
21.50 22.214 25.614 1.75 9.050 10.177 1.22 2.219 2.410 0.68
22.00 23.187 26.772 1.79 9.443 10.633 1.24 2.314 2.516 0.70
R

22.50 24.180 27.955 1.83 9.843 11.098 1.27 2.411 2.624 0.72
23.00 25.192 29.163 1.87 10.252 11.573 1.30 2.510 2.734 0.73
W

23.50 26.224 30.397 1.91 10.668 12.057 1.33 2.611 2.847 0.75
24.00 27.277 31.655 1.96 11.092 12.552 1.36 2.713 2.962 0.76
LO

26.00 31.684 36.942 2.12 12.867 14.627 1.47 3.141 3.443 0.83
28.00 36.408 42.633 2.28 14.766 16.857 1.58 3.599 3.959 0.89
30.00 41.448 48.728 2.44 16.790 19.244 1.70 4.085 4.510 0.95
32.00 46.802 55.226 2.61 18.937 21.787 1.81 4.600 5.096 1.02
34.00 52.471 62.128 2.77 21.208 24.485 1.92 5.144 5.717 1.08
36.00 58.454 69.432 2.93 23.602 27.339 2.04 5.717 6.372 1.15
38.00 26.119 30.348 2.15 6.317 7.063 1.21
40.00 28.758 33.513 2.26 6.946 7.788 1.27
42.00 31.520 36.833 2.38 7.604 8.548 1.34
44.00 34.404 40.309 2.49 8.289 9.342 1.40
46.00 37.409 43.940 2.60 9.003 10.172 1.46
48.00 40.537 47.726 2.72 9.744 11.035 1.53
50.00 43.786 51.668 2.83 10.514 11.934 1.59
55.00 12.559 14.332 1.75
60.00 14.777 16.946 1.91
65.00 17.168 19.777 2.07
70.00 19.731 22.823 2.23
75.00 22.465 26.085 2.39
80.00 25.370 29.564 2.55
85.00 28.446 33.258 2.71
90.00 31.692 37.167 2.86

Values directly applicable to water at 10C


* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

272
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Q DN 250 DN 300 DN 350


J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)

30.00 1.377 1.483 0.61


32.00 1.549 1.673 0.65
34.00 1.730 1.874 0.69
36.00 1.921 2.086 0.73 0.792 0.844 0.51
38.00 2.121 2.309 0.77 0.874 0.934 0.54
40.00 2.330 2.543 0.81 0.960 1.027 0.57
42.00 2.549 2.788 0.86 1.049 1.125 0.59
44.00 2.776 3.044 0.90 1.142 1.227 0.62
46.00 3.013 3.310 0.94 1.238 1.334 0.65
48.00 3.258 3.588 0.98 1.339 1.445 0.68
50.00 3.513 3.876 1.02 1.442 1.559 0.71 0.682 0.726 0.52
52.00 3.776 4.176 1.06 1.550 1.679 0.74 0.732 0.781 0.54

F
54.00 4.049 4.486 1.10 1.661 1.802 0.76 0.785 0.838 0.56

PD
56.00 4.331 4.807 1.14 1.776 1.930 0.79 0.838 0.897 0.58
58.00 4.621 5.139 1.18 1.894 2.062 0.82 0.894 0.958 0.60
60.00 4.920 5.482 1.22 2.016 2.198 0.85 0.951 1.021 0.62
62.00 5.229 5.826 1.26 2.141 2.338 0.88 1.010 1.085 0.64


64.00 5.546 6.200 1.30 2.270 2.483 0.91 1.070 1.152 0.67
66.00 5.872 6.575 1.34 2.402 2.631 0.93 1.132 1.220 0.69 N
O
68.00 6.207 6.961 1.39 2.538 2.784 0.96 1.196 1.290 0.71
70.00 6.550 7.358 1.43 2.677 2.942 0.99 1.261 1.363 0.73
TI

72.00 6.902 7.766 1.47 2.820 3.103 1.02 1.328 1.437 0.75
74.00 7.264 8.185 1.51 2.967 3.269 1.05 1.397 1.513 0.77
LU

76.00 7.634 8.614 1.55 3.116 3.438 1.08 1.467 1.591 0.79
78.00 8.012 9.054 1.59 3.270 3.612 1.10 1.539 1.670 0.81
80.00 8.400 9.505 1.63 3.427 3.790 1.13 1.612 1.752 0.83
O

85.00 9.406 10.680 1.73 3.834 4.254 1.20 1.802 1.965 0.88
90.00 10.467 11.922 1.83 4.262 4.744 1.27 2.002 2.189 0.94
ES

95.00 11.583 13.232 1.94 4.713 5.260 1.34 2.213 2.425 0.99

100.00 12.752 14.609 2.04 5.184 5.802 1.41 2.433 2.673 1.04

105.00 13.976 16.053 2.14 5.677 6.371 1.49 2.662 2.932 1.09
R


110.00 15.253 17.565 2.24 6.192 6.965 1.56 2.902 3.204 1.14

115.00 16.584 19.144 2.34 6.727 7.586 1.63 3.151 3.487 1.20

120.00 17.969 20.790 2.44 7.284 8.232 1.70 3.410 3.782 1.25
W


125.00 19.407 22.504 2.55 7.862 8.905 1.77 3.679 4.088 1.30

130.00 20.899 24.285 2.65 8.460 9.604 1.84 3.957 4.406 1.35
LO


135.00 22.444 26.134 2.75 9.080 10.329 1.91 4.245 4.736 1.40

140.00 24.043 28.049 2.85 9.721 11.080 1.98 4.542 5.078 1.46

145.00 25.695 30.032 2.95 10.383 11.856 2.05 4.849 5.431 1.51

150.00 11.066 12.659 2.12 5.166 5.796 1.56

155.00 11.770 13.488 2.19 5.492 6.173 1.61

160.00 12.495 14.343 2.26 5.828 6.561 1.66

165.00 13.240 15.224 2.33 6.173 6.961 1.71

170.00 14.007 16.131 2.41 6.528 7.373 1.77

175.00 14.794 17.064 2.48 6.892 7.796 1.82

180.00 15.602 18.023 2.55 7.266 8.231 1.87

185.00 16.431 19.008 2.62 7.649 8.678 1.92

190.00 17.281 20.019 2.69 8.041 9.136 1.97

195.00 18.151 21.056 2.76 8.443 9.606 2.03

200.00 19.042 22.119 2.83 8.855 10.088 2.08

210.00 20.886 24.323 2.97 9.706 11.086 2.18

220.00 10.594 12.131 2.29

230.00 11.520 13.223 2.39
240.00 12.484
14.361 2.49

250.00 13.485 15.546 2.60

260.00 14.523 16.777 2.70

270.00 15.599 18.055 2.81

280.00 16.712 19.379 2.91

alues directly applicable to water at 10C


V
* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

273
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Q DN 400 DN 450 DN 500


J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)

65.00 0.575 0.612 0.52


70.00 0.659 0.702 0.56
75.00 0.747 0.799 0.60
80.00 0.841 0.902 0.64 0.474 0.503 0.50
85.00 0.940 1.010 0.68 0.530 0.564 0.53
90.00 1.044 1.125 0.72 0.588 0.627 0.57
95.00 1.153 1.245 0.76 0.650 0.694 0.60

100.00 1.267 1.371 0.80 0.713 0.764 0.63 0.428 0.453 0.51
105.00 1.385 1.504 0.84 0.780 0.837 0.66 0.467 0.496 0.53


110.00 1.509 1.642 0.88 0.850 0.913 0.69 0.509 0.542 0.56

115.00 1.638 1.786 0.92 0.922 0.993 0.72 0.552 0.588 0.59
120.00 1.772 1.935 0.95 0.997 1.075 0.75 0.597 0.637 0.61

F

125.00 1.911 2.091 0.99 1.075 1.161 0.79 0.643 0.688 0.64

PD
130.00 2.055 2.253 1.03 1.155 1.251 0.82 0.691 0.740 0.66


135.00 2.204 2.420 1.07 1.239 1.343 0.85 0.741 0.795 0.69

140.00 2.357 2.594 1.11 1.324 1.438 0.88 0.792 0.851 0.71

145.00 2.516 2.773 1.15 1.413 1.537 0.91 0.845 0.909 0.74

150.00 2.679 2.958 1.19 1.504 1.639 0.94 0.899 0.969 0.76

155.00 2.847 3.149 1.23 1.598 1.744 0.97 0.955 1.031 0.79 N
O

160.00 3.020 3.345 1.27 1.695 1.852 1.01 1.013 1.094 0.81

165.00 3.198 3.548 1.31 1.794 1.964 1.04 1.072 1.160 0.84
TI


170.00 3.380 3.756 1.35 1.896 2.079 1.07 1.132 1.227 0.87

175.00 3.568 3.971 1.39 2.001 2.196 1.10 1.195 1.296 0.89
LU


180.00 3.760 4.191 1.43 2.108 2.317 1.13 1.259 1.368 0.92

185.00 3.957 4.417 1.47 2.218 2.442 1.16 1.324 1.440 0.94

190.00 4.159 4.648 1.51 2.331 2.569 1.19 1.391 1.515 0.97
O


195.00 4.366 4.886 1.55 2.446 2.699 1.23 1.459 1.592 0.99

200.00 4.577 5.129 1.59 2.564 2.833 1.26 1.529 1.670 1.02
ES


210.00 5.014 5.634 1.67 2.807 3.110 1.32 1.674 1.832 1.07

220.00 5.471 6.161 1.75 3.061 3.399 1.38 1.825 2.002 1.12

230.00 5.946 6.712 1.83 3.326 3.701 1.45 1.982 2.179 1.17
R


240.00 6.440 7.286 1.91 3.601 4.016 1.51 2.145 2.363 1.22

250.00 6.953 7.883 1.99 3.886 4.344 1.57 2.314 2.555 1.27

260.00 7.485 8.504 2.07 4.182 4.684 1.63 2.489 2.753 1.32
W


270.00 8.035 9.148 2.15 4.488 5.036 1.70 2.671 2.960 1.38

280.00 8.605 9.815 2.23 4.804 5.401 1.76 2.858 3.173 1.43
LO


290.00 9.193 10.506 2.31 5.131 5.779 1.82 3.051 3.394 1.48

300.00 9.800 11.219 2.39 5.468 6.170 1.89 3.251 3.622 1.53

310.00 10.426 11.956 2.47 5.815 6.573 1.95 3.456 3.857 1.58

320.00 11.071 12.716 2.55 6.173 6.988 2.01 3.668 4.100 1.63

330.00 11.734 13.499 2.63 6.541 7.417 2.07 3.885 4.350 1.68

340.00 12.416 14.306 2.71 6.919 7.857 2.14 4.109 4.607 1.73

350.00 13.117 15.136 2.79 7.307 8.311 2.20 4.338 4.872 1.78

360.00 13.836 15.989 2.86 7.705 8.777 2.26 4.574 5.144 1.83

370.00 14.574 16.865 2.94 8.114 9.255 2.33 4.815 5.423 1.88

380.00 8.533 9.747 2.39 5.062 5.709 1.88

390.00 8.962 10.250 2.45 5.316 6.003 1.99

400.00 9.401 10.767 2.52 5.575 6.304 2.04

420.00 10.310 11.837 2.64 6.111 6.928 2.14

440.00 11.259 12.958 2.77 6.671 7.581 2.24

460.00 12.249 14.129 2.89 7.255 8.263 2.34

480.00 7.862 8.974 2.44

500.00 8.493 9.714 2.55

520.00 9.147 10.483 2.65

540.00 9.825 11.282 2.75

560.00 10.526 12.109 2.85

580.00 11.251 12.965 2.95

Values directly applicable to water at 10C


* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

274
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Q DN 600 DN 700 DN 800


J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)

160.00 0.417 0.443 0.57


170.00 0.466 0.496 0.60
180.00 0.517 0.552 0.64
190.00 0.571 0.611 0.67
200.00 0.628 0.673 0.71 0.296 0.313 0.52
210.00 0.687 0.737 0.74 0.324 0.343 0.55
220.00 0.748 0.805 0.78 0.353 0.375 0.57
230.00 0.812 0.875 0.81 0.383 0.407 0.60
240.00 0.878 0.949 0.85 0.414 0.441 0.62
250.00 0.947 1.025 0.88 0.446 0.476 0.65
260.00 1.018 1.104 0.92 0.480 0.512 0.68 0.251 0.265 0.52
270.00 1.092 1.186 0.95 0.514 0.550 0.70 0.269 0.284 0.54

F
280.00 1.168 1.271 0.99 0.550 0.589 0.73 0.287 0.304 0.56
290.00 1.247 1.358 1.03 0.587 0.629 075 0.306 0.325 0.58

PD
300.00 1.327 1.449 1.06 0.625 0.671 0.78 0.326 0.346 0.60
310.00 1.411 1.542 1.10 0.664 0.714 0.81 0.346 0.368 0.62
320.00 1.496 1.638 1.13 0.704 0.758 0.83 0.367 0.390 0.64
330.00 1.584 1.737 1.17 0.745 0.804 0.86 0.388 0.414 0.66
340.00 1.675 1.839 1.20 0.787 0.850 0.88 0.410 0.438 0.68
N
O
350.00 1.768 1.943 1.24 0.830 0.898 0.91 0.433 0.462 0.70
360.00 1.863 2.051 1.27 0.875 0.947 0.94 0.456 0.487 0.72
TI
370.00 1.960 2.161 1.31 0.921 0.998 0.96 0.479 0.513 0.74
380.00 2.060 2.274 1.34 0.967 1.050 0.99 0.504 0.540 0.76
390.00 2.163 2.390 1.38 1.015 1.103 1.01 0.528 0.567 0.78
LU

400.00 2.267 2.509 1.41 1.064 1.157 1.04 0.554 0.594 0.80
420.00 2.483 2.755 1.49 1.165 1.270 1.09 0.606 0.652 0.84
440.00 2.709 3.013 1.56 1.270 1.388 1.14 0.660 0.712 0.88
O

460.00 2.944 3.281 1.63 1.379 1.510 1.20 0.717 0.774 0.92
480.00 3.189 3.561 1.70 1.493 1.638 1.25 0.776 0.839 0.95
ES

500.00 3.442 3.853 1.77 1.611 1.771 1.30 0.837 0.907 0.99
520.00 3.705 4.155 1.84 1.733 1.909 1.35 0.900 0.977 1.03
540.00 3.977 4.469 1.91 1.860 2.053 1.40 0.965 1.050 1.07
R

560.00 4.259 4.794 1.98 1.990 2.201 1.46 1.033 1.125 1.11
580.00 4.550 5.131 2.05 2.125 2.354 1.51 1.102 1.203 1.15
W

600.00 4.850 5.478 2.12 2.265 2.513 1.56 1.174 1.284 1.19
620.00 5.159 5.837 2.19 2.408 2.676 1.61 1.248 1.367 1.23
640.00 5.477 6.208 2.26 2.556 2.845 1.66 1.324 1.452 1.27
LO

660.00 5.805 6.589 2.33 2.707 3.018 1.71 1.403 1.540 1.31
680.00 6.142 6.982 2.41 2.863 3.197 1.77 1.483 1.631 1.35
700.00 6.488 7.386 2.48 3.024 3.381 1.82 1.566 1.724 1.39
720.00 6.843 7.801 2.55 3.188 3.569 1.87 1.650 1.820 1.43
740.00 7.207 8.228 2.62 3.357 3.763 1.92 1.737 1.918 1.47
760.00 7.581 8.666 2.69 3.529 3.962 1.97 1.826 2.019 1.51
780.00 7.963 9.115 2.76 3.706 4.166 2.03 1.917 2.122 1.55
800.00 8.355 9.575 2.83 3.887 4.375 2.08 2.010 2.228 1.59
850.00 4.358 4.920 2.21 2.252 2.503 1.69
900.00 4.855 5.497 2.34 2.507 2.795 1.79
950.00 5.377 6.105 2.47 2.775 3.102 1.89

1000.00 5.925 6.744 2.60 3.056 3.425 1.99

1050.00 6.500 7.415 2.73 3.351 3.764 2.09

1100.00 7.099 8.118 2.86 3.658 4.119 2.19

1150.00 7.725 8.853 2.99 3.978 4.490 2.29

1200.00 4.312 4.876 2.39

1250.00 4.658 5.278 2.49

1300.00 5.017 5.696 2.59

1350.00 5.389 6.130 2.69

1400.00 5.774 6.579 2.79

1450.00 6.172 7.045 2.88

Values directly applicable to water at 10C


* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

275
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Q DN 900 DN 1000 DN 1100


J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)

340.00 0.231 0.244 0.53


360.00 0.257 0.272 0.57
380.00 0.284 0.301 0.60
400.00 0.312 0.331 0.63 0.187 0.197 0.51
420.00 0.341 0.363 0.66 0.204 0.215 0.53
440.00 0.372 0.396 0.69 0.222 0.235 0.56
460.00 0.403 0.431 0.72 0.241 0.255 0.59
480.00 0.436 0.467 0.75 0.261 0.277 0.61
500.00 0.470 0.504 0.79 0.281 0.299 0.64 0.164 0.173 0.51
520.00 0.506 0.543 0.82 0.303 0.322 0.66 0.190 0.201 0.55
540.00 0.542 0.583 0.85 0.324 0.345 0.69 0.204 0.215 0.57
560.00 0.580 0.625 0.88 0.347 0.370 0.71 0.218 0.231 0.59

F
580.00 0.619 0.668 0.91 0.370 0.395 0.74 0.233 0.246 0.61

PD
600.00 0.659 0.712 0.94 0.394 0.421 0.76 0.248 0.262 0.63
620.00 0.701 0.758 0.97 0.419 0.488 0.79 0.263 0.279 0.65
640.00 0.743 0.805 1.01 0.444 0.476 0.81 0.279 0.296 0.67
660.00 0.787 0.853 1.04 0.470 0.504 0.84 0.295 0.314 0.69


680.00 0.832 0.903 1.07 0.497 0.534 0.87 0.312 0.332 0.72
700.00 0.878 0.955 1.10 0.524 0.564 0.89 0.329 0.351 0.74 N
O
720.00 0.925 1.007 1.13 0.552 0.595 0.92 0.347 0.370 0.76
740.00 0.974 1.061 1.16 0.581 0.627 0.94 0.365 0.390 0.78
TI

760.00 1.023 1.117 1.19 0.610 0.659 0.97 0.383 0.410 0.80
780.00 1.074 1.174 1.23 0.641 0.693 0.99 0.402 0.431 0.82
LU

800.00 1.126 1.232 1.26 0.671 0.727 1.02 0.421 0.452 0.84
850.00 1.261 1.383 1.34 0.752 0.816 1.08 0.471 0.507 0.89
900.00 1.403 1.544 1.41 0.836 0.910 1.15 0.524 0.565 0.95
O

950.00 1.552 1.712 1.49 0.925 1.008 1.21 0.579 0.626 1.00
ES


1000.00 1.709 1.890 1.57 1.017 1.112 1.27 0.637 0.690 1.05
1050.00 1.872 2.076 1.65 1.114 1.221 1.34 0.698 0.757 1.10


1100.00 2.043 2.270 1.73 1.216 1.335 1.40 0.761 0.828 1.16
1150.00 2.221 2.473 1.81 1.321 1.454 1.46 0.827 0.901 1.21

R


1200.00 2.406 2.685 1.89 1.431 1.578 1.53 0.895 0.977 1.26

1250.00 2.599 2.905 1.96 1.545 1.707 1.59 0.966 1.057 1.32
W


1300.00 2.798 3.134 2.04 1.663 1.840 1.66 1.040 1.139 1.37

1350.00 3.004 3.372 2.12 1.785 1.979 1.72 1.116 1.225 1.42
LO

1400.00 3.218 3.618 2.20 1.911 2.123 1.78 1.194 1.313 1.47


1450.00 3.438 3.872 2.28 2.041 2.272 1.85 1.276 1.405 1.53

1500.00 3.666 4.135 2.36 2.176 2.425 1.91 1.359 1.499 1.58
1550.00 3.901 4.407 2.44 2.314 2.584 1.97 1.446 1.597 1.63


1600.00 4.142 4.687 2.52 2.457 2.748 2.04 1.534 1.698 1.68

1650.00 4.391 4.976 2.59 2.604 2.916 2.10 1.626 1.801 1.74
1700.00 4.647 5.274 2.67 2.755 3.090 2.16 1.720 1.908 1.79


1750.00 4.909 5.580 2.75 2.910 3.268 2.23 1.816 2.018 1.84

1800.00 5.179 5.894 2.83 3.069 3.452 2.29 1.915 2.131 1.89
1850.00 5.456 6.217 2.91 3.232 3.640 2.36 2.016 2.247 1.95


1900.00 5.739 6.549 2.99 3.400 3.834 2.42 2.120 2.365 2.00

1950.00 3.571 4.032 2.48 2.227 2.487 2.05
2000.00
3.747 4.235 2.55 2.336 2.612 2.10

2100.00 4.110 4.657 2.67 2.561 2.871 2.21

2200.00 4.489 5.098 2.80 2.797 3.142 2.31

2300.00 4.885 5.559 2.93 3.042 3.525 2.42

2400.00 3.298 3.720 2.53

2500.00 3.563 4.028 2.63

2600.00 3.838 4.347 2.74

2700.00 4.124 4.679 2.84

2800.00 4.419 5.022 2.95

Values directly applicable to water at 10C


* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

276
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Q DN 1200 DN 1400 DN 1500


J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)

600.00 0.162 0.171 0.53


650.00 0.188 0.198 0.57
700.00 0.215 0.288 0.62
750.00 0.244 0.259 0.66
800.00 0.275 0.293 0.71 0.130 0.137 0.52
850.00 0.308 0.329 0.75 0.145 0.153 0.55
900.00 0.342 0.366 0.80 0.161 0.170 0.58 0.115 0.121 0.51
950.00 0.379 0.406 0.84 0.178 0.189 0.62 0.128 0.134 0.54

1000.00 0.416 0.477 0.88 0.196 0.208 0.65 0.140 0.148 0.57

1050.00 0.456 0.490 0.93 0.215 0.228 0.68 0.153 0.162 0.59

1100.00 0.497 0.536 0.97 0.234 0.249 0.71 0.167 0.177 0.62

1150.00 0.540 0.583 1.02 0.254 0.270 0.75 0.181 0.192 0.65

F

1200.00 0.584 0.632 1.06 0.275 0.293 0.78 0.196 0.208 0.68

PD

1250.00 0.630 0.683 1.11 0.296 0.317 0.81 0.212 0.225 0.71

1300.00 0.678 0.736 1.15 0.319 0.341 0.84 0.228 0.242 0.74
1350.00 0.728 0.791 1.19 0.342 0.366 0.88 0.244 0.260 0.76


1400.00 0.779 0.848 1.24 0.366 0.392 0.91 0.261 0.278 0.79

1450.00 0.831 0.907 1.28 0.390 0.420 0.94 0.279 0.297 0.82
1500.00 0.886 0.968 1.33 0.416 0.447 0.97 0.297 0.317 0.85
N
O

1550.00 0.942 1.031 1.37 0.442 0.476 1.01 0.315 0.338 0.88
1600.00 0.999 1.096 1.41 0.469 0.506 1.04 0.334 0.359 0.91

TI


1650.00 1.059 1.162 1.46 0.496 0.536 1.07 0.354 0.380 0.93

1700.00 1.120 1.231 1.50 0.525 0.568 1.10 0.374 0.402 0.96
LU

1750.00 1.182 1.301 1.55 0.554 0.600 1.14 0.395 0.425 0.99


1800.00 1.246 1.374 1.59 0.584 0.633 1.17 0.416 0.449 1.02
1850.00 1.312 1.448 1.64 0.615 0.667 1.20 0.438 0.473 1.05

O


1900.00 1.380 1.524 1.68 0.646 0.702 1.23 0.460 0.497 1.08
ES


1950.00 1.449 1.603 1.72 0.678 0.738 1.27 0.483 0.522 1.10
2000.00 1.519 1.683 1.77 0.711 0.775 1.30 0.507 0.548 1.13


2100.00 1.665 1.849 1.86 0.779 0.851 1.36 0.555 0.602 1.19
2200.00 1.818 2.023 1.95 0.850 0.930 1.43 0.605 0.658 1.24

R


2300.00 1.977 2.204 2.03 0.924 1.013 1.49 0.658 0.716 1.30

2400.00 2.142 2.394 2.12 1.001 1.099 1.56 0.712 0.777 1.36
W


2500.00 2.314 2.591 2.21 1.080 1.189 1.62 0.769 0.841 1.41

2600.00 2.492 2.795 2.30 1.163 1.283 1.69 0.828 0.906 1.47
LO

2700.00 2.677 3.008 2.39 1.248 1.379 1.75 0.888 0.974 1.53


2800.00 2.867 3.228 2.48 1.337 1.480 1.82 0.951 1.045 1.58

2900.00 3.065 3.456 2.56 1.428 1.583 1.88 1.016 1.118 1.64
3000.00 3.268 3.691 2.65 1.522 1.691 1.95 1.083 1.194 1.70


3100.00 3.478 3.934 2.74 1.620 1.801 2.01 1.152 1.271 1.75

3200.00 3.694 4.185 2.83 1.720 1.915 2.08 1.223 1.352 1.81
3300.00 3.917 4.444 2.92 1.823 2.033 2.14 1.296 1.435 1.87


3400.00 1.928 2.154 2.21 1.371 1.520 1.92

3500.00 2.037 2.279 2.27 1.448 1.607 1.98
3650.00
2.206 2.472 2.37 1.567 1.743 2.07

3800.00 2.380 2.673 2.47 1.691 1.885 2.15

3950.00 2.562 2.882 2.57 1.819 2.032 2.24
4100.00
2.750 3.099 2.66 1.952 2.184 2.32

4250.00 2.944 3.323 2.76 2.090 2.342 2.41

4400.00 3.144 3.555 2.86 2.232 2.505 2.49

4550.00 3.351 3.795 2.96 2.379 2.674 2.57

4700.00 2.530 2.848 2.66

4850.00 2.685 3.027 2.74

5000.00 2.845 3.212 2.83

5150.00 3.010 3.403 2.91

5300.00 3.179 3.599 3.00
alues directly applicable to water at 10C
V
* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

277
HYDRAULIC FLOW KINEMATICS

Q DN 1600 DN 1800 DN 2000


J (m/km)* J (m/km)* J (m/km)*
(l/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s) k = 0.03 mm k = 0.10 mm V (m/s)


1100.00 0.122 0.128 0.55
1200.00
0.143 0.151 0.60

1300.00 0.166 0.176 0.65 0.094 0.098 0.51

1400.00 0.190 0.202 0.70 0.107 0.113 0.55

1500.00 0.216 0.230 0.75 0.122 0.128 0.59

1600.00 0.244 0.260 0.80 0.137 0.145 0.63 0.082 0.086 0.51
1700.00 0.273 0.292 0.85 0.154 0.162 0.67 0.092 0.096 0.54


1800.00 0.304 0.325 0.90 0.171 0.181 0.71 0.102 0.107 0.57
1900.00 0.336 0.360 0.94 0.189 0.200 0.75 0.113 0.119 0.60


2000.00 0.369 0.397 0.99 0.208 0.221 0.79 0.124 0.131 0.64

2100.00 0.404 0.436 1.04 0.227 0.242 0.83 0.136 0.144 0.67
2200.00 0.441 0.476 1.09 0.248 0.265 0.86 0.148 0.157 0.70

F

2300.00 0.479 0.518 1.14 0.269 0.288 0.90 0.161 0.170 0.73

PD
2400.00 0.519 0.562 1.19 0.291 0.312 0.94 0.174 0.185 0.76


2500.00 0.560 0.608 1.24 0.314 0.337 0.98 0.188 0.200 0.80

2600.00 0.603 0.655 1.29 0.338 0.364 1.02 0.202 0.215 0.83

2700.00 0.647 0.705 1.34 0.363 0.391 1.06 0.216 0.231 0.86

2800.00 0.692 0.755 1.39 0.388 0.419 1.10 0.232 0.247 0.89

2900.00 0.739 0.808 1.44 0.414 0.448 1.14 0.247 0.265 0.92 N
O

3000.00 0.788 0.863 1.49 0.441 0.478 1.18 0.263 0.282 0.95

3100.00 0.838 0.919 1.54 0.469 0.509 1.22 0.280 0.300 0.99
TI


3200.00 0.889 0.977 1.59 0.498 0.540 1.26 0.297 0.319 1.02

3300.00 0.942 1.036 1.64 0.528 0.573 1.30 0.315 0.338 1.05
LU


3400.00 0.997 1.097 1.69 0.558 0.607 1.34 0.333 0.358 1.08

3500.00 1.053 1.161 1.74 0.589 0.642 1.38 0.351 0.379 1.11

3650.00 1.139 1.258 1.82 0.637 0.696 1.43 0.380 0.410 1.16
O


3800.00 1.229 1.360 1.89 0.687 0.752 1.49 0.409 0.443 1.21

3950.00 1.322 1.466 1.96 0.739 0.810 1.55 0.440 0.477 1.26
ES


4100.00 1.418 1.576 2.04 0.793 0.870 1.61 0.472 0.512 1.31

4250.00 1.518 1.689 2.11 0.848 0.932 1.67 0.505 0.549 1.35

4400.00 1.621 1.806 2.19 0.906 0.997 1.73 0.539 0.587 1.40
R


4550.00 1.727 1.928 2.26 0.965 1.063 1.79 0.574 0.626 1.45

4700.00 1.836 2.053 2.34 1.025 1.132 1.85 0.610 0.666 1.50

4850.00 1.949 2.182 2.41 1.088 1.203 1.91 0.647 0.707 1.54
W


5000.00 2.065 2.315 2.49 1.152 1.276 1.96 0.685 0.750 1.59

5200.00 2.224 2.498 2.59 1.241 1.376 2.04 0.737 0.809 1.66
LO


5400.00 2.390 2.689 2.69 1.333 1.481 2.12 0.792 0.870 1.72

5600.00 2.561 2.886 2.79 1.428 1.589 2.20 0.848 0.933 1.78

5800.00 2.737 3.090 2.88 1.526 1.701 2.28 0.906 0.999 1.85

6000.00 2.920 3.301 2.98 1.627 1.816 2.36 0.966 1.066 1.91

6200.00 1.731 1.936 2.44 1.027 1.136 1.97

6400.00 1.839 2.059 2.52 1.091 1.208 2.04

6600.00 1.949 2.186 2.59 1.156 1.282 2.10

6800.00 2.063 2.317 2.67 1.223 1.359 2.16

7000.00 2.180 2.451 2.75 1.292 1.437 2.23

7200.00 2.300 2.589 2.83 1.363 1.518 2.29

7400.00 2.423 2.731 2.91 1.436 1.601 2.36

7600.00 2.549 2.877 2.99 1.510 1.686 2.42

7800.00 1.587 1.773 2.48

8000.00 1.665 1.863 2.55

8200.00 1.745 1.954 2.61

8400.00 1.826 2.048 2.67

8600.00 1.910 2.144 2.74

8800.00 1.995 2.242 2.80

9000.00 2.083 2.343 2.86

9200.00 2.171 2.445 2.93

9400.00 2.262 2.550 2.99

Values directly applicable to water at 10C


* Head loss in metres of the fluid carried by the main per running kilometre of main.

278
hydraulic flow kinematics

Use of the tables for fluids of different viscosities


Where a fluid, liquid or gaseous, has a kinematic viscosity different from the fluid used in establishing the tables - this
fluid being referred to as the base fluid in the following the following procedure enables the tables to be used for
head loss calculations without having to solve the Colebrook equation for each particular cae. In effect, the problem
consists of determining , from which J can be calculated by the Darcy formula:

J= V2
D 2g

Examination of the Colebrook formula:


1

= -2 log 10
( k
3.71 D
+ 2.51
VD

)

Which was used as the basis of calculation for the figures in the tables, shows that for fiven values of k and D,

F
is only dependent on the value of the ratio V

PD
Throughout the reasoning given below it is understood that k, D and, of course g, remain unchanged.
Let:


f the kinematic viscocity of fluid f, whose head loss is required,
N
b the kinematic viscosity of the base fluid (i.e. very close to 1.30 x 10-6), both expressed in m2/s;
O
Vf the average velocity of fluid f in the section considered,
TI

Vb the same velocity for the base fluid, so that the ratio V has the same value for both fluids, both expressed in
m/s;
LU

Jf the sought head loss of fluid f,


O

Jb the head loss of the base fluid corresponding to velocity Vb, both expressed in m of the fluid considered per
m of main.
ES

It can be seen that will be same for fluid f and for the base fluid, provided that:
R

Vf Vb
= (1)
f b
W

That is, it will be obtained for a base fluid velocity


LO

b
Vb = Vf
f

The tables give the head loss Jb defined above (by interpolation if necessary), corresponding to Vb.

Finally, the head loss Jf is obtained with the help of the Darcy equation:

V2
J=
D 2g

The latter, written out for for both fluid f and the base fluid, and relationship (1), Shows that

Vf 2 f 2
Jf
= =
Jb Vb2 b 2

from which:
Jf = Jb f 2
b ( )

279
hydraulic flow kinematics

Procedure
Calculate
1.30 x 106
Vb = V f f

f being expressed in m2/s.


Look in the column of the table corresponding with the given values of D and K for the value of Jb corresponding to Vb,
interpolating if necessary.
The required head loss is obtained from:

( )
2
f
Jf= Jb
Example 1.30x106

Hot water at 50 C flowing through an iron pipe internally lined with a cement mortar coating
D = 200 mm,

F
k = 0.1 mm,

PD
Vf = 1 m/s (corresponding to a flow of 31.42 1/s),
f = 0.55 x 106 m2/s.

Vb = Vf
b
f
1x
1.30
0.550
= 2.3636 m/s N
O
Interpolation : for V= 2.35 m/s, J= 0.02534
TI

for V=2.40 m/s, J= 0.02640


Difference 0.00106
LU

Therefore, for Vb = 2.3636 m/s, : Jb 0.02563


O

() ( )
f 2 0,550 2
Jf= Jb
b 0.02563 0.02563 x 0.1790 0.00459 m/m
ES

1.30
R
W
LO

280
hydraulic flow kinematics

Wetted section - wetted perimeter - hydraulic radius


Under conditions of flow, the wetted section is the section in direct contact with the liquid.
The wetted perimeter P is that part of the perimeter of the wetted section which is in direct contact with the solid walls of
the channel or conduit in which the flow occurs.

It follows therefore, that in cases of flow in partially filled mains or open channels, the wetted perimeter does not include
the part in contact with air. The hydraulic radius R is the ratio of the wetted section S to the wetted perimeter P:

R=S
P

Note : In a circular conduit, the hydraulic radius is different from the geometric radius r of the section. For example, in a
full circular conduit the hydraulic radius is equal to half the geometric radius:
r2 = r
R=

F
2 r 2

PD
The Bernoulli theorem
For constant frictionless flow of an incompressible liquid, the sum of the positional energies, pressure and movement
(kinetic energy) of a liquid particle is constant throughout its passage.
N
It can be seen therefore that the Bernoulli theorem expresses the conservation of mechanical energy under the perfect
O
flow conditions considered.
Let:
TI

the density of the liquid in kilograms per cubic metre;


LU

g the acceleration due to gravity in metres per second per second;


v the volume of the liquid particle in cubic metres;
z
O

the elevation of the liquid particle in relation to a horizontal plane of references, expressed in meters;
p the pressure to which the liquid particle is subjected, expressed in pascals*;
ES

V the mean velocity of the liquid particle, in a pipe section, in metres per second.
The weight of the liquid particle is equal to gv. The three forms of energy above have the following respectives values
R

per unit weight of liquid:


W

positional energy: gv.z


=z
gv
LO

pv p
pressure energy: =
gv g

v2 2
**
= V
v 2
kinetic energy :
gv 2g

These three quantities are expressed in length units; they correspond to liquid heights; taking the selection of units
expressed above into account, they are expressed in metres.

The Bernoulli theorem is expressed by the identity:


2
p =
z+ + V te
g 2g C

This constant is called the total head and is expressed as the height in metres of the liquid considered.

* Note that the SI pascal unit is equal to 10-5 times its bar multiple, the unit generally used.
2
V
** The quantity is the velocity head from which a previously static liquid particle must fall freely to reach velocity V.
2g
Cf. table of theoretical velocities V = 2gh.

281
hydraulic flow kinematics

Pressure head and hydraulic Gradient - Head and energy line (Total Head)
Using the same notation as above*, if, in the flow of a liquid a point P is considered to be vertically above a liquid particle
p
at an algebraically increased coordinate ofg , the elevation at P is known as the pressure head;

the locus of points P as the particle is displaced is the hydraulic gradient**.


2
A further increase in height above point P, equal to V , gives a point C whose position is the head at the point considered
2g
in the liquid: the locus of points C is the energy line of the flow.

The Bernoulli theorem, which applies to perfect flow, shows that in such flow the position of point C is constant and the
energy line is horizontal. On the other hand, under real flow conditions, friction causes the line to take a descending
path: the difference in head of the energy line between two points in the liquid is called the head loss between these two
points.

F
Singular Head Loss in circular conduits for liquids

PD
In all the following cases, flow of the liquid to the singular point results in a head loss given by the equation:

V2
Dh = k 2g
N
O
where
TI
D h is the head loss in metres of liquid,
V the average velocity of the liquid in the section considered, in metres per second***,
LU

g the acceleration due to gravity in metres per second per second, and
k a dimensionless coefficient dependent on the nature of the singular point in question. It is given in the following
for the most usual cases.
O
ES

Connection of a pipe to a Large Tank


Note: All the equations below are equally valid for pipes and nozzles with a vertical axis running from the invert of the tank
R

or connected to it at that point.


W

1) OUTLET
a) Sharp angled connection,
LO

flush with tank


V2
k= 0.5; h = 0.5 2g

b) Projecting into the tank

V2
k= 1****; D h =
2g

* See the Bernoulli theorem, preceding page.


** The pressure represented by p is usually the relative pressure (absolute pressure reduced by the atmospheric pressure); under these conditions the
pressure head corresponds to the level that the liquid, and hence the liquid particle, would attain in a static pressure tube open to the atmosphere at its
upper end.
*** Where necessary, it is stated where this section is situated in the conduit.
**** Where the length of the protection is between 1 to 2 times the diameter.

282
hydraulic flow kinematics

c) Rounded profile connection, not projecting into tank

V2
k= 0.05*; D h = 0.05
2g

d) Sharp angled connection, flush with tank and open end discharge

F
PD
D h =V
2
N k= 1;
2g
O
TI
LU

2) INLET
O
ES

2
D h =V
R

k= 1;
2g
W
LO

This equation is valid for the case illustrated but can also be applied when the pipe projects into the tank or the
connection has a rounded profile.

*This is an average value; k depends on the rounded profile.

283
hydraulic flow kinematics

bends

1) Rounded
V2
k: see below; h = k 2g

k is given in the following table as a function of
P

r = radius of curvature of the bend in metres;


d = internal pipe diameter in metres;
= angle in degrees.
from the Weisbach equation:

[ ( ) ]
3.5
d
k= 0.131 + 1.847
2r 90

F
PD
r
d 1 1.5 2 2.5
()

11.25 0.037 0.021 0.018 0.017


22.5 0.074 0.043 N 0.036 0.034
O
30 0.098 0.057 0.048 0.046
45 0.147 0.085 0.073 0.069
TI

90 0.294 0.170 0.145 0.138


LU

180 0.588 0.341 0.291 0.275


O

2) Sharp
ES

V2
k: see below; h =k 2g
R

k is given in the following table as a function of


W

= angle in degrees.
LO

() 22.5 30 45 60 90

k 0.07 0.11 0.24 0.47 1.13

Tees (90 branch of the same diameter as the straight pipe, sharp angled)

1) Branch off-take

Qr Qr = Qt - Qb

2
Vt
k: see below; h = k 2g

Qb

284
hydraulic flow kinematics

k and h each have two values, depending on whether the original straight pipe is being considered (k r and h r) or the
branch (kb and hb);
V t is the supply current velocity in metres per second.
k r and kb are given in the table below, as a function of
Q t = total flow (supply) in cubic metres per second;
Q b = flow in the branch (flow in the side leg) in cubic metres per second.

Qb
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Qt

kr 0.04 0.08 -0.05 0.07 0.21 0.35*


kb 0.95* 0.88 0.89 0.95 1.10 1.28

2) Supply intake connection

F
PD
Qr Qt = Qr + Qb

2
k: see below; h = k Vt
N 2g
O
Qb
TI

k and h each have two values, depending on whether the original straight pipe is being considered (kr and hr) or the
intake branch (kb and hb);
LU

v is the issuing current velocity in metres per second.


t
k r and k b are given in the following table as a function of
O

Q b = flow in the branch (side intake flow) in cubic metres per second;
ES

Q t = total flow (issuing flow) in cubic metres per second.

Qb
R

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1


Qt
W

k 0.04 0.17 0.30 0.41 0.51 0.60*


k
r 1.12* 0.40 0.08 0.47 0.72 0.91
b
LO

Tapers
1) Convergent

Negligible head loss.

2) Divergent
2
D1

D2

a) Enlargement angle less than, or equal to, 10


2
Vt
k: see below; h = k 2g

Qb
* These are the values to which k r or k b tend when the ratio tends respectively towards 1 (no flow in the straight pipe before the branch) or towards
Qt
0 (no flow in the branch).

285
hydraulic flow kinematics

V1 being the average velocity prior to the enlargement in metres per second.

( ) [ ()]
1.25 2 2
D1
K = 3.2 tg 1
2 D2

where D 1 = the internal pipe diameter prior to the enlargement, in metres;


D 2 = the internal pipe diameter after enlargement, in metres.

b) Enlargement angle greater than 10


The head loss is given by the equation below for sudden enlargements*.

Sudden changes in diameter

F
PD
1) Contraction

V22
D1

k: see below; h = k
N
D2

2g
O
TI
V2 being the average velocity after contraction in metres per second.

[ ()] D2 2
LU

k = 0.5 1
D1
O

k is given in the following table, as a function of


ES

D1 = internal pipe diameter before contraction in metres;


D2 = internal pipe diameter after contraction in metres.
R
W

2) Enlargement
LO

V12
k: see below; h = k
D1

D2

2g

V1 being the average velocity prior to the enlargement in metres per second.

[ ()] D1 2 2
k= 1 D2

with D1 = internal pipe diameter prior to the enlargement, in metres per second;
D2 = internal pipe diameter after the enlargement, in metres.

* In fact, streams of liquid become detached and the phenomenon becomes similar to that observed in the case of sudden enlargement.
For an enlargement angle of 10 transition point between the sphere of application of the two formulae -, it can be said that they give virtually the same
D
result when the 2 ratio is close to 1.25, a very common value.
D
1

286
hydraulic flow kinematics

Valves

1) Sluice gate valves


V2
k: see below; h = k
2g

The following table gives the average experimental values


for k, as a function of
p = the distance the gate penetrates into the section
P

(considered to be circular) provided in the valve for the flow


D

of liquid, expressed in metres;


D = the diameter of this section (internal diameter of the
valve), in metres.

p 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

F
D 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

PD
k 0.07 0.26 0.81 2.1 5.5 17 98

2) Butterfly valves
N
O
V2
k: see below; h = k 2g
TI

LU

The following table gives the average experimental values of k, as a function of


O

= the angle formed by the butterfly and the axis of the main, in degrees.
ES

5 10 15 20 30 40 45 50 60 70
R

k 0.24 0.52 0.90 1.5 3.9 11 19 33 120 750


W
LO

3) Rotary plug valves

V2
k: see below; h = k 2g

The following table gives the average experimental values of k, as a function of


= the angle formed by the axis of the bore of the plug considered to be of circular section and the same diameter as
the valve bore and the axis of the pipe, in degrees.

5 10 15 25 35 45 55 65

k 0.05 0.29 0.75 3.1 9.7 31 110 490

287
hydraulic flow kinematics

4) Non return flap valves

V2
k: see below; h = k
D

P
2g

The following table gives the average value of k, as a function of


= the angle formed by the hinged flap and the pipe axis, in degrees; these values of k apply where the bore diameter d
at the flap seating is equal to 0.73 times the diameter d of the main.

20 30 40 50 60 70 75

k 1.7 3.2 6.6 14 30 62 90

F
PD
5) Screw down valves, needle valves

N
Head losses are too dependent on the internal shape of the device for an indicative general value to be given.
O
Pipes in parallel: comparison of flow rates
TI

Approximate comparison table for flow rates of pipes of the same length and slope, but different diameters.
LU

Internal Internal Internal Internal


Units Units Units Units
O

diameter diameter diameter diameter


of flow of flow of flow of flow
mm mm mm mm
ES

80 5.6 250 111 600 1 099 1 200 6 735


100 10.0 300 179 700 1 645 1 400 10 076
1 500 12 066
R

125 18.0 350 268 800 2 333


1 600 14 281
150 29.0 400 380 900 3 174 1 800 19 423
W

175 43.5 450 517 1 000 4 182 2 000 25 569


LO

Procedure
This consists of dividing the total flow rate of all the pipes operating in parallel into the proportional parts of the flow
corresponding with the internal diameter of the pipes.

Example
Two pipes with internal diameters of 150 and 300 millimetres provide outlets from a hydraulic machine or reservoir, and
together supply 110 litres per second. How much does each deliver?
According to the table, the two pipes total: 29 + 179 = 208 units of flow, and this corresponds with the total delivery of 110
litres per second.
The smaller pipe therefore delivers:

29
Q 1 (150) = . 110 = 15.34 l/sec
208
179
Q 2 (300) = . 110 = 94.66 l/sec
208

288
hydraulic flow kinematics

pumping mains: economic diameter


The head loss due to the friction of the water in the main varies inversely with pipe diameter: there is some interest in
increasing the latter to reduce the cost of the pumping force required but this increases the depreciation costs of the
main.
It is conceivable therefore that there is an economical diameter where the sum of these two costs is at a minimum.

The Vibert Equation


As a first approximation, the diameter to be selected is obtained from the Vibert equation:

( )
0.154
ne
D = 1.456 x x Q 0.46,
f

where:
D = the economic diameter of the main in metres; f = the laid cost of the main in francs per kilogram;

F
n = the daily pump operating period in hours, divided by 24; Q = the delivery in cubic metres per second.

PD
e = the cost of the kilowatt hour in francs;
The factor of 1.456 in the above formula accounts for a depreciation rate of 8% over 50 years.

N
Diameter D determined in this manner is a theoretical diameter and will only exceptionally coincide with a commercial
diameter.
O
In general, the main is constructed with pipes and accessories whose commercial diameters are immediately greater than
TI

D; profitability calculations can also be made on the basis of commercial diameters immediately above and below D and
the one adopted that appears to be the most suitable, bearing in mind the parameters involved in the problem.
LU

The Labye method


O

This method permits the direct determination of the commercial diameters to be employed, as a function of the flow in
different sections of a main, or even of a system; moreover, the diameter found need not be uniform over the whole length
ES

of a section without off-takes.

Pumps
R

Power Consumption
W

1) Water
If:
LO

Q is the required pump delivery in cubic metres per second;


H the total pumping head in metres (sum of the geometric pumping head* and the head loss in the pumping main,
expressed as metres of water);
r the pump efficiency;
g the acceleration due to gravity ~ 9.81 m/sec/sec.
The power consumption, expressed in kilowatts, is given by the equation:
g .Q .H
P =
1 000 r

Values for r usually lie between 0.6 and 0.9.

2) Various liquids
The power consumption is given in kW by the equation:
.g .Q .H
P =
1 000 r

* Difference in height of the pumping and suction levels.

289
hydraulic flow kinematics

where
Q and r have the same significance as above;
H is the total pumping head in metres (sum of the geometric pumping head* and the head loss in the pumping main,
expressed in metres of the pumped liquid);
is the density of that liquid.

The Effect of Rotary Speed on the Characteristics of a Pump


Flows Q, total pumping head H and power consumption P are respectively proportional to the rotary speeds n, and to the
squares and cubes of these speeds:
Q n
=
Q n

( )
2
H n
=
H n

F
( )
3
P n

PD
=
P n
The efficiency, r, is practically independent of the rotary speed.

hydraulic motors**
N
O
If:
TI

Q is the flow through the hydraulic motor, in cubic metres per second;
h the fall height of the water***, in metres;
LU

r the hydraulic motor efficiency.


O

The power supplied, expressed as kW is given by the equation:


.g .Q .H .r
ES

P =
1 000
R

Values of r usually lie between 0.7 and 0.9, depending on the type of turbine.
W

WATER HAMMER
LO

Propagation Rate, or Wave Velocity


Water hammer arises from pressure oscillations alternating pressure increases and decreases caused by a rapid
modification of the flow system in a main carrying a liquid. These oscillations run from one end of the main to the other,
in a periodic swinging motion; the propagation rate of the wave is given by the equation:


a = 1

( 1

+
C
Ee )

* Difference in height of the pumping and suction levels.


** These types of machines are essentially turbines.
*** Difference in height of the water level in the reservoir and the hydraulic motor, reduced, if necessary, by the head loss in the supply pipe, expressed as
metres of water.

290
hydraulic flow kinematics

where
a = the propagation rate, or wave velocity, in metres per second;
= the density of the liquid in kilograms per cubic metre*;
= the bulk modulus of the volume of liquid in newtons per square metre**;
D = the internal diameter of the main in metres;
E = the modulus of elasticity of the pipe material, expressed in newtons per square metre***;
e = the pipe thickness in metres.

Pressure Increase and Decrease Values


The following equations enable the maximum pressure increases and decreases to be calculated for simple cases, with
respect to the normal regime (pressure increases or reductions); these maxima are equal in absolute value.

F
Two cases can be distinguished:

PD
1) An instantaneous change in flow rate: Allievi equation:
aV
h =
Where g
N
O
h = absolute value of the maximum pressure increase or decrease expressed as conveyed fluid metres;
TI

a = propagation rate, or surge velocity, of the pressure increase or decrease wave, expressed as metres per
second;
LU

V = absolute value of the difference between the rates in the normal system, before and after water hammer,
expressed in metres per second;
O

g = acceleration due to gravity in metres per second per second.


ES

Taking approximate values of a = 1 000 and g = 10, the equation is obtained:


h = 100 V,
R

with gives h as a first approximation.


W

2) Linear variation of flow with time: Michaud equation:


2LV
h =
LO

gT

with the same notation as above for the Allievi equation, plus:
L = length of main in metres,
T = duration of velocity change, in seconds.

Full Calculations
The complete analysis of transient phenomena due to water hammer may be performed by a number of methods, either
using a computer, or graphically. One such graphical method has been given by Louis Bergeron in a work entitled Du
coup de blier en hydaulique au coup de foudre en lectricit (From water hammer to flashes of lightning), Dunod,
Paris, 1950.

* For water, = 1000 kg/m3. p


** The bulk modulus of a volume of liquid is the ratio of an increase in pressure to the relative corresponding increase in specific mass: =
For water at 10 c. = 2.05 x 109 N/m2 /
*** For ductile iron, E = 1.7 x 1011 N/m2.
for steel, E varies from 2 x 1011 to 2.2 x 1011 N/m2.

291
hydraulic flow kinematics

the hydraulic radius of partially filled circular collectors in relation to


content level
Let us assume that a main is filled to r % (ratio of liquid depth in the main to the diameter of the main) and let n be the
ratio of the hydraulic radius of the main and its diameter.
The values of n as a function of r are given in the following table:

r 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

n 0.121 0.147 0.171 0.193 0.214 0.233 0.250 0.265 0.278

r 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

n 0.288 0.296 0.302 0.304 0.303 0.298 0.286 0.250

F
Note: The values of n given for r values that exceed 80 are only of theoretical interest: mains are not encountered in practice

PD
where r presents stable values close to 100.

Flows and velocities in partially filled circular collectors, in relation to


content level N
O
Consider a circular section main of uniform gradient, carrying a liquid and only partially full.
TI

Let
LU

q the flow in this main, considered to be filled to r % (ratio of the liquid depth in the main to the diameter of the
latter), and
O

v the velocity corresponding with q;


ES

Q the flow if it were completely full without the top layer of the liquid being subjected to any pressure*;
V the velocity corresponding with Q i.e. completely full;
R

q and v are obtained as functions of Q and V, by the relationships


q = mQ, and v = p . V
W

where m and p are coefficients given in the following table as a function of r.


LO

r 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

m 0.021 0.049 0.088 0.137 0.196 0.263 0.337 0.416 0.500 0.586
p 0.401 0.517 0.615 0.700 0.776 0.843 0.902 0.954 1.000 1.039

r 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

m 0.672 0.756 0.837 0.912 0.977 1.030 1.066 1.075 1.000


p 1.072 1.099 1.120 1.133 1.140 1.137 1.124 1.095 1.000

m and p are independent of pipe diameter and gradient.

Note: The values of m and p given for r values which exceed 80 are only theoretical interest; mains are not encountered in practice
where r has stable values close to 100.

* Q is therefore the flow in a main which is considered to be completely full, whose head loss is equal to its gradient.

292
hydraulic flow kinematics

Flow in sewers (closed pipes carrying solid matter in the liquid)


Formulae extracted from the Instruction technique relative aux rseaux dassainissment des agglomrations
(technical instructions relating to sewers in urban areas) issued by the Ministre de IIntrieur, de la Culture et de
lEnvironement, de lEquipement et Amnagement du Territoire, de lAgriculture, de la Sant et de la Scurit Sociale).
1977 Edition.

General
In general calculations are made using a flow formula derived from Chezys formula
V = C R . I

V : average velocity in the section considered, in metres per second


R : hydraulic radius of the section, in metres
I : gradient at the ends of the section, in metres per metre

F
Q : flow in the section, in cubic metres per second

PD
S : wetted area, in square metres
C : coefficient which can be adopted from the Bazin equation
87
C=
I+ / R N
O
: flow coefficient which varies according to the materials and the nature of the water carried
TI

Separate system sewers


LU

The film of grease which forms on the walls facilitates flow and, for standard diameters, the Bazin flow coefficients can be
taken as 0.25, which gives the equation
O

2 1
3 2
V = 70 R I
ES

Q is given by
Q = SV
R

NB: if the sewer system is carefully constructed with selected materials, and well maintained, the Bazin coefficient can be taken as 0.16,
which increases the flows above by 20%. Alternatively, for the same flow, the gradient can be reduced by a third.
W
LO

Combined or pseudo separate sewers; surface water drains as a separate system


Taking into account head losses due to carrying solid matter and, if necessary, deposition, the Bazin equation is taken as
0.46, which gives the equation
3 1
V = 60 R 4 I 2
Q is given by Q = SV

Note: With a well maintained sewer, constructed with carefully selected materials, the flows calculated in this manner can be
increased 20%, which corresponds closely to a value = 0.30 for the Bazin coefficient. Vice versa, the sections corresponding to
the same flow can be reduced by a third.

Flow in channels and water courses

Bazin Equation
V : average velocity in the section considered, in metres per second
87 R
V = I, with = I : gradient around the ends of this section, in metres per metre
+ R
R : hydraulic radius, in metres
: roughness coefficient at the ends of the section considered
Q = SV
Q : flow through this section, in cubic metres per second
S : wetted area, in square metres

293
hydraulic flow kinematics

The following table gives the values of coefficient for different values of R and .

Roughness coefficients

Hydraulic Channels Water courses


radius
Timbers, Smooth or Ordinary Very rough
R Cement, bricks, revetted embankments embankments
planed wood cut stone Rubble embankments = 1.30 (pebble, grass)
= 0.06 = 0.16 = 0.46 = 0.85 = 1.75
m

0.05 15.3 11.3 6.36 4.05 2.86 2.20


0.06 17.1 12.9 7.40 4.77 3.38 2.62
0.08 20.3 15.7 9.37 6.14 4.40 3.42
0.10 23.1 18.3 11.2 7.46 5.38 4.21
0.12 25.7 20.6 12.9 8.73 6.34 4.98

F
0.16 30.3 24.9 16.2 11.1 8.19 6.47

PD
0.20 34.3 28.7 19.2 13.4 9.96 7.92
0.24 38.0 32.1 22.0 15.6 11.7 9.32
0.28 41.3 35.3 24.6 17.7 13.3 10.7
0.32 44.5 38.4 27.1 19.7 14.9 12.0 N
O
0.36 47.5 41.2 29.5 21.6 16.5 13.3
0.40 50.3 43.9 31.9 23.5 18.0 14.6
TI

0.50 56.7 50.2 37.3 27.9 21.7 17.7


LU

0.60 62.5 55.9 42.3 32.1 25.2 20.7


0.70 67.9 61.1 47.0 36.1 28.5 23.5
0.80 72.9 66.0 51.4 39.9 31.7 26.3
O

0.90 77.6 70.6 55.6 43.5 34.8 29.0


ES

1.00 82.1 75.0 59.6 47.0 37.8 31.6


1.10 86.3 79.2 63.4 50.4 40.7 34.2
R

1.20 90.4 83.2 67.1 53.7 43.6 36.7


1.30 94.2 87.0 70.7 56.8 46.3 39.1
W

1.40 98.0 90.7 74.1 59.9 49.0 41.5


1.50 102 94.2 77.5 62.9 51.7 43.9
LO

1.60 105 97.7 80.7 65.8 54.3 46.2


1.80 112 104 86.9 71.5 59.3 50.7
2.00 118 111 92.8 76.8 64.1 55.0
2.50 133 125 107 89.5 75.5 65.3
3.00 146 138 119 101 86.1 75.0
3.50 158 150 131 112 96.0 84.1
4.00 169 161 141 122 105 92.8
4.50 179 172 152 132 114 101
5.00 189 182 161 141 123 109
5.50 199 191 171 150 131 117
6.00 208 200 179 158 139 124
6.50 217 209 188 166 147 132
7.00 225 217 196 174 154 139
7.50 233 225 204 182 162 145
8.00 241 233 212 189 169 152
8.50 249 240 219 196 175 159
9.00 256 248 226 203 182 165
9.50 263 255 233 210 189 171
10.00 270 262 240 217 195 177

294
hydraulic flow kinematics

The Manning-Strickler Formula

V = kR
2
3
I
1
2 V
R
I as above in the Bazin equation
Q = SV Q
S
k: coefficient with the values in the table below

Channels Water courses

Cement, Timbers bricks, Smooth or revetted Ordinary Very rough


Rubble embankments
planed wood cut stone embankments embankments (pebbles, grass)
k = 95 k = 80 k = 60 k = 50 k = 40 k = 30

F
PD
flow in partially filled closed conduits, and in channels and water courses:
area of application of various formulae

Circular partially filled conduits carrying solid free liquids


N
The quickest method of calculation is to take the conduit as being completely full, but with no pressure, and apply
O
coefficient m whose value as a function of the content level is given in the second table on the preceding page.
TI

Sewers (carrying water and solids)


LU

See the equations in the Technical Instruction relating to sewers in urban areas.
O

Open air channels and water courses, not carrying solids


ES

See the preceding page and above.


R
W

Flow over rectangular weirs


perpendicular to the channels axis, thin vertical wall*, free nappe discharge
LO

Without End Contractions


The equations given in this paragraph apply when there is no end contraction at either side of the weir, that is, when the
vertical edges of the weir are exactly in the plane of the walls of the approach channel and equally vertical.

q = mh 2 gh
Q = ql = mlh 2 gh

* The wall is said to be thin when its thickness is less than half the height of the water h above the crest. Thin wall weirs are only used
for flow measurement.

295
hydraulic flow kinematics

q : flow per metre width of weir, in cubic metres per second


m : weir coefficient (see below)
h : water height above the crest (or head), measured upstream of the weir at a distance at least equal to 4 h,
expressed in cubic metres per second
g : acceleration due to gravity in metres per second per second
l : width of weir, in metres
p : crest height above the upstream bottom, in metres
h
Note: These equations cease to be valid when the ratio p of the head to the crest exceeds a value of about 1.5,
since the nappe is then no longer free flowing.

Values for m are principally obtained from the following equations:

F
PD
Bazin Equation

( )[ ( )]
2
m= 0.405 +
0.003
h
1 + 0.55
h
h+p N
O
TI

For different values of h and p, the following table gives the flow values per metre width of weir, calculated by the Bazin
equation, and expressed in litres per second (q x 103).
LU
O
ES

Crest height p (m)


R

Head h
0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.50 2.00 Infinite*
W

m q x 103 (l/s)
LO

0.05 23.5 23.3 23.2 23.1 23.1 23.1 23.1 23.0 23.0 23.0
0.06 30.5 30.1 29.9 29.8 29.7 29.7 29.7 29.6 29.6 29.6
0.08 46.3 45.4 45.0 44.8 44.7 44.5 44.5 44.4 44.4 44.3
0.10 64.6 63.0 62.3 61.9 61.6 61.3 61.2 61.1 61.0 60.9
0.12 85.3 82.7 81.5 80.8 80.4 79.9 79.7 79.4 79.3 79.2
0.14 108 104 103 102 101 100 99.7 99.3 99.2 98.9
0.16 133 128 125 124 123 122 121 121 120 120
0.18 160 154 150 148 147 145 144 144 143 143
0.20 189 181 177 174 172 170 169 168 167 166
0.22 220 210 205 201 199 196 195 193 192 191
0.24 253 241 234 230 227 224 222 220 219 217
0.26 288 274 265 260 257 253 250 247 246 245
0.28 324 308 298 292 288 283 280 276 275 273
0.30 362 344 333 325 320 314 311 307 305 302
0.35 ** 440 425 415 408 399 393 387 384 379
0.40 ** 545 526 512 503 490 483 473 469 462
0.45 ** 659 635 618 606 590 580 566 561 550
0.50 ** ** 753 732 717 696 683 666 658 644
0.60 ** ** 1 010 982 960 929 909 882 869 844
0.70 ** ** ** 1 260 1 230 1 190 1 160 1 120 1 100 1 060

296
hydraulic flow kinematics

SIAS formula (swiss engineers and architects association)


This formula gives a slightly different expression for m:

( )[ ( ) ]
2
1 h
m = 0.410 1+ 1 + 0.5
1 000h + 1.6 h+p

With end contraction


When the weir offers a water passage smaller than the channel of approach, it produces end contraction and flow Q is
reduced.

Corrections to be made to flows calculated by the bazin or SIAS equations


This method is only applicable if:

F
the width of the weir l is equal to at least three times the head h;

PD
the distance, measured perpendicularly to the channel axis, between a) one edge, b) both edges of the weir and the
neighbouring upstream bank is at least 3 times the head h.
Flow Q is then reduced respectively to

N
( h
) ( 2h
)
O
a) Q = q l , or to b) Q = q l
10 10
TI
LU

the hgly formula


O

This formula is applicable whatever the respective values of l and h, the only condition being that h is a most equal to l m.
ES

The equation

Q = ql = mlh 2 gh,
R

is used, but m is given the value calculated by the Hgly formula:


W

( )[ ( )( )]
2 2
LO

Ll 0.003 l h
m = 0.405 0.03 + 1 + 0.55
L h L h+p

where L is the width of the channel of approach in metres, the other notation being the same as above.

Note: If there is no end contraction L = l, the Hgly formula then supplies to the Bazin equation.

* The last column contains the limiting values that q x 103 tends towards when p has very high values compared with h.
** See the comment at the bottom of the preceding page.

297
F
PD
N
O
TI
LU
O
ES
R
W
LO

Designed & Printed by Altraiki Printing Company


Fax: (966-3) 8471412 E-mail:traiki@sahara.com.sa
This handbook is intended as a
guide only. All values listed in the
product specifications are nominal.
Unsatisfactory product results
may occur due to environmental
fluctuations, variations in operating
procedures, or inter polation of
data. We highly recommend that
any personnel using this data have
specialised training and experience
in the application of these products
and their normal installation and
operating conditions.
The engineering staff should always
be consulted before any of these
products are installed to ensure the
suitability of the products for their
intended purpose and applications.
We hereby state that we do not

F
accept any liability, and will not

PD
be held liable, for any losses or
damage which may result from the
installation or use of any products
listed in this handbook as we have
N not determined the degree of care
O
required for product installation
or service. We reserve the right
TI

to revise this data, as necessary,


LU

without notice. We welcome


comments regarding this handbook.
O
ES
R
W
LO

SADIP Co. Ltd.


Head Office
P.O. Box 3430
Dammam 31471
SADIP PG_V3 02-12-ENG

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia


Phone: +966 3 812 10 01
Fax: +966 920 004 070
info@sadip.com
www.sadip.com
Distributed by: www.amiantit.com

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen